Steel Castings Handbook

STEEL CASTINGS HANDBOOK SUPPLEMENT 2

2009 SUMMARY OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL CASTINGS

1

Steel Castings Handbook Supplement 2

Summary of Standard Specifications

For Steel Castings - 2009

PREFACE Supplement 2 will be revised at regular intervals. Supplement 2 is only a summary that is useful in comparing the general requirements in different types of specifications. When ordering, an up-to-date original specification should be used.

CONTENTS

ORDERING STEEL CASTINGS .............................................................................................................................................3Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 3Design.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3

Background ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3Minimum Section Thickness............................................................................................................................................................. 3Draft .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3Parting Line....................................................................................................................................................................................... 4Cores ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4Internal Soundness/Directional Solidification .................................................................................................................................. 4Machining ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 4Layout ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 5

Material.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5Tests....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6

SUMMARY OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CARBON AND ALLOY CAST STEELS ......................................7AISI Classification System ...................................................................................................................................................... 7

Type................................................................................................................................................................................................... 7TENSILE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................................... 21Class................................................................................................................................................................................... 21

SUMMARY OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGH ALLOY CAST STEELS ....................................................32SUMMARY OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CENTRIFUGALLY CAST STEELS............................................51SUMMARY OF STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR STEEL CASTINGS........................................................................57

Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 57Mechanical Testing.............................................................................................................................................................................. 57

Background ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 57Tension Testing............................................................................................................................................................................... 57Hardness Testing............................................................................................................................................................................. 57Impact Testing................................................................................................................................................................................. 57

Nondestructive Examination ............................................................................................................................................................... 58Background ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 58Visual Examination......................................................................................................................................................................... 58Liquid Penetrant Examination (PT) ................................................................................................................................................ 58Magnetic Particle Examination (MT) ............................................................................................................................................. 59Radiographic Examination (RT) ..................................................................................................................................................... 61Ultrasonic Testing (UT) .................................................................................................................................................................. 61

SPECIAL STANDARD PRACTICES....................................................................................................................................62Ferrite Content..................................................................................................................................................................................... 62Welding ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 63

CODE AND SPECIFICATION AGENCIES..........................................................................................................................64Lloyd’s Register of Shipping............................................................................................................................................. 64(LR).................................................................................................................................................................................... 64

2

Prepared by the

SPECIFICATIONS COMMITTEE STEEL FOUNDERS’ SOCIETY OF AMERICA

Revised - 2009

Funding for revision of this document was provided by AMC’s Castings for Improved Readiness Program – sponsored by the Defense Supply Center Philadelphia, Philadelphia, PA and the Defense Logistics Agency, Ft. Belvoir, VA.

3

ORDERING STEEL CASTINGS Overview When making inquiries or ordering parts, all pertinent information must be stated on both the inquiry and order. This information should include all of the following components. 1. Casting shape – either by drawing or pattern. Drawings should include dimensional tolerances, indications of

surfaces to be machined, and datum points for locating. If only a pattern is provided, then the dimensions of the casting are as predicted by the pattern.

2. Material specification and grade (e.g. ASTM A 27/A 27M – 95 Grade 60-30 Class 1). 3. Number of parts. 4. Supplementary requirements (e.g. ASTM A 781/A 781M – 95 S2 Radiographic Examination).

A. Test methods (e.g. ASTM E 94) B. Acceptance criteria (e.g. ASTM E 186 severity level 2, or MSS SP-54-1995).

5. Any other information that might contribute to the production and use of the part. To produce a part by any manufacturing process it is necessary to know the design of the part, the material to be used and the testing required. These three elements are discussed in detail in the following sections. Design Background To obtain the highest quality product, the part should be designed to take advantage of the flexibility of the casting process. The foundry must have either the part drawing or pattern equipment and know the number of parts to be made. To take advantage of the casting process, the foundry should also know which surfaces are to be machined and where datum points are located. Reasonable dimensional tolerances must be indicated where a drawing is provided. Tolerances are normally decided by agreement between the foundry and customer. SFSA Supplement 3 represents a common staring point for such agreements. Supplement 3 is not a specification and care should be taken to reach agreement on what tolerances are required. Close cooperation between the customers’ design engineers and the foundry’s casting engineers is essential, to optimize the casting design, in terms of cost and performance. Additional guidelines for casting design are given in “Steel Castings Handbook” and Supplement 1,3, and 4 of the “Steel Castings Handbook”. Minimum Section Thickness The rigidity of a section often governs the minimum thickness to which a section can be designed. There are cases however when a very thin section will suffice, depending upon strength and rigidity calculations, and when castability becomes the governing factor. In these cases it is necessary that a limit of minimum section thickness per length be adopted in order for the molten steel to completely fill the mold cavity. Molten steel cools rapidly as it enters a mold. In a thin section close to the gate, which delivers the hot metal, the mold will fill readily. At a distance from the gate, the metal may be too cold to fill the same thin section. A minimum thickness of 0.25” (6 mm) is suggested for design use when conventional steel casting techniques are employed. Wall thicknesses of 0.060” (1.5 mm) and sections tapering down to 0.030” (0.76 mm) are common for investment castings. Draft Draft is the amount of taper or the angle, which must be allowed on all vertical faces of a pattern to permit its removal from the sand mold without tearing the mold walls. Draft should be added to the design dimensions but metal thickness must be maintained. Regardless of the type of pattern equipment used, draft must be considered in all casting designs. Draft can be eliminated by the use of cores; however, this adds significant costs. In cases where the amount of draft may affect the subsequent use of the casting, the drawing should specify whether this draft is to be added to or subtracted from the casting dimensions as given.

4

The necessary amount of draft depends upon the size of the casting, the method of production, and whether molding is by hand or machine. Machine molding will require a minimum amount of draft. Interior surfaces in green sand molding usually require more draft than exterior surfaces. The amount of draft recommended under normal conditions is about 3/16 inch per foot (approximately 1.5 degrees), and this allowance would normally be added to design dimensions. Parting Line Parting parallel to one plane facilitates the production of the pattern as well as the production of the mold. Patterns with straight parting lines, parting lines parallel to a single plane, can be produced more easily and at lower cost than patterns with irregular parting lines. Casting shapes that are symmetrical about one centerline or plane readily suggest the parting line. Such casting design simplifies molding and coring, and should be used wherever possible. They should always be made as “split patterns” which require a minimum of handwork in the mold, improve casting finish, and reduce costs. Cores A core is a separate unit from the mold and is used to create openings and cavities that cannot be made by the pattern alone. Every attempt should be made by the designer to eliminate or reduce the number of cores needed for a particular design to reduce the final cost of the casting. The minimum diameter of a core that can be successfully used in steel castings is dependent upon three factors; the thickness of the metal section surrounding the core, the length of the core, and the special precautions and procedures used by the foundry. The adverse thermal conditions to which the core is subjected increase in severity as the metal thickness surrounding the core increases and the core diameter decreases. These increasing amounts of heat from the heavy section must be dissipated through the core. As the severity of the thermal condition increases, the cleaning of the castings and core removal becomes much more difficult and expensive. The thickness of the metal section surrounding the core and the length of the core affect the bending stresses induced in the core by buoyancy forces and therefore the ability of the foundry to obtain the tolerances required. If the size of the core is large enough, rods can often be used to strengthen the core. Naturally, as the metal thickness and the core length increase, the amount of reinforcement required to resist the bending stresses also increases. Therefore, the minimum diameter core must also increase to accommodate the extra reinforcing required. The cost of removing cores from casting cavities may become prohibitive when the areas to be cleaned are inaccessible. The casting design should provide for openings sufficiently large enough to permit ready access for the removal of the core. Internal Soundness/Directional Solidification Steel castings begin to solidify at the mold wall, forming a continuously thickening envelope as heat is dissipated through the mold-metal interface. The volumetric contraction which occurs within a cross section of a solidifying cast member must be compensated by liquid feed metal from an adjoining heavier section, or from a riser which serves as a feed metal reservoir and which is placed adjacent to, or on top of, the heavier section. The lack of sufficient feed metal to compensate for volumetric contraction at the time of solidification is the cause of shrinkage cavities. They are found in sections which, owing to design, must be fed through thinner sections. The thinner sections solidify too quickly to permit liquid feed metal to pass from the riser to the thicker sections. Machining In the final analysis, the foundry’s casting engineer is responsible for giving the designer a cast product that is capable of being transformed by machining to meet the specific requirements intended for the function of the part. To accomplish this goal a close relationship must be maintained between the customer’s engineering and purchasing staff and the casting producer. Jointly, and with a cooperative approach, the following points must be considered.

5

1. The molding process, its advantages and its limitations. 2. Machining stock allowance to assure clean up on all machined surfaces. 3. Design in relation to clamping and fixturing devices to be used during machining. 4. Selection of material specification and heat treatment. 5. Quality of parts to be produced. Layout

It is imperative that every casting design when first produced be checked to determine whether all machining requirements called for on the drawings may be attained. This may be best accomplished by having a complete layout of the sample casting to make sure that adequate stock allowance for machining exists on all surfaces requiring machining. For many designs of simple configuration that can be measured with a simple rule, a complete layout of the casting may not be necessary. In other cases, where the machining dimensions are more complicated, it may be advisable that the casting be checked more completely, calling for target points and the scribing of lines to indicate all machined surfaces. Material The material to be used to produce the part must be identified in the order. Material for steel castings is generally ordered to ASTM requirements, although other specifications may be used. This supplement contains a summary of the scope, chemical composition requirements and mechanical property requirements of these material or product specifications. Many requirements are common to several specifications and are given in ASTM A 781/A 781M, ASTM A 703/A 703M, ASTM A 957, ASTM A 985, and ISO 4990.

ASTM A 781/A 781M – 97 CASTINGS, STEEL AND ALLOY, COMMON REQUIREMENTS, FOR GENERAL INDUSTRIAL USE

This specification covers a group of requirements that are mandatory requirements of the following steel casting specifications issued by American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). If the product specification specifies different requirements, the product specification shall prevail. ASTM Designations: A 27/A 27M, A 128/A 128M, A 148/A 148M, A 297/A 297M, A 447/A 447M, A 486/A 486M, A 494/A 494M, A 560/A 560M, A 743/A 743M, A 744/A 744M, A 747/A 747M, A 890/A 890M, A 915/A 915M, and A 958.

ASTM A 703/A 703M – 97 STEEL CASTINGS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, FOR PRESSURE

CONTAINING PARTS

This specification covers a group of common requirements that, unless otherwise specified in an individual specification, shall apply to steel castings for pressure-containing parts under each of the following ASTM specifications. ASTM Designations: A 216/A 216M, A 217/A 217M, A 351/A 351M, A 352/A 352M, A 389/A 389M, A 487/A 487M, A 985, A 990, and A 995.

ASTM A 957 – 96 INVESTMENT CASTINGS, STEEL AND ALLOY, COMMON REQUIREMENTS,

FOR GENERAL INDUSTRIAL USE

This specification covers a group of requirements that are mandatory for castings produced by the investment casting process to meet the metallurgical requirements of the following steel casting specifications issued by ASTM. ASTM Designations: A 27/A 27M, A 148/A 148M, A 297/A 297M, A 447/A 447M, A 494/A 494M, A 560/A 560M, A 732/A 732M, A 743/A 743M, A 744/A 744M, A 747/A 747M, A 890/A 890M, and A 915/A 915M.

ASTM A 985 – 98 STEEL INVESTMENT CASTINGS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, FOR

PRESSURE-CONTAINING PARTS

This specification covers a group of common requirements, which are mandatory for steel castings produced by the investment casting process for pressure-containing parts under each of the following ASTM specifications. ASTM Designations: A 216/A 216M, A 217/A 217M, A 351/A 351M, A 352/A 352M, A 389/A 389M, and A 487/A 487M.

ISO 4990 STEEL CASTINGS – GENERAL TECHNICAL DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

6

Tests Testing ensures that the material meets the requirements of the specification; consequently, testing is mandatory. More frequent testing or other tests may be imposed by use of supplementary requirements of product specifications or general requirement specifications. The least testing done consistent with the goals allows for the most economical product. In addition to specifying test methods, acceptance criteria must be agreed on. The more testing and tighter the acceptance criteria, the more expensive the steel casting produced, without necessarily increasing the quality or serviceability of the steel casting. Hence, the extent of testing and acceptance criteria should be based on the design and service requirements. The mechanical properties required are obtained from test bars cast separately from or attached to the castings to which they refer. The mechanical properties obtained represent the quality of steel, but do not necessarily represent the properties of the castings themselves. Solidification conditions and rate, if cooling during heat treatment, affect the properties of the casting, which in turn are influenced by casting thickness, size, and shape. In particular, the hardenability of some grades may restrict the maximum size at which the required mechanical properties are obtainable.

7

SUMMARY OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CARBON AND ALLOY CAST STEELS

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code makes extensive use of the ASTM specifications with slight modifications. For the sake of comparison, the ASME specifications use the preface SA so that SA 216 is related to ASTM A 216/A 216M. However, while ASTM A 216/A 216M could be used for the sake of comparison of grades, ASME SA 216 contained in Section II, must be used when complying with the code. The American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) and the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) developed a four number wrought alloy designation system, which is used extensively. These steels have been identified in the AISI classification by a numerical index system that is partially descriptive of the composition. The first digit indicates the type to which the steel belongs. A “1” indicates a carbon steel, a “2” indicates a nickel steel, and a digit greater than “2” indicates alloys other than nickel or alloy combinations. For low alloy steels, the second digit indicates the approximate percentage of the predominant alloy element. Usually the last two or three digits indicate the average carbon content in “points”, or hundredths of a percent. Thus, “2340” indicates a nickel steel of approximately 3% nickel (3.25 to 3.75) and 0.40% carbon (0.38 to 0.43). The basic numerals for the various types of AISI steels (including plain-carbon steels) are listed in the table below. The basic numbering system adopted by the Society of Automotive Engineers is quite similar, differing only in minor details. The SAE Handbook should be consulted for comparison.

AISI Classification System

Series Designation

Type

10xx Nonresulphurized carbon steel grades 11xx Resulphurized carbon steel grades

12xx Rephosphorized and resulphurized carbon steel grades

13xx Manganese 1.75%

15xx Manganese over 1.00 to 1.65%

23xx Nickel 3.50%

25xx Nickel 5.00%

31xx Nickel 1.25% - Chromium 0.65%

33xx Nickel 3.50% - Chromium 1.55%

40xx Molybdenum 0.25%

41xx Chromium 0.50 or 0.95% - Molybdenum 0.12 or 0.20%

43xx Nickel 1.80% - Chromium 0.50 to 0.80% - Molybdenum 0.25%

44xx Molybdenum 0.40 or 0.53%

46xx Nickel 1.55 or 1.80% - Molybdenum 0.20 or 0.25%

47xx Nickel 1.05% - Chromium 0.45% - Molybdenum 0.20%

48xx Nickel 3.50% - Molybdenum 0.25%

50xx Chromium 0.28 or 0.40%

51xx Chromium 0.80, 0.90, 0.95, 1.00 or 1.05%

5xxxx Carbon 1.00% - Chromium 0.50, 1.00 or 1.45%

61xx Chromium 0.80 or 0.95% - Vanadium 0.10% or 0.15% min.

81xx Nickel 0.30 – Chromium 0.40 - Molybdenum 0.12

86xx Nickel 0.55% - Chromium 0.50 or 0.65% - Molybdenum 0.20%



92xx Manganese 0.85% - Silicon 2.00%


B Denotes boron steel (e.g. 51B60)

BV Denotes boron-vanadium steel (e.g. TS 43BV12 or TS 43BV14)

L Denotes leaded steel (e.g. 10L18)

Needless to say, this list representing as it does, a standardization and simplification of thousands of alloy-steel compositions, is a very valuable aid to the specification and choice of alloy steels for various applications. Many of these steels were developed for specific applications, and their continual satisfactory performance has resulted

8

in a considerable degree of standardization of application among these compositions. These designations can be ordered in castings through the use of ASTM A 148/A 148M, A 915/A 915M, or A 958 but care must be used to select a grade with compatible mechanical properties. Also the wrought composition must be modified, especially the silicon and manganese content to allow for casting. Below is a list of carbon and alloy cast steel specifications, with summary details on the following pages. Note that the values given in the summary of the specifications are stated with either U.S. Conventional Units (USCS) or Metric (SI) units, and are to be regarded separately. Units given in brackets are SI units. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents (soft conversion); therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems, by using conversion equations (hard conversion), may result in nonconformance with the specification. Also note that the values in the table are given in a minimum over maximum format. This means that if the value is a minimum it will be listed in the upper portion of the specification’s table row and in the lower portion of the row if it is a maximum value. Finally, note that tables and their footnotes may be split across two or more pages. AAR M-201-92 Steel Castings ABS 2/1.5 Hull Steel Castings ABS 2/3.9 Steel Castings for Machinery, Boilers, and Pressure Vessels ASTM A 27/A 27M – 08 Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application ASTM A 148/A 148M – 08 Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes ASTM A 216/A 216M – 07 Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service ASTM A 217/A 217M – 07 Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-containing Parts, Suitable for High-

Temperature Service ASTM A 352/A 352M – 06 Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature

Service ASTM A 356/A 356M – 07 Steel Castings, Carbon, Low Alloy and Stainless Steel, Heavy Walled for Steam Turbines ASTM A 389/A 389M – 08 Steel Castings, Alloy, Specially Heat-treated, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-

Temperature Service ASTM A 487/A 487M – 07 Steel Castings, Suitable for Pressure Service ASTM A 597 – 04 Cast Tool Steel ASTM A 732/A 732M – 05 Castings, Investment, Carbon and Low Alloy, for General Application, and Cobalt Alloy for High

Strength at Elevated Temperatures ASTM A 757/A 757M – 04 Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martenistic for Pressure-Containing and Other Applications, for Low-

Temperature Service ASTM A 915/A 915M – 08 Steel Castings, Carbon, and Alloy, Chemical Requirements Similar to Standard Wrought Grades ASTM A 958 – 06 Steel Castings, Carbon, and Alloy, with Tensile Requirements, Chemical Requirements Similar to

Standard Wrought Grades FEDERAL QQ-S-681F Steel Castings ISO 3755 Cast carbon steels for general engineering ISO 4991 Steel castings for pressure purposes ISO 9477 High strength cast steels for general engineering and structural purposes ISO DIS 13521 Austenitic manganese steel castings ISO WD 14737(c) Cast carbon and low alloy steels for general use MIL-C-24707/1 Castings, Ferrous, for Machinery and Structural Applications MIL-C-24707/2 Castings, for Pressure Containing Parts Suitable for High Temperature Service MIL-S-870B Steel Castings, Molybdenum Alloy MIL-S-15083B(NAVY) Steel Castings MIL-S-15464B(SHIPS) Steel Alloy, Chromium-Molybdenum; Castings MIL-S-23008D(SH) Steel Castings, Alloy, High Yield Strength (HY-80 and HY-100) MIL-S-46052A(MR) Steel Castings, High Strength, Low Alloy SAE J435c Automotive Steel Castings

9

AAR M-201-92 STEEL CASTINGS These specifications cover carbon and alloy steel castings for locomotive and car equipment and for miscellaneous use graded as A, B, C, D, and E. AAR Specification M-201 provides for all castings unless another AAR Specification for a particular product provides for a variation.

GRADE & HEAT

TREATMENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

(minimum unless range given) CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, %

(maximum percent unless range given)

Tensile Strength

Yield Strength Grade

and UNS Heat Treatment ksi MPa Ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Other TestsABC

Hardness (BHN) C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo Other

A Unannealed 60 30 22 30 108 160

0.32D

0.90D

0.04

0.04

1.50

A A or N 60 30 26 38 108 106

0.32D

0.90D

0.04

0.04

1.50

B N or NT 70 38 24 36 137 208

0.32D

0.90D

0.04

0.04

1.50

C NT or QT 90 60 22 45 179 241

0.32

1.85

0.04

0.04

1.50

D QT 105 85 17 35 211 285

0.32

1.85

0.04

0.04

1.50

E QT 120 100 14 30 241 311

0.32

1.85

0.04

0.04

1.50

A Grades D and E steel - composition of the steel, except for coupler locks, shall produce in the standard Jominy test the minimum hardness at 7/16” from the quenched end for the carbon composition as follows, based on the initial composition: up to 0.25% carbon = 30 HRC minimum, 0.25-0.30% carbon = 33 HRC minimum, and 0.31-0.32% carbon = 35 HRC minimum B

Impact test - the steel shall possess properties determined by testing standard Charpy V-notch Type “A” specimens prepared as illustrated in Figure 11 in ASTM Designation A 370: grade B 15 ft-lbs @ 20 F, grade C (NT) 15 ft-lbs @ 0 F, grade C (QT) 20 ft-lbs @ -40 F, grade D 20 ft-lbs @ -40 F, and grade E 20 ft-lbs @ -40 F C

Dynamic tear and nil ductility test temperature (alternate impact property test): grade B 60 F, grade C (NT) 60 F, grade C (QT) -60 F, grade D -60 F, and grade E -60 F (see original specification for full details) D

Grades A and B steel – for each reduction of 0.01% carbon below the maximum specified, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the maximum specified will be permitted to a maximum of 1.2% ABS 2/1.5 HULL STEEL CASTINGS

Requirements cover carbon-steel castings intended to be used in hull construction and equipment as distinguished from high-temperature applications.

GRADE & HEAT




Tensile Strength Yield Strength SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS A,D (maximum percent) Grade


Elong %

Red A % Other Tests CB Mn P S Si

Ni Cr Mo Cu Al Ordinary A, N, or NT 415 205 25 40 0.23 0.70

1.60 0.040 0.040 0.60 0.40 0.30 0.15 0.30

Special A, N, or NT 415 205 25 40 Charpy 27J (20 ft.lbs)0°C(32°F)

0.23 0.70 1.60

0.035 0.035 0.60 0.020 0.10C

A Grain refining elements such as aluminum may be used at the discretion of the manufacturer. The content of such elements is to be reported. B For non-welded castings, the maximum carbon content is to be 0.40%. C Aluminum (acid soluable) = 0.015-0.080% D Residual elements - .80% maximum

10

ABS 2/3.9 Requirements cover carbon-steel castings intended to be used in machinery, boiler and pressure-vessel construction, such as crankshafts, turbine casings and bedplates.

GRADE & HEAT TREATMENT

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (minimum unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % (maximum percent unless range given)

Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elong

Min % SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS

(maximum percent) Gauge Length

Grade ASTM Heat Treatment

ksi MPa Ksi MPa 4d 5d

Red A %

Other Tests C Mn P S Si

Ni Cr Mo Cu Al

1 A27, Grade 60-30 A, N, or NT 415 205 24 22 35

2 A27, Grade 70-36 A, N, or NT 485 250 22 20 30

3 A216, Grade WCA A, N, or NT 415 205 24 22 35

4 A216, Grade WCB A, N, or NT 485 250 22 20 35

ASTM A 27/A 27M – 08 STEEL CASTINGS, CARBON, FOR GENERAL APPLICATION This specification covers carbon steel castings for general applications that require up to 70 ksi (485 Mpa) minimum tensile -strength.

A Specify Class 1 or Class 2 `in addition to grade designation (see 9.2) B For each reduction of 0.01% carbon below the maximum specified, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the maximum specified will be permitted to a maximum of 1.40% for grades 70-40 [485-275] and 1.00% for the other grades C When ICI test bars are used in tensile testing as provided for in this specification, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4-1. D

Grade 70-40 [485-275] may be used to meet the requirement of Grade 70-36 [485-250] , when agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser. E Total content of residual elements. Supplementary requirement, not required unless stipulated by customer.

GRADE & HEAT TREATMENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (minimum unless range given)


Tensile Strength Yield Strength SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS (maximum percent) GradeA

and UNS

Heat Treatment ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %C

Red A

%

CB

MnB

P

S

Si Ni Cr Mo Cu Total max % E

N-1

0.25

0.75

0.05

0.06

0.80

0.50

0.50

0.25

0.50

1.00

N-2(J03500)

A, N, NT, or QT

0.35

0.60

0.05

0.06

0.80

0.50

0.50

0.25

0.50

1.00

U-60-30 [415-205] (J02500)

60 415 30 205 22 30

0.25

0.75

0.05

0.06

0.80

0.50

0.50

0.25

0.50

1.00

60-30 [415-205] (J03000)

A, N, NT, or QT 60 415 30 205 24 35

0.30

0.60

0.05

0.06

0.80

0.50

0.50

0.25

0.50

1.00

65-35 [450-240] (J03001)

A, N, NT, or QT 65 450 35 240 24 35

0.30

0.70

0.05

0.06

0.80

0.50

0.50

0.25

0.50

1.00

70-36 [485-250] (J03501)

A, N, NT, or QT 70 485 36 250 22 30

0.35

0.70

0.05

0.06

0.80

0.50

0.50

0.25

0.50

1.00

70-40 [485-275] (J02501)D

A, N, NT, or QT 70 485 40 275 22 30

0.25

1.20

0.05

0.06

0.80

0.50

0.50

0.25

0.50

1.00

11

ASTM A 148/A 148M – 08 STEEL CASTINGS, HIGH STRENGTH, FOR STRUCTURAL PURPOSES This specification covers carbon steel and alloy steel castings that are to be subjected to higher mechanical stresses than those covered in Specification A 27/A 27M.

GRADE & HEAT




Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elong Red A Grade and UNS Heat Treatment ksi MPa ksi MPa %A %

Other Tests A Impact P S

80-40 [550-275] (D50400)

A, N, NT, or QT 80 550 40 275 18 30

0.05

0.06

80-50 [550-345] (D50500)

A, N, NT, or QT 80 550 50 345 22 35

0.05

0.06

90-60 [620-415] (D50600)

A, N, NT, or QT 90 620 60 415 20 40

0.05

0.06

105-85 [725-585] (D50850)

A, N, NT, or QT 105 725 85 585 17 35

0.05

0.06

115-95 [795-655] (D50950)

A, N, NT, or QT 115 795 95 655 14 30

0.05

0.06

130-115 [895-795] (D51150)

A, N, NT, or QT 130 895 115 795 11 25

0.05

0.06

135-125 [930-860] (D51250)

A, N, NT, or QT 135 930 125 860 9 22

0.05

0.06

150-135 [1035-930] (D51350)

A, N, NT, or QT 150 1035 135 930 7 18

0.05

0.06

160-145 [1105-1000] (D51450)

A, N, NT, or QT 160 1105 145 1000 6 12

0.05

0.06

165-150 [1140-1035] (D51500)

A, N, NT, or QT 165 1140 150 1035 5 20

0.020

0.020

165-150L [1140-1035L] (D51501)

A, N, NT, or QT 165 1140 150 1035 5 20 20 ft-lb [27 J]

0.020

0.020

210-180 [1450-1240] (D51800)

A, N, NT, or QT 210 1450 180 1240 4 15

0.020

0.020

210-180L [1450-1240L] B

(D51801) A, N, NT, or QT

210 1450 180 1240 4 15 15 ft-lb [20 J] 0.020

0.020

260-210 [1795-1450] B

(D52100) A, N, NT, or QT

260 1795 210 1450 3 6 0.020

0.020

260-210L [1795-1450L] B

(D52101) A, N, NT, or QT

260 1795 210 1450 3 6 6 ft-lb [8 J] 0.020

0.020

A When ICI test bars are used in tensile testing as provided for in this specification, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4-1. B

These grades must be charpy tested as prescribed in Section 9, and with minimum values as shown in Table 3.

12

ASTM A 216/A 216M – 07 STEEL CASTINGS, CARBON, SUITABLE FOR FUSION WELDING, FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SERVICE

This specification covers carbon steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, or other pressure-containing parts for high-temperature service and of quality suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought-steel parts by fusion welding.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS (maximum percent) E Grade

and UNS Heat TreatmentA

ksi MPa Ksi F Mpa G

Elong %

Red A % C Mn P S Si

Ni Cr Mo Cu V Total Content max %

WCA J02502 A, N, NT 60

85 415 585

30 205 24 35 0.25B

0.70B

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.50

0.50

0.20

0.30

0.03

1.00

WCB J03002 A, N, NT 70

95 485 655

36 250 22 35 0.30C

1.00C

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.50

0.50

0.20

0.30

0.03

1.00

WCC J02503 A, N, NT 70

95 485 655

40 275 22 35 0.25D

1.20D

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.50

0.50

0.20

0.30

0.03

1.00

A Quench and temper may only be applied if supplemental requirement S15 is specified

B For each reduction of 0.01% below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted up to a maximum of 1.10%

C For each reduction of 0.01% below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted up to a maximum of 1.28%

D For each reduction of 0.01% below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted up to a maximum of 1.40% E

Not applicable when Supplementary Requirement S11 is specified F Determine by either 0.2% offset method or 0.55 extension-under-load method. G When ICI test bars are used in tensile testing as provided for in Specification A 703/A 703M, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4-1. ASTM A 217/A 217M – 07 STEEL CASTINGS, MARTENSITIC STAINLESS AND ALLOY, FOR PRESSURE-CONTAINING PARTS, SUITABLE FOR HIGH-

TEMPERATURE SERVICE

This specification covers martensitic stainless steel and alloy steel castings for values, flanges, fittings, and other pressure- containing parts intended primarily for high-temperature and corrosive service.

GRADE & HEAT




Tensile Strength Yield Strength A Elong Red A SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS

(maximum percent) Grade and UNS

Heat Treatment

ksi MPa ksi MPa % B %

C

Mn

P

S

Si

Ni

Cr

Mo

Cb

N

V

Al

Cu

Ni

Cr

Ti

W

V

Zr

Total Content

max. WC1 J12524 NT 65

90 450 620

35 240 24 35 0.25

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.45 0.65

0.50

0.50

0.35

0.10

1.00

WC4 J12082 NT 70

95 485 655

40 275 20 35 0.05 0.20

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.70 1.10

0.50 0.80

0.45 0.65

0.50

0.10

0.60

WC5 J22000 NT 70

95 485 655

40 275 20 35 0.05 0.20

0.40 0.70

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.60 1.00

0.50 0.90

0.90 1.20

0.50

0.10

0.60

WC6 J12072 NT 70

95 485 655

40 275 20 35 0.05 0.20

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

0.60

1.00 1.50

0.45 0.65

0.50

0.50

0.10

1.00

WC9 J21890 NT 70

95 485 655

40 275 20 35 0.05 0.18

0.40 0.70

0.04

0.045

0.60

2.00 2.75

0.90 1.20

0.50

0.50

0.10

1.00

13




Tensile Strength Yield Strength A Elong Red A SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS

(maximum percent) Grade and UNS

Heat Treatment

ksi MPa ksi MPa % B %

C

Mn

P

S

Si

Ni

Cr

Mo

Cb

N

V

Al

Cu

Ni

Cr

Ti

W

V

Zr

Total Content

max. WC11 J11872 NT 80

105 550 725

50 345 18 45 0.15 0.21

0.50 0.80

0.020

0.015

0.30 0.60

1.00 1.50

0.45 0.65

0.01

0.35

0.50

0.03

1.00

C5 J42045 NT 90

115 620 795

60 415 18 35 0.20

0.40 0.70

0.04

0.045

0.75

4.00 6.50

0.45 0.65

0.50

0.50

0.10

1.00

C12 J82090 NT 90

115 620 795

60 415 18 35 0.20

0.35 0.65

0.04

0.045

1.00

8.00 10.00

0.90 1.20

0.50

0.50

0.10

1.00

C12A J84090 NT

85 110

585 760

60 415 18 45 0.08 0.12

0.30 0.60

0.030

0.010

0.20 0.50

0.40

8.0 9.5

0.85 1.05

0.060 0.10

0.030 0.070

0.18 0.25

0.02

0.01

0.01

CA15 J91156 NT 90

115 620 795

65 450 18 30 0.15

1.00

0.040

0.040

1.50

1.00

11.5 14.0

0.50

A Determine by either 0.2% offset method or 0.5% extension-under-load method. B When ICI test bars are used in tensile testing as provided for in Specification A 703/A 703M, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4-1. ASTM A 352/A 352M – 06 STEEL CASTINGS, FERRITIC AND MARTENSITIC, FOR PRESSURE-CONTAINING PARTS, SUITABLE FOR LOW-

TEMPERATURE SERVICE This specification covers steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-temperature service.

GRADE & HEAT




Grade Heat Treatment Tensile StrengthC

Yield StrengthD

Elong E

Red. Area Impact Tests C,F SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS

(maximum percent) B

and UNS ksi MPa ksi MPa % % AverageA Single

C

Si

Mn

P

S

Ni

Cr

Mo

Cu

V

Ni Cr Mo Cu V Total

Content Max

LCA J02504 NT or QT 60

85 415 585

30 205 24 35 13(-25) [18(-32)]

10[14] 0.25 A

0.60

0.70 A

0.04

0.045

0.20

0.30

0.50

0.50 0.03 1.00

LCB A

J03003 NT or QT 65 90

450 620

35 240 24 35 13(-50) [18(-46)]

10[14] 0.30

0.60

1.00

0.04

0.045

0.50

0.50

0.20

0.30 0.03 1.00

LCC J02505 NT or QT 70

95 485 655

40 275 22 35 15(-50) [20(-46)]

10[16] 0.25 A

0.60

1.20

A 0.04

0.045

0.50

0.50

0.20

0.30 0.03 1.00

LC1 J12522 NT or QT 65

90 450 620

35 240 24 35 13(-75) [18(-59)]

10[14] 0.25

0.60

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

0.45 0.65


95 485 655

40 275 24 35 15(-100) [20(-73)]

12[16] 0.25

0.60

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

2.00 3.00

LC2-1 J42215 NT or QT 105

130 725 895

80 550 18 30 30(-100) [41(-73)]

25[34] 0.22

0.50

0.55 0.75

0.04

0.045

2.50 3.50

1.35 1.85

0.30 0.60


95 485 655

40 275 24 35 15(-150) [20(-101)]

12[16] 0.15

0.60

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

3.00 4.00


95 485 655

40 275 24 35 15(-175) [20(-115)]

12[16] 0.15

0.60

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

4.00 5.00

LC9 J31300 QT 85 585 75 515 20 30 20(-320)

[27(-196)] 15[20]

0.13 0.45

0.90

0.04

0.045

8.50 10.0

0.50

0.20

0.30

0.03

CA6NM J91540 NT 110

135 760 930

80 550 15 35 20(-100) [27(-73)]

15[20] 0.06

1.00

1.00

0.04

0.03

3.5 4.5

11.5 14.0

0.4 1.0

14

A For each reduction of 0.01% carbon below the maximum specified, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the maximum specified will be permitted up to a maximum of 1.10% for LCA), 1.28%doe LCB), and 1.40% for LCC). B

Specified Residual Elements-The total content of these elements is 1.00% maximum. C See 1.2 D Determine by either 0.2% offset method or 0.5% extension-under-load method. E When ICI test bars are used in tensile testing as provided for in Specification A 703/A 703M, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4-1. F See Appendix X1 ASTM A 356/A 356M – 07 STEEL CASTINGS, CARBON, LOW ALLOY AND STAINLESS STEEL, HEAVY WALLED FOR STEAM TURBINES

This specification covers one grade of martensitic stainless steel and several grades of ferritic steel castings for cylinders (shells), value chests, throttle valves, and other heavy-walled castings for steam turbine applications.

GRADE & HEAT TREATMENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (minimum unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % A (maximum percent unless range given)

Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elong Grade and UNS Heat Treatment

Ksi MPa Ksi MPa % Red A

% C Mn Si P S Mo Cr Ni V Cb N Al Ti Zr

1 J03502 NT 70 485 36 250 20 35

0.35 B 0.70 B

0.60

0.035

0.030

.....

..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

2 J12523 NT 65 450 35 240 22 35

0.25 B 0.70 B

0.60

0.035

0.030

0.45 0.65

..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

5 J12540 NT 70 485 40 275 22 35

0.25 B 0.70 B

0.60

0.035

0.030

0.40 0.60

0.40 0.70

..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

6 J12073 NT 70 485 45 310 22 35

0.20 0.50 0.80

0.60

0.035

0.030

0.45 0.65

1.00 1.50

..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

8 J12073 NT 80 550 50 345 18 45

0.20 0.50 0.90

0.20 0.60

0.035

0.030

0.90 1.20

1.00 1.50

..... 0.05 0.15

..... ..... ..... ..... .....

9 J21610 NT 85 585 60 415 15 45

0.20 0.50 0.90

0.20 0.60

0.035

0.030

0.90 1.20

1.00 1.50

..... 0.20 0.35

..... ..... ..... ..... .....

10 J22090 NT 85 585 55 380 20 35

0.20 0.50 0.80

0.60

0.035

0.030

0.90 1.20

2.00 2.75

..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

12A C

J80490 NT 85 585 60 415 20 ..... 0.08 0.12

0.30 0.60

0.20 0.50

0.30

0.010

0.85 1.05

8.0 9.5

0.40

0.18 0.25

0.060 0.10

0.030 0.070

0.02

0.01

0.01

CA6NM J91540 NT 110 760 80 550 15 35

0.06 1.00

1.00

0.040

0.030

0.4 1.0

11.5 14.0

3.5 4.5

..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

A Where ellipses appear in this table, there is no requirement. B For each 0.01% reduction in carbon below the maximum specified, an increase of 0.04% points of manganese over the maximum specified for that element may be permitted up to 1.00% C The designation of Grade 12, formerly covered by this specification has been changed to Grade 12A.

15

ASTM A 389/A 389M – 08 STEEL CASTINGS, ALLOY, SPECIALLY HEAT-TREATED, FOR PRESSURE-CONTAINING PARTS, SUITABLE FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE This specification covers alloy steel castings, which have been subjected to special heat treatment, for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for high-temperature service.

GRADE & HEAT TREATMENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


(maximum percent unless range given) Tensile Strength Yield Strength A Grade


Elong % B

Red A % C Mn P S Si Cr Mo V

C23 J12080 NT 70 483 40 276 18 35

0.20 0.30 0.80

0.04

0.045

0.60

1.00 1.50

0.45 0.65

0.15 0.25

C24 J12092 NT

80 552 50 345 15 35 0.20

0.30 0.80

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.80 1.25

0.90 1.20

0.15 0.25

A Determine by either 0.2% offset method or 0.5% extension-under-load method. B When ICI test bars are used in tensile testing as provided for in Specification A 703/A 703M, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4-1. ASTM A 487/A 487M – 07 STEEL CASTINGS, SUITABLE FOR PRESSURE SERVICE

This specification covers low-alloy steels, and martenistic stainless steels in the normalized and tempered, or quenched and tempered condition suitable for pressure-containing parts. The weldability of the classes in the specification varies from readily weldable to weldable only with adequate precautions, and the weldability of each class should be considered prior to assembly by fusion welding.

GRADE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (min. unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % (max. percent unless range given)

Tensile StrengthH

Yield Strength SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS (maximum percent)

Grade

Class

Ksi Mpa ksi Mpa

Elong %

Red Area

%

Hardness (max)

HRC (BHN)

Thickness (max)

in [mm]

C

Mn

P

S

Si

Ni

Cr

Mo

V

B

Cu Cu Ni Cr Mo Mo+W W V

Total

Content

1 J13002

A

B

C

85 110 90 115 90

585 760 620 795 620

55 65 65

380 450 450

22 22 22

40 45 45

22 (235)

0.30

1.00

0.04

0.045

0.80

0.04 0.12

0.50

0.50

0.35

0.25

1.00

2 J13005

A

B

C

85 110 90 115 90

585 760 620 795 620

53 65 65

365 450 450

22 22 22

35 40 40

22 (235)

0.30

1.00 1.40

0.04

0.045

0.80

0.10 0.30

0.50

0.50

0.35

0.10

0.03

1.00

4 J13047

A

B

C

D

E

90 115 105 130 90 100 115

620 795 725 895 620 690 795

60 85 60 75 95

415 585 415 515 655

18 17 18 17 15

40 35 35 35 35

22 (235) 22 (235)

0.30

1.00

0.04

0.045

0.80

0.40 0.80

0.40 0.80

0.15 0.30

0.50

0.10

0.03

0.60

6 J13855

A

B

115 120

795 825

80 95

550 655

18 12

30 25

0.05 0.38

1.30 1.70

0.04

0.045

0.80

0.40 0.80

0.40 0.80

0.30 0.40

0.50

0.10

0.03

0.60

7J

J12084 A

115

795

100

690

15

30

2.5 [63.5] 0.05 0.20

0.60 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.80

0.70 1.00

0.40 0.80

0.40 0.60

0.03 0.10

0.002 0.006

0.15 0.50

0.50

0.10

0.60

16

GRADE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (min. unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % (max. percent unless range given)

Tensile StrengthH

Yield Strength SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS (maximum percent)

Grade

Class

Ksi Mpa ksi Mpa

Elong %

Red Area

%

Hardness (max)

HRC (BHN)

Thickness (max)

in [mm]

C

Mn

P

S

Si

Ni

Cr

Mo

V

B

Cu Cu Ni Cr Mo Mo+W W V

Total

Content

8 J22091

A

B

C

85 110 105 100

585 760 725 690

55 85 75

380 585 515

20 17 17

35 30 35

22 (235)

0.05 0.20

0.50 0.90

0.04

0.045

0.80

2.00 2.75

0.90 1.10

0.50

0.10

0.03

0.60

9 J13345

A

B

C

D

E

90 105 90 100 115

620 725 620 690 795

60 85 60 75 95

415 585 415 515 655

18 16 18 17 15

35 35 35 35 35

22 (235) 22 (235)

0.05 0.33

0.60 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.80

0.75 1.10

0.15 0.30

0.50

0.50

0.10

0.03

1.00

10 J23015

A

B

100 125

690 860

70 100

485 690

18 15

35 35

0.30

0.60 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.80

1.40 2.00

0.55 0.90

0.20 0.40

0.50

0.10

0.03

0.60

11 J12082

A

B

70 95 105 130

484 655 725 895

40 85

275 585

20 17

35 35

0.05 0.20

0.50 0.80

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.70 1.10

0.50 0.80

0.45 0.65

0.50

0.10

0.03

0.50

12 J22000

A

B

70 95 105 130

485 655 725 895

40 85

275 585

20 17

35 35

0.05 0.20

0.40 0.70

0.04

0.045

0.60

0.60 1.00

0.50 0.90

0.90 1.20

0.50

0.10

0.03

0.50

13 J13080

A

B

90 115 105 130

620 795 725 895

60 85

415 585

18 17

35 35

0.30

0.80 1.10

0.04

0.045

0.60

1.40 1.75

0.20 0.30

0.50

0.40

0.10

0.03

0.75

14 J15580

A

120 145

825 1000

95

655

14

30

0.55

0.80 1.10

0.04

0.045

0.60

1.40 1.75

0.20 0.30

0.50

0.40

0.10

0.03

0.75

16 J31200

A

70 95

485 655

40

275

22

35

0.12K

2.10K

0.02

0.02

0.50

1.00 1.40

0.20

0.20

0.10

0.10

0.02

0.50

CA15 J91171

A

B

C

D

140 170 90 115 90 100

965 1170 620 795 620 690

110 130 65 60 75

760 895 450 415 515

10 18 18 17

25 30 35 35

22 (235) 22 (235)

0.15

1.00

0.040

0.040

1.50

1.00

11.5 14.0

0.50

0.50

0.10

0.05

0.50

CA15M J91151

A

90 115

620 795

65

450

18

30

0.15

1.00

0.040

0.040

0.65

1.0

11.5 14.0

0.15 1.0

0.50

0.10

0.05

0.50

CA6NM J91540

A

B

110 135 100

760 930 690

80 75

550 515

15 17

35 35

23 (255)I

0.06

1.00

0.04

0.03

1.00

3.5 4.5

11.5 14.0

0.4 1.0

0.50

0.10

0.05

0.50

A A = air, L = liquid

B Minimum temperature unless range is specified C Double austenitize D

Double temper with the final temper at a lower temperature than the intermediate temper E Air cool to below 200F [95C] after first temper F

Intermediate G

Final H Minimum ksi, unless range is given I Test methods and definitions A 370, Table 3a does not apply to CA6NM – the conversion given is based on CA6NM test coupons (for example, see ASTM STP 756) J Proprietary steel composition K For each reduction of 0.01% below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0.40% manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted up to a maximum of 2.30%

17

ASTM A 597 – 99 CAST TOOL STEEL

This specification covers tool steel compositions for usable shapes cast by pouring directly into suitable molds and for master heats for remelting and casting.

GRADE

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, %


Grade and UNS C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo V Co W

CA-2 T90102

0.95 1.05

0.75

0.03

0.03

1.50

4.75 5.50

0.90 1.40

0.20 0.50A

CD-2 T90402

1.40 1.60

1.00

0.03

0.03

1.50

11.00 13.00

0.70 1.20

0.04 1.00A

0.70 1.00A

CD-5 T90405

1.35 1.60

0.75

0.03

0.03

1.50

0.40 0.60A

11.00 13.00

0.70 1.20

0.35 0.55

2.50 3.50

CS-5 T91905

0.50 0.65

0.60 1.00

0.03

0.03

1.75 2.25

0.35

0.20 0.80

0.35

CM-2 T11302

0.78 0.88

0.75

0.03

0.03

1.00

0.25

3.75 4.50

4.50 5.50

1.25 2.20

.25

5.50 6.75

CS-7 T41907

0.45 0.55

0.40 0.80

0.03

0.03

0.60 1.00

3.00 3.50

1.20 1.60

CH-12 T90812

0.30 0.40

0.75

0.03

0.03

1.50

4.75 5.75

1.25 1.75

0.20 0.50

1.00 1.70

CH-13 T90813

0.30 0.42

0.75

0.03

0.03

1.50

4.75 5.75

1.25 1.75

0.75 1.20

CO-1 T91501

0.85 1.00

1.00 3.00

0.03

0.03

1.50

0.40 1.00

0.30

0.40 0.60

A Optional element – tool steels have found satisfactory application, either with or without the element present; if desired they should be specified with order

ASTM A 732/A 732M – 05 CASTINGS, INVESTMENT, CARBON AND LOW ALLOY, FOR GENERAL APPLICATION, AND COBALT ALLOY FOR HIGH

STRENGTH AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES This specification covers carbon and low-alloy steel castings made by the investment casting process.





Tensile Strength

Yield Strength

SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS (maximum percent) Grade

and UNS Heat

Treatment ksi MPa Ksi MPa Elong

%

Red A %

Other Tests Stress

RuptureB C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo V Co W Fe B

Cu Ni Cr Mo+ W W Total

Content 1A J02002 AC 60 414 40 276 24 0.15

0.25 0.20 0.60

0.04

0.045

0.20 1.00

0.50 0.50 0.35 0.25 1.00

2A J03011 A 65 448 45 310 25 0.25

0.35 0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 1.00

0.50 0.50 0.35 0.10 1.00

2Q J03011 QTD 85 586 60 414 10 0.25

0.35 0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 1.00

0.50 0.50 0.35 0.10 1.00

3A J04002 A 75 517 48 331 25 0.35

0.45 0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 1.00

0.50 0.50 0.35 0.10 1.00

18





Tensile Strength

Yield Strength

SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS (maximum percent) Grade

and UNS Heat

Treatment ksi MPa Ksi MPa Elong

%

Red A %

Other Tests Stress

RuptureB C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo V Co W Fe B

Cu Ni Cr Mo+ W W Total

Content 3Q J04002 QT 100 689 90 621 10 0.35

0.45 0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 1.00

0.50 0.50 0.35 0.10 1.00

4A A 90 621 50 345 20 0.45 0.55

0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 1.00

0.50 0.10 0.60

4Q QT 125 862 100 689 5 0.45 0.55

0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 1.00

0.50 0.10 0.60

5N J13052 NTE 85 586 55 379 22

0.30 0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

0.05 0.15

0.50 0.50 0.35 0.25 1.00

6N J13512 NT 90 621 60 414 20

0.35 1.35 1.75

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

0.25 0.55

0.50 0.50 0.35 0.25 1.00

7Q J13045 QT 150 1030 115 793 7 0.25

0.35 0.40 0.70

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

0.80 1.10

0.15 0.25

0.50 0.50 0.10 0.60

8Q J14049 QT 180 1241 145 1000 5 0.35

0.45 0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

0.80 1.10

0.15 0.25

0.50 0.50 0.10 1.00

9Q J23055 QT 150 1030 115 793 7 0.25

0.35 0.40 0.70

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

1.65 2.00

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

0.50 0.10 0.60

10Q J24054 QT 180 1241 145 1000 5 0.35

0.45 0.70 1.00

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

1.65 2.00

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

0.50 0.35 0.10 1.00

11Q J12094 QT 120 827 100 689 10 0.15

0.25 0.40 0.70

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

1.65 2.00

0.20 0.30

0.50 0.10 1.00

12Q J15048 QT 190 1310 170 1172 4 0.45

0.55 0.65 0.95

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

0.80 1.10

0.15 0.50 0.50 0.10 1.00

13Q J12048 QT 105 724 85 586 10 0.15

0.25 0.65 0.95

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.70

0.15 0.25

0.50 0.10 1.00

14Q J13051 QT 150 1030 115 793 7 0.25

0.35 0.65 0.95

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.70

0.15 0.25

0.50 0.10 0.60

15AF J19966 A HRB 100

max. 0.95 1.10

0.25 0.55

0.04

0.045

0.20 0.80

1.30 1.60

0.50 0.50 0.10 0.60

21 As cast 52A 360A

10 23.0 [160] 0.20 0.30

1.00

0.040

0.040

1.00

1.7 3.8

25 29

5 6

remainder 3.00 0.007

31 As cast 55A 380A

10 30.0 [205] 0.45 0.55

1.00

0.040

0.040

1.00

9.5 11.5

24.5 26.5

remainder 7.0 8.0

2.00 0.005 0.015

A Test at elevated temperature, 1500F [820C] B

Stress rupture test at 1500F [820C], stress units in ksi [MPa], the minimum rupture life is 15 hours with a minimum elongation in 4D of 5% C Annealed. D Quenched and tempered. E Normalized and tempered F Hardness Rockwell B, 100Max.

19

ASTM A 757/A 757M – 04 STEEL CASTINGS, FERRITIC AND MARTENISTIC FOR PRESSURE-CONTAINING AND OTHER APPLICATIONS, FOR LOW-TEMPERATURE SERVICE This specification covers carbon and low-alloy steel castings for pressure-containing and other applications intended primarily for petroleum and gas pipelines in areas subject to low-ambient temperatures. Castings shall be heat treated by normalizing and tempering or liquid quenching and tempering. All classes are weldable under proper conditions. Hardenability of some grades may limit useable section size.

GRADE &

HEAT TREATMENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES



Tensile Strength Yield Strength SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS

Maximum % Grade And UNS Heat Treatment

Ksi MPa Ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Other TestsA

ImpactB

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo V Cu Ni Cr Mo W

Total Content

% E

A1Q J03002 QT 65 450 35 240 24 35 13(-50) [17(-46)]

0.30 1.00

0.025

0.25

0.60

0.30

0.50

0.50

0.40

0.25 1.00

A2Q J02503 QT 70 485 40 275 22 35 15(-50) [20(-46)]

0.25D

1.20D

0.025

0.25

0.60

0.30

0.50

0.50

0.40

0.25 1.00

B2N, B2Q J22501 NT or QT 70 485 40 275 24 35 15(-100) [20(-73)]

0.25 0.50 0.80

0.025

0.25

0.60

2.0 3.0

0.30

0.50

0.40

0.25 1.00

B3N, B3Q J31500 NT or QT 70 485 40 275 24 35 15(-150) [20(-101)]

0.15 0.50 0.80

0.025

0.25

0.60

3.0 4.0

0.30

0.50

0.40

0.25 1.00

B4N, B4Q J41501 NT or QT 70 485 40 275 24 35 15(-175) [20(-115)]

0.15 0.50 0.80

0.025

0.25

0.60

4.0 5.0

0.30

0.50

0.40

0.25 1.00

C1Q J12582 QT 1100F 75 515 55 380 22 35 15(-50) [20(-46)]

0.25 1.20

0.025

0.25

0.60

1.5 2.0

0.15 0.30

0.30

0.50

0.40 1.00

D1N1, D1Q1 J22092 NT or QT 85

115 585 795

55 380 20 35 C

0.20 0.40 0.80

0.025

0.25

0.60

2.0 2.75

0.90 1.20

0.03 0.50

0.50 0.10 1.00

D1N2, D1Q2 J22092 NT or QT 95

125 655 860

75 515 18 35 C

0.20 0.40 0.80

0.025

0.25

0.60

2.0 2.75

0.90 1.20

0.03 0.50

0.50 0.10 1.00

D1N3, D1Q3 J22092 NT or QT 105

135 725 930

85 585 15 30 C 0.20

0.40 0.80

0.025

0.25

0.60

2.0 2.75

0.90 1.20

0.03 0.50

0.50 0.10 1.00

E1Q J42220 QT 1100F 90 620 65 450 22 40 30(-100) [41(-73)]

0.22 0.50 0.80

0.025

0.25

0.60

2.5 3.5

1.35 1.85

0.35 0.60

0.03 0.50 0.70

E2N1, E2Q1 NT or QT 90 120

620 825

70 485 18 35 30(-100) [41(-73)] 0.20

0.40 0.70

0.020

0.020

0.60

2.75 3.90

1.50 2.0

0.40 0.60

0.30 0.50 0.10 0.70

E2N2, E2Q2 NT or QT 105 135

725 930

85 585 15 30 20(-100) [27(-73)] 0.20

0.40 0.70

0.020

0.020

0.60

2.75 3.90

1.50 2.0

0.40 0.60

0.30 0.50 0.10 0.70

E2N3, E2Q3 NT QT 115 145

795 1000

100 690 13 30 15(-100) [20(-73)] 0.20

0.40 0.70

0.020

0.020

0.60

2.75 3.90

1.50 2.0

0.40 0.60

0.30 0.50 0.10 0.70

E3N J91550 NT 110 760 80 550 15 35 20(-100) [27(-73)]

0.06 1.00

0.030

0.030

1.00

3.5 4.5

11.5 14.0

0.40 1.0 0.50 0.10 0.50

A Refer to the original specification for additional information on toughness requirements and effective section size information

B See original specification for full details – units are in ft-lbs @ (F) and [J @ (C)]

C Requirements shall be subject to agreements between the manufacturer and the purchaser

D For each 0.01% carbon below the maximum specified, an increase of 0.04% manganese over the maximum specified will be permitted up to 1.40%

E Total residuals includes phosphorus and sulfur.

20

ASTM A 915/A 915M – 08 STEEL CASTINGS, CARBON, AND ALLOY, CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS SIMILAR TO STANDARD WROUGHT GRADES This specification covers carbon and low-alloy steel castings having chemical analyses similar to that of the standard wrought grades.



Grade and UNS Heat Treatment C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo

SC 1020 J02003 As cast, A, N, NT, or QT 0.18

0.23 0.40 0.80

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1025 J02508 As cast, A, N, NT, or QT 0.22

0.28 0.40 0.80

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1030 J03012 A, N, NT, or QT 0.28

0.34 0.50 0.90

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1040 J04003 A, N, NT, or QT 0.37

0.44 0.50 0.90

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1045 J04502 A, N, NT, or QT 0.43

0.50 0.50 0.90

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 4130 J13502 A, N, NT, or QT 0.28

0.33 0.40 0.80

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.80 1.10

0.15 0.25

SC 4140 J14045 A, N, NT, or QT 0.38

0.43 0.70 1.10

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.80 1.10

0.15 0.25

SC 4330 J23259 A, N, NT, or QT 0.28

0.33 0.60 0.90

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

1.65 2.00

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

SC 4340 J24053 A, N, NT, or QT 0.38

0.43 0.60 0.90

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

1.65 2.00

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

SC 8620 J12095 A, N, NT, or QT 0.18

0.23 0.60 1.00

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

SC 8625 J12595 A, N, NT, or QT 0.23

0.28 0.60 1.00

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

SC 8630 J13095 A, N, NT, or QT 0.28

0.33 0.60 1.00

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

21

ASTM A 958 – 06 STEEL CASTINGS, CARBON, AND ALLOY, WITH TENSILE REQUIREMENTS, CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS SIMILAR TO STANDARD WROUGHT GRADES This specification covers carbon and low-alloy steel castings having chemical analyses similar to that of the standard wrought grades.




Tensile Requirements/Grade SuitabilityAC Grade and UNS Heat Treatment 65/35 70/36 80/40 80/50 90/60 105/85 115/96 130/115 135/125 150/135 160/145 165/150 210/180 C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo

SC 1020 J02003 A, N, NT, or QT XA X 0.18

0.23 0.40 0.80

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1025 J02508 A, N, NT, or QT X X 0.22

0.28 0.40 0.80

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1030 J03012 A, N, NT, or QT X X X X 0.28

0.34 0.50 0.90

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1040 J04003 A, N, NT, or QT XB

X X X X 0.37 0.44

0.50 0.90

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 1045 J04502 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB X X X X X 0.43

0.50 0.50 0.90

0.040

0.040

0.30 0.60

SC 4130 J13502 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB X X X X X X X X 0.28 0.33

0.40 0.80

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.80 1.10

0.15 0.25

SC 4140 J14045 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB XB

XB X X X X X X X X 0.38

0.43 0.70 1.10

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.80 1.10

0.15 0.25

SC 4330 J23259 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB XB

XB X X X X X X X X X 0.28

0.33 0.60 0.90

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

1.65 2.00

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

SC 4340 J24053 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB XB

XB XB

X X X X X X X X 0.38 0.43

0.60 0.90

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

1.65 2.00

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

SC 8620 J12095 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB X X X X X 0.18

0.23 0.60 1.00

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

SC 8625 J12595 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB X X X X X X X 0.23

0.28 0.60 1.00

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

SC 8630 J13095 A, N, NT, or QT XB

XB X X X X X X X X 0.28

0.33 0.60 1.00

0.035

0.040

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.70

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

A X denotes that the properties may be achieved by at least one of the heat treatments referenced in 5. The effect of section thickness should be considered in making greade selections. The heat

treatment requirements do not imply that all section thicknesses will be through hardened. B

These grades are likely to significantly exceed the minimum strength levels; therefore, problems may be experienced when trying to produce castings to low hardness values C

Tensile requirements for the different classes given in the table below TENSILE REQUIREMENTS Class 65/35 70/36 80/40 80/50 90/60 105/85 115/95 130/115 135/125 150/135 160/145 165/150 210/180 Tensile (ksi) 65 70 80 80 90 105 115 130 135 150 160 165 210 Tensile [MPa] 450 485 550 550 620 725 795 895 930 1035 1105 1140 1450 Yield (ksi) 35 36 40 50 60 85 95 115 125 135 145 150 180 Yield [MPa] 240 250 275 345 415 585 655 795 860 930 1000 1035 1240 Elong. (%) 24 22 18 22 18 17 14 11 9 7 6 5 4 Red. A (%) 35 30 30 35 35 35 30 25 22 18 12 10 8 FEDERAL QQ-S-681F STEEL CASTINGS

This specification covers mild-to-medium-strength carbon steel castings for general application as described in ASTM A 27 and high-strength steel castings for structural purposes as described in ASTM A 148.

Canceled May 20, 1985 – use ASTM A 27 and ASTM A 148

22

ISO 3755 CAST CARBON STEELS FOR GENERAL ENGINEERING

This International Standard specifies requirements for eight grades of heat-treated cast carbon steels for general engineering purposes. Four of the grades have a restricted chemical composition to ensure uniform weldability.

GRADE & HEAT

TREATMENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIESA (minimum unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITIONH, % (maximum percent unless range given)

Tensile Strength

Yield StrengthD

SPECIFIED RESIDUAL ELEMENTS Maximum % Grade

and UNS Heat TreatmentB

ksi MPa ksi Mpa

ElongG

%

Red A %

Other TestsG

Impact (J) CI

Mn P S Si NiJ

CrJ

MoJ Cu V

Total Content

%J 200-400 400

550 200 25 25 30

0.035 0.035

200-400WC 400

550 200 25 25 45

0.25 1.00

0.035

0.035

0.60

0.40

0.35

0.15

0.40

0.05

1.00

230-450 450 600

230 22 22 25 0.035

0.035

230-450WC 450

600 230 22 22 45

0.25 1.20

0.035

0.035

0.60

0.40

0.35

0.15

0.40

0.05

1.00

270-480 480 630

270E 18 18 22

0.035 0.035

270-480WC 480

630 270E

18 18 22 0.25

1.20

0.035

0.035

0.60

0.40

0.35

0.15

0.40

0.05

1.00

340-550 550 700

340F 15 15 20

0.035 0.035

340-550WC 550

700 340F

15 15 20 0.25

1.50

0.035

0.035

0.60

0.40

0.35

0.15

0.40

0.05

1.00

A See original specification for additional details on mechanical properties

B The type of heat-treatment is left to the discretion of the manufacturer, unless specifically agreed upon at the time of ordering

C The W-grades restrict the chemical composition and may be ordered to ensure uniform weldability

D If measurable, the upper yield stress, otherwise the 0.2% proof stress

E The casting will have an upper yield stress of [260 Mpa] and a tensile strength of [500-650 MPa] in sections from [28 mm] up to [40 mm]

F The casting will have an upper yield stress of [300 Mpa] and a tensile strength of [570-720 MPa] in sections from [28 mm] up to [40 mm]

G By choice, according to the order

H The choice of chemical composition in the non-weldable grades shall be left to the discretion of the manufacturer I For each 0.01% reduction of carbon below 0.25%, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the maximum specified will be permitted, to a maximum of 1.20% for grade 200-400W and to 1.40% for grade 270-480W J

Maximum content of residual elements, the sum of which shall not exceed 1.00%

23

ISO 4991 STEEL CASTINGS FOR PRESSURE PURPOSES This International Standard covers steel castings used for pressure purposes. It includes materials which are used for the

manufacture of components subject to pressure vessel codes (see ISO/R831, ISO 2694 and ISO 5730) and for other pressure containing components not subject to codal requirements


MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AT ROOM TEMPERATURE 3) (minimum unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % (m/m)1),2)

(maximum percent unless range given) KV3), 4)

Grade and UNS Heat Treatment5)

Re6)

Min N/mm2

Rm

N/mm2

A Min %

Z7) Min %

KV7), 4)

Min J

at °C

Min J

C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni V Nb

Unalloyed steels

C23-45A 240 450 600

22 35 27 0.25

0.60

1.20

0.035

0.035

C23-45AH 240 150 300

22 35 27 0.25

0.60

1.20

0.035

0.035

C23-45B 240 450 600

22 35 45 0.20

0.60

1.00 1.60

0.035

0.035

C23-45BH 240 450 600

22 35 45 0.20

0.60

1.00 1.60

0.035

0.035

C23-45BL 240 450 300

22

-40 27 0.20

0.60

1.00 1.60

0.030

0.030

C26-52 280 52010) 670

18 30 35 0.258),9)

0.60

1.208),9)

0.035

0.035

C26-52H 280 52010) 670

18 30 35 0.258),9)

0.60

1.208),9)

0.035

0.035

C26-52L 280 52010) 670

18 -35 27 0.258)

0.60

1.208)

0.03

0.03

Alloyed ferritic and martensitic steels

C28H 250 450 600

21 25 25 0.15 0.23

0.30 0.60

0.50 1.00

0.035

0.035

0.30

0.40 0.60

C31L 370 550 700

16 30 -45 27 0.29

0.30 0.60

0.50 0.80

0.030

0.030

0.90 1.20

0.15 1.30

C32H 290 490 640

18 35 27 0.10 0.2010)

0.30 0.60

0.50 0.80

0.035

0.035

1.00 1.50

0.45 0.65

C33H 320 500 650

17 30 13 0.10 0.17

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.70

0.035

0.035

0.30 0.60

0.40 0.60

0.40

0.22 0.32

C34AH 280 510 660

18 35 25 0.08 0.15

0.30 0.60

0.50 0.80

0.035

0.035

2.00 2.50

0.90 1.20

C34BH 390 600 750

18 35 40 0.13 0.20

0.30 0.60

0.50 0.80

0.035

0.035

2.00 2.50

0.90 1.20

C34BL 390 600 750

18 50 27 0.20

0.30 0.60

0.50 0.80

0.030

0.030

2.00 2.50

0.90 1.20

C35BH 420 590 740

15 35 24 0.13 0.20

0.30 0.60

0.50 0.80

0.035

0.035

1.20 1.6011)

0.90 1.20 12)

0.15 0.35

C37H 420 630 780

16 35 25 0.12 0.19

0.80

0.50 0.80

0.035

0.035

4.00 6.00

0.45 0.65

C38H 420 630 780

16 35 20 0.10 0.17

0.80

0.50 0.80

0.035

0.035

8.00 10.0

1.00 1.30

C39CH 450 620 770

14 30 20 0.10 0.17

0.80

1.00

0.035

0.035

11.5 13.5

0.50

1.00

C39CNiH 360 540 690

18 35 35 0.05 0.10

0.80

0.40 0.80

0.035

0.035

11.5 13.0

0.20 0.50

0.80 1.80

24


MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AT ROOM TEMPERATURE 3) (minimum unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % (m/m)1),2)

(maximum percent unless range given) KV3), 4)

Grade and UNS Heat Treatment5)

Re6)

Min N/mm2

Rm

N/mm2

A Min %

Z7) Min %

KV7), 4)

Min J

at °C

Min J


C39NiH 550 750 900

15 35 45 0.08

1.00

1.50

0.035

0.035

11.5 13.5

1.00

3.50 5.00

C39NiL 550 750 900

15 35 -80 27 0.08

1.00

1.50

0.030

0.030

11.5 13.5

1.00

3.50 5.00

C40H 540 740 880

15 20 2113) 0.20 0.26

0.20 0.40

0.50 0.70

0.035

0.035

11.3 12.3

1.00 1.20

0.70 1.00

0.25 0.35

C43L 300 460 610

20 -70 27 0.14

0.30 0.60

0.50 0.80

0.030

0.030

3.00 4.00

C43C1L 380 520 670

20 -35 27 0.24

0.30 0.60

0.80 1.20

0.030

0.030

0.15 0.30

1.50 2.00

C43E2aL 450 620 800

16 -80 27 0.22

0.60

0.40 0.80

0.030

0.030

1.35 2.00

0.35 0.60

2.50 3.50

C43E2bL 655 800 950

13 -60 27 0.22

0.60

0.40 0.80

0.030

0.030

1.50 2.00

0.35 0.60

2.75 3.90

Austenitic stainless steels

C46 210 440 640

30 14) 0.03

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0 19.0

9.0 12.0

C47 210 440 640

30 14) 0.07

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

18.0 21.0

8.0 11.0

C47H 230 470 670

30 14) 0.04 0.10

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

18.0 21.0

8.0 12.0

C47L 210 440 640

30 -19515) 45 0.07

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0. 20.0

9.0 12.0

C50 210 440 640

25 14) 0.08

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

18.0 21.0

9.0 12.0

8x%C 1.0

C57 210 440 620

30 14) 0.03

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0 21.0

2.0 2.5

9.0 13.0

C60 210 440 640

30 14) 0.07

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0 21.0

2.0 2.5

9.0 13.0

C60H 230 470 670

30 14) 0.04 0.10

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0 21.0

2.0 2.5

9.0 13.0

C60Nb 210 440 640

25 14) 0.08

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0 21.0

2.0 2.5

9.0 13.0

8x%C 1.0

C61LC 210 440 640

30 14) 0.03

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0 21.0

2.5 3.0

9.0 13.0

C61 210 440 640

30 14) 0.07

2.00

2.00

0.045

0.035

17.0 21.0

2.5 3.0

9.0 13.0

1. Elements not quoted in this table shall not be intentionally added without the purchaser’s agreement, other than for the purpose of finishing the heat treatment. For unalloyed steels, if not otherwise agreed, the following maximum values, in percentage, are applicable: Cr/0.40, Mo/0.15, Ni/0.40, V/0.03, Cu/0.40, (Cr+Mo+Ni+V Cu)/100

2. The permissible deviatons for the results of check-analysis on test blocks shall be as specified in ISO 4990. 3. Re: yield strength (see footnote 5); Rm: tensile strength; A percentage elongation after fracture on original gage length Lo=5.65 √ So (Where So is the original cross-sectional area); Z:reduction of area; KV: ISO V-notch impact strength. 4. The given minimum values apply for the average of three individual test results. One of the individual values may be below the specified minimum average value, provided it is not less than 70% of that

value. 5. Refer to specifications for heat treatment requirements 6. The values of Re shall be regarded as complied with if, in the case of non-austentic steels, the upper yield stress (ReH), the total 0.5% total elongation proof stress(Rt0.5) or the 0.2% proof test (Rp0.2)

satisfy the specified values.

25

7. The minimum values for either Z or KV apply. Unless otherwise specified, the choice is lift to the manufacturer. However, the purchaser shall note that some national or ISO codes require the testing of impact specimens.

8. For each 0.0.01 % (m/m) C below the maximum carbon content, an increase of 0.04 % (m/m) Mn will be permitted up to a maximum manganese content of 1.40 % (m/m). 9. For certain applications and upon agreement at the time of the enquiry and order, this grade of steel can be supplied with a maximum carbon content of 0.30% (m/m) and a maximum manganese

content of 0.90% (m/m). 10. If the minimum yield strength Re is met, tensile strength (Rm) values down to 500 N/mm2 should be regarded as acceptable. 11. For castings with thin sections, a minimum value of 1.00 % (m/m) Cr may be agreed upon. 12. Depending on the wall thickness, a nickel content of less than 1.00% (m/m) is permitted. 13. This type of steel is usually applied only at temperatures above 525° C. 14. Austenitic steels normally have a high toughness because of their structure. 15. Valid for an impact value of 45J. Normally, this value is also to be expected for the room temperature grade. If, however, the low temperature grade is ordered, the value has to be verified by testing. ISO 9477 HIGH STRENGTH CAST STEELS FOR GENERAL ENGINEERING AND STRUCTURAL PURPOSES

This International Standard specifies requirements for four grades of heat-treated cast carbon and alloy steels for general engineering and structural purposes.


MECHANICAL PROPERTIESA


(maximum percent unless range given) Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade

and UNS Heat TreatmentB ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Other Tests Impact (J) P S Si

410-620 620 770

410 16 40 20 0.035

0.035

0.60

540-720 720 870

540 14 35 20 0.035

0.035

0.60

620-820 820 970

620 11 30 18 0.035

0.035

0.60

840-1030 1030 1180

840 7 22 15 0.035

0.035

0.60

A See original specification for additional details on mechanical properties

B The type of heat-treatment is left to the discretion of the manufacturer, unless specifically agreed upon at the time of ordering ISO 13521 AUSTENITIC MANGANESE STEEL CASTINGS

This International Standard specifies austenitic manganese cast steels for wear resistant service. The grades covered by this International Standard will experience maximum service life in applications where the surface of the castings is subject to impact.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength

Grade and UNS Heat Treatment

ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A % Other Testsc

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo

GX120MnMo7-1 ST & WQ 1.05 1.35

6.0 8.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

0.90 1.20

GX110MnMo12-1 ST & WQ 0.75 1.35

11.0 14.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

0.90 1.20

GX100Mn13A ST & WQ 0.90

1.05 11.0 14.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

GX120Mn13A ST & WQ 1.05

1.35 11.0 14.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

GX120MnCr13-2 ST & WQ 1.05 1.35

11.0 14.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

1.50 2.50

GX120MnCr13-3 & WQ 1.05 1.35

11.0 14.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

3.0 4.0

26




Tensile Strength Yield Strength

Grade and UNS Heat Treatment

ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A % Other Testsc

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo

GX120Mn17A ST & WQ

B

1.05 1.35

16.0 19.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

GX90MnMo14 as cast 0.70 1.00

13.0 15.0

0.070

0.045

0.30 0.60

1.00 1.80

GX120MnCr17-2 ST & WQ 1.05 1.35

16.0 19.0

0.060

0.045

0.30 0.90

1.50 2.50

A These grades are sometimes used for non-magnetic service

B For castings with thicknesses less than [45 mm] and containing less than 0.8% carbon, heat treatment is not required C Bend test, hardness test, and microstructure shall be performed when agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufacturer – see original specification for more details ISO 14737 CAST CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS FOR GENERAL USE


MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AT ROOM TEMPERATURE (minimum unless range given)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % (m/m)

(maximum percent unless range given) Tensile test

Grade and UNS

Heat Treatment

Thickness t

mm

Rp0.2 min MPa

Rm

MPa

A Min %

Impact Test KV Min

J


GS200 +N 100 200 400 550

25 45 0.18

0.60 1.20 0.030 0.025 0.30A 0.12 A 0.40 A 0.03 A 0.30 A

GS230 +N 100 230 450 600

22 45 0.22 0.60 1.20 0.030 0.025 0.30 A 0.12 A 0.40 A 0.03 A 0.30 A

GS270 +N 100 270 480 630

18 27 0.24 0.60 1.30 0.030 0.025 0.30 A 0.12 A 0.40 A 0.03 A 0.30 A

GS340 +N 100 340 550 700

15 20 0.30 0.60 1.50 0.030 0.025 0.30 A 0.12 A 0.40 A 0.03 A 0.30 A

+N 30 300 480 620

20 50 0.17 0.23 0.60

1.00 1.60 0.030 0.020B 0.30 0.15 0.80 0.05 0.30 G20Mn5 +QT 100 300 500

650 22 60 0.17

0.23 0.60 1.00 1.60 0.030 0.020B 0.30 0.15 0.80 0.05 0.30

+N 250 260 520 670

18 31 0.25 0.32 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.030 0.025 0.30 0.15 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 450 600 750

14 35 0.25 0.32 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.030 0.025 0.30 0.15 0.40 0.05 0.30 G28Mn6

+QT2 50 550 700 850

10 31 0.25 0.32 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.030 0.025 0.30 0.15 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 50 500 700 850

12 35 0.25 0.32 0.60

1.20 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 480 670 830

10 31 0.25 0.32 0.60

1.20 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40 0.05 0.30 G28MnMo6

+QT2 100 590 850 1000

8 27 0.25 0.32 0.60

1.20 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40 0.05 0.30

G20Mo5 +QT2 100 245 440 590

22 27 0.15 0.23 0.60

0.50 1.00 0.025 0.020 B 0.30

0.40 0.60 0.40 0.05 0.30

G10MnMoV6-3 +NT 50 380 500 650

22 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

27





Grade and UNS

Heat Treatment

Thickness t

mm

Rp0.2 min MPa

Rm

MPa

A Min %

Impact Test KV Min

J


+NT 50 100

350 480 630

22 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

+NT 100 150

330 480 630

20 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

+NT 150 250

330 450 600

18 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

+QT 50 500 600 750

18 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

+QTC 50 100

400 550 700

18 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

+QTC 100 150

380 500 650

18 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

+QTC 150 250

350 460 610

18 60 0.12 0.60

1.20 1.80 0.025 0.020 0.30

0.20 0.40 0.40

0.05 0.10 0.30

+N 100 200 550 700

18 10 0.18 0.23 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.030

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 430 700 850

15 25 0.18 0.23 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.030

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30 G20NiCrMo2-2

+QT2 100 540 820 970

12 25 0.18 0.23 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.030

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30

+N 100 240 600 750

18 10 0.23 0.28 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.030

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 500 750 900

15 25 0.23 0.28 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.030

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30 G25NiCrMo2-2

+QT2 100 300 850 1000

12 25 0.23 0.28 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.030

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30

+N 100 270 630 780

18 10 0.28 0.33 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.020

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 540 820 970

14 25 0.28 0.33 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.020

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30 G30NiCrMo2-2

+QT2 100 630 900 1050

11 25 0.28 0.33 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.035 0.020

0.40 0.60

0.15 0.25

0.40 0.70 0.05 0.30

G17CrMo5-5 +QT 100 315 490 690

20 27 0.15 0.20 0.60

0.50 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.00 1.50

0.45 0.65 0.40 0.05 0.30

G17CrMo5-10 +QT 150 100 590 740

18 40 0.13 0.20 0.60

0.50 0.90 0.025 0.020 B

2.00 2.50

0.90 1.20 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 450

600 750

16 40 0.22 0.29 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 250

300 550 700

14 27 0.22 0.29 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30 G25CrMo4

+QT2 100 550 700 850

10 18 0.22 0.29 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+NT 100 270 630 780

16 10 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 540 700 850

12 35 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

G32CrMo4

+QT1 100 150

480 620 770

10 27 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

28





Grade and UNS

Heat Treatment

Thickness t

mm

Rp0.2 min MPa

Rm

MPa

A Min %

Impact Test KV Min

J


+QT1 150 250

330 620 770

10 16 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT2 100 350 800 950

10 18 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.50 0.80 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

NT 100 300 700 850

15 10 0.38 0.45 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 600 780 930

12 31 0.38 0.45 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 150

550 700 850

10 27 0.38 0.45 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 150 250

350 650 800

10 16 0.38 0.45 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

G42CrMo4

+QT2 100 700 850 1000

10 18 0.38 0.45 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

G50CrMo4 +QT 100 750 900 1050

10 18 0.46 0.53 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

0.80 1.20

0.15 0.25 0.40 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 700 850 1000

14 45 0.27 0.34 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.30 1.70

0.30 0.50 0.40

0.05 0.15 0.30

+QT1 100 150

550 750 900

12 27 0.27 0.34 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.30 1.70

0.30 0.50 0.40

0.05 0.15 0.30

+QT1 150 250

350 650 800

12 20 0.27 0.34 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.30 1.70

0.30 0.50 0.40

0.05 0.15 0.30

G30CrMoV6-4

+QT2 100 750 900 1100

12 31 0.27 0.34 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.30 1.70

0.30 0.50 0.40

0.05 0.15 0.30

+N 150

550 800 950

12 31 0.32 0.38 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.40 1.70

0.15 0.35

1.40 1.70 0.05 0.30

+N 150 250

500 750 900

12 31 0.32 0.38 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.40 1.70

0.15 0.35

1.40 1.70 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 700 850 1000

12 45 0.32 0.38 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.40 1.70

0.15 0.35

1.40 1.70 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 150

650 800 950

12 35 0.32 0.38 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.40 1.70

0.15 0.35

1.40 1.70 0.05 0.30

+QT1 150 250

650 800 950

12 30 0.32 0.38 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.40 1.70

0.15 0.35

1.40 1.70 0.05 0.30

G35CrNiMo6-6

+QT2 100 800 900 1050

10 35 0.32 0.38 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.025 0.020 B

1.40 1.70

0.15 0.35

1.40 1.70 0.05 0.30

+NT 100 550 760 900

12 10 0.28 0.33 0.60

0.60 0.90 0.035 0.030

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

1.65 2.00 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 690 930 1100

10 25 0.28 0.33 0.60

0.60 0.90 0.035 0.030

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

1.65 2.00 0.05 0.30 G30NiCrMo7-3

+QT2 100 795 1030 1200

8 25 0.28 0.33 0.60

0.60 0.90 0.035 0.030

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

1.65 2.00 0.05 0.30

+NT 100 585 860 1100

10 10 0.38 0.43 0.60

0.60 0.90 0.035 0.030

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

1.65 2.00 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 760 1000 1140

8 25 0.38 0.43 0.60

0.60 0.90 0.035 0.030

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

1.65 2.00 0.05 0.30 G40NiCrMo7-3

+QT2 100 795 1030 1200

8 25 0.38 0.43 0.60

0.60 0.90 0.035 0.030

0.70 0.90

0.20 0.30

1.65 2.00 0.05 0.30

29





Grade and UNS

Heat Treatment

Thickness t

mm

Rp0.2 min MPa

Rm

MPa

A Min %

Impact Test KV Min

J


+QT1 100 700 850 1000

16 50 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.020 0.015

1.00 1.40

0.30 0.50

1.60 2.10 0.05 0.30

+QT1 100 250

650 820 970

14 35 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.020 0.015

1.00 1.40

0.30 0.50

1.60 2.10 0.05 0.30 G32NiCrMo8-5-4

+QT2 100 980 1050 1200

10 35 0.28 0.35 0.60

0.60 1.00 0.020 0.015

1.00 1.40

0.30 0.50

1.60 2.10 0.05 0.30

A Cr+Mo+Ni+V+Cu max. 100% B For castings of ruling thickness<28 mm, S≤0.030% is permitted. C Cooling in liquid MIL-C-24707/1 CASTINGS, FERROUS, FOR MACHINERY AND STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS

This specification covers steel castings for machinery and structural applications below 775 F where impact strength may be a consideration.

PREVIOUS SPECIFICATION

MIL-S-15083B (grade)

REPLACEMENT SPECIFICATION MIL-C-24707/1

ASTM specification (grade)

FEDERAL GRADE QQ-S-681F

ASTM specification (grade)

EQUIVALENT GRADE MIL-C-24707/1

ASTM specification (grade) (CW) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCA) A 27 (N-1) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCA) or A 217 (WC1) (B) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCA) A 27 (N-2) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCA) or A 217 (WC1) (65-35) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCB) A 27 (U60-30) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCB) or A 217 (WC1) (70-36) A 757 (A2Q) or A 216 (WCB, WCC) A 27 (60-30) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCB) or A 217 (WC1) (80-40) A 757 (A2Q) or A 487 (2 class A, B, C) A 27 (65-35) A 757 (A1Q) or A 216 (WCB) or A 217 (WC1) (80-50) A 757 (C1Q) or A 487 (2 class A, B, C) A 27 (70-36) A 757 (A2Q) or A 216 (WCB, WCC) (90-60) A 757 (E1Q) or A 487 (4 class A) A 27 (70-40) A 757 (A2Q) or A 216 (WCC) (100-70) A 757 (E2N1/E2Q1) A 148 (80-40) A 757 (A2Q) or A 487 (2 class A, B, C) (105-85) A 757 (E2N2/E2Q2) or A 487 (4 class B) A 148 (80-50) A 757 (C1Q) or A 487 (2 class A, B, C) (120-95) A 757 (E2N3/E2Q3) or A 487 (14 class A) A 148 (90-60) A 757 (E1Q) or A 487 (4 class A) (150-125) Special application only A 148 (105-85) A 757 (E2N2/E2Q2) or A 487 (4 class B) A 148 (120-95) A 757 (E2N3/E2Q3) or A 487 (14 class A) Additional notes for specification are as follows; see original military specification booklet for further information, including Quality Assurance Provisions. The specified residual elements shall be determined for carbon steels. When no impact requirement is given, there shall be a requirement of 20 ft-lbs @ 10 F; except for deck applications, which shall meet a requirement of 20 ft-lbs @ -20 F. When specified, the stress relieving temperature shall be 50 F [30 C] but not more than 100 F [60 C] below the tempering temperature; mechanical properties shall be determined after the stress relief heat treatment.

30

MIL-C-24707/2 CASTINGS, FOR PRESSURE CONTAINING PARTS SUITABLE FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SERVICE

This specification covers alloy steel castings for machinery, structural, and pressure containing parts for high temperature applications.


MIL specification (grade) REPLACEMENT SPECIFICATION

MIL-C-24707/2 ASTM specification (grade)

MIL-S-870B A 217 (WC1) MIL-S-15464B(SHIPS) (1) A 217 (WC6) MIL-S-15464B(SHIPS) (2) A 217 (WC9) MIL-S-15464B(SHIPS) (3) A 389 (C23) Additional notes for specification are as follows; see original military specification booklet for further information, including Quality Assurance Provisions. When specified, the stress relieving temperature shall be 50 F [30 C] but not more than 100 F [60 C] below the tempering temperature; mechanical properties shall be determined after the stress relief heat treatment. MIL-S-870B STEEL CASTINGS, MOLYBDENUM ALLOY Canceled January 27, 1989 – use MIL-C-24707/2, grade WC1 MIL-S-15083B(NAVY) STEEL CASTINGS Canceled January 27, 1989 – use MIL-C-24707/1, ASTM A757, A216, A487 MIL-S-15464B(SHIPS) STEEL ALLOY, CHROMIUM-MOLYBDENUM; CASTINGS Canceled January 27, 1989 – use MIL-C-24707/2, ASTM A217, A389 MIL-S-23008D(SH) STEEL CASTINGS, ALLOY, HIGH YIELD STRENGTH (HY-80 AND HY-100)

Canceled June 5, 2003- MIL-S-46052A(MR) STEEL CASTINGS, HIGH STRENGTH, LOW ALLOY

This specification covers high strength, low alloy, steel castings.

Canceled May 31, 1983 – use ASTM A 148 / A148M

31

SAE J435c AUTOMOTIVE STEEL CASTINGS These specifications cover steel castings used in the automotive and allied industries (last revised Oct 2002).




Tensile Strength Yield Strength New Grade

Old Grade C Mn Si P S ksi MPa Ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Other Tests Hardness (BHN)

0000

0022 0.12 0.22

0.50 0.90

0.60

0.040

0.045

187

415

0025 0.25

0.75A

0.80

0.040

0.045

60 415 30 205 22 30 187

450

0030 0.30

0.70A

0.80

0.040

0.045

65 450 35 240 24 35 131 187

585

0050A 0.40 0.50

0.50 0.90

0.80

0.040

0.045

85 585 45 310 16 24 170 229

690

0050B 0.40

0.50 0.50 0.90

0.80

0.040

0.045

100 690 70 485 10 15 207 255

550 080 0.040

0.045

80 550 50 345 22 35 163 207

620 090 0.040

0.045

90 620 60 415 20 40 187 241

725 0105 0.040

0.045

105 725 85 585 17 35 217 248

830 0120 0.040

0.045

120 830 95 655 14 30 248 311

1035 0150 0.040

0.045

150 1035 125 860 9 22 311 363

1205 0175 0.040

0.045

175 1205 145 999.7 6 21 363 415

A For each reduction of 0.01% carbon below the maximum specified, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the maximum specified will be permitted to a maximum of 1% manganese

32

SUMMARY OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGH ALLOY CAST STEELS

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code makes extensive use of ASTM specifications with slight modifications. For the sake of comparison the ASME specifications use the preface SA so that SA 351 is related to ASTM A 351/A 351M. However, while ASTM A 351/A 351M could be used for comparison of grades, the ASME SA 351 contained in Section II must be used when complying with the code. Cast stainless steels are most often specified on the basis of composition using the alloy designation system adopted by the Alloy Casting Institute (ACI). These ACI alloy designations, e.g. CF-8M, have been adopted by ASTM and are preferred for cast alloy over the corresponding wrought steel designation of the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). The reason for this is that the grades intentionally have different compositions than their wrought counterparts. The ranges of iron, chromium, and nickel for the cast alloy compositions most widely used are identified with a letter which is part of the ACI grade designation. The initial letter of the grade designation, C or H, indicates whether the alloy is intended primarily for aqueous corrosion service (C) or elevated temperature, i.e. heat-resistant, service (H). The second letter of the ACI designation denotes the nominal chromium-nickel type. As the nickel content of the grade increases, the letter in the ACI designation increases from A (lowest) to Z (highest). Numerals following the letters relate to the maximum carbon content of the corrosion-resistant (C) alloys. When used with heat resistant grades (H), the numerals are the midpoint of a 0.10 carbon range. If additional alloying elements are included in the grade, they are denoted by the addition of a letter to the ACI designation. Thus, CF-8M is an alloy for corrosion resistant service of the 19% Cr and 9% Ni type with a maximum carbon content of 0.08% and which contains molybdenum. The CF grade alloys constitute the most technologically important and highest tonnage segment of corrosion-resistant casting production. These 19Cr-9Ni alloys are the cast counterparts of the 18Cr-8Ni or AISI 300 series wrought stainless steels. In general, the cast and wrought alloys possess equivalent resistance to corrosive media and they are frequently used in conjunction with each other. Important differences do exist, however, between the cast CF grade alloys and their wrought AISI counterparts. Most significant among these is the difference in alloy microstructure in the end-use condition. The CF grade cast alloys are duplex ferrite-in-austenite and usually contain from 5 to 40% ferrite, depending on the particular alloy, whereas their wrought counterparts are fully austenitic. The ferrite in cast stainless with duplex structures is magnetic, a point that is often confusing when cast stainless steels are compared to their wrought counterparts by checking their attraction to a magnet. This difference in microstructures is attributable to the fact that the chemical compositions of the cast and wrought alloys are different by intent. Ferrite is present by intent in cast CF grade stainless steels for three reasons: to provide strength, to improve weldability, and to maximize resistance to corrosion in specific environments. Below is a list of high alloy cast steel specifications, with summary details on the following pages. Note that the values given in the summary of the specifications are stated with either U.S. Conventional Units (USCS) or Metric (SI) units, and are to be regarded separately. Units given in brackets are SI units. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents (soft conversion); therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems, by using conversion equations (hard conversion), may result in nonconformance with the specification. Also note that the values in the table are given in a minimum over maximum format. This means that if the value is a minimum it will be listed in the upper portion of the specification’s table row and in the lower portion of the row if it is a maximum value. Finally, note that tables and their footnotes may be split across two or more pages.

33

ASTM A 128/A128M – 07 Steel Castings, Austenitic Manganese ASTM A 297/A 297M – 08 Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Heat Resistant, for General

Application ASTM A 351/A 351M – 06 Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic, For Pressure-Containing Parts ASTM A 447/A 447M – 07 Steel Castings, Chromium-Nickel-Iron Alloy (25-12 Class), for High-Temperature Service ASTM A 494/A 494M – 08 Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy ASTM A 560/A 560M – 05 Castings, Chromium-Nickel Alloy ASTM A 743/A 743M – 06 Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General

Application ASTM A 744/A 744M – 06 Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for Severe Service ASTM A 747/A 747M – 07 Steel Castings, Stainless, Precipitation Hardening ASTM A 890/A 890M – 07 Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum Corrosion-Resistant, Duplex

(Austenitic/Ferritic) for General Application ASTM A 990 – 08 Castings, Iron-Nickel-Chromium and Nickel Alloys, Specially Controlled for Pressure

Retaining Parts for Corrosive Service ISO 11972 Corrosion-resistant cast steels for general applications ISO DIS 11973 Heat-resistant cast steels for general purposes ISO 12725 Nickel and nickel alloy castings ISO 19960 Cast Steels and alloys with special physical properties. MIL-C-24707/3 Castings, Ferrous, Corrosion-Resistant, Austenitic, Chromium-Nickel MIL-C-24707/6 Castings, Ferrous, Chromium Steel, for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for High-

Temperature

34

ASTM A 128/A128M – 07 STEEL CASTINGS, AUSTENITIC MANGANESE This specification covers Hadfield austenitic manganese steel castings and alloy modifications.

GRADE & HEAT TREATMENTA


GradeB

and UNS Heat Treatment C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo

A J91109

Q 1.05 1.35

11.0 min 0.07

1.00

B-1 J91119

Q 0.9 1.05

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

B-2 J91129

Q 1.05 1.2

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

B-3 J91139

Q 1.12 1.28

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

B-4 J91149

Q 1.2 1.35

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

C J91309

Q 1.05 1.35

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

1.5 2.5

D J91459

Q 0.7 1.3

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

3.0 4.0

E-1 J91249

Q 0.7 1.3

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

0.9 1.2

E-2 J91339

Q 1.05 1.45

11.5 14.0

0.07

1.00

1.8 2.1

F J91340

Q 1.05 1.35

6.0 8.0

0.07

1.00

0.9 1.2

A Section size precludes the use of all grades and the producer should be consulted as to grades practically obtainable for a particular design required. Final selection shall be by mutual agreement between manufacturer and purchaser. B

Unless otherwise specified, Grade A will be supplied. ASTM A 297/A 297M – 08 STEEL CASTINGS, IRON-CHROMIUM AND IRON-CHROMIUM-NICKEL, HEAT RESISTANT, FOR GENERAL APPLICATION

This specification covers iron-chromium and iron-chromium-nickel alloy castings for heat-resistant service. The grades covered by this specification are general purpose alloys and no attempt has been made to include heat-resisting alloys used for special production application.

GRADE



Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade and UNS Heat TreatmentA

ksi MPa ksi MPa ElongB

% C Mn P S Si Ni Cr MoC

HF J92603

70 485 35 240 25 0.20 0.40

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

8.00 12.0

18.0 23.0

0.50

HH J93503

75 515 35 240 10 0.20 0.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

11.0 14.0

24.0 28.0

0.50

HI J94003

70 485 35 240 10 0.20 0.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

14.0 18.0

26.0 30.0

0.50

HK J94224

65 450 35 240 10 0.20 0.60

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

18.0 22.0

24.0 28.0

0.50

HE J93403

85 585 40 275 9 0.20 0.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

8.00 11.0

26.0 30.0

0.50

35

GRADE




ksi MPa ksi MPa ElongB

% C Mn P S Si Ni Cr MoC

HT N08605

65 450 4 0.35 0.75

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.50

33.0 37.0

15.0 19.0

0.50

HU N08004

65 450 4 0.35 0.75

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.50

37.0 41.0

17.0 21.0

0.50

HW N08001

60 415 0.35 0.75

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.50

58.0 62.0

10.0 14.0

0.50

HX N06006

60 415 0.35 0.75

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.50

64.0 68.0

15.0 19.0

0.50

HC J92605

55 380 0.50

1.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

4.00

26.0 30.0

0.50

HD J93005

75 515 35 240 8 0.50

1.50

0.04

0.04

2.00

4.00 7.00

26.0 30.0

0.50

HL N08604

65 450 35 240 10 0.20 0.60

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

18.0 22.0

28.0 32.0

0.50

HN J94213

63 435 8 0.20 0.60

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.00

23.0 27.0

19.0 23.0

0.50

HP N08705

62.5 430 34 235 4.5 0.35 0.75

2.00

0.04

0.04

2.50

33 37

24 28

0.50

A As-cast or as agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser

B When ICI test bars are used in tensile tests as provided for in this specification, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4:1

C Castings having a specified molybdenum range agreed upon by the manufacturer and the purchaser may also be furnished under these specifications ASTM A 351/A 351M – 06 CASTINGS, AUSTENITIC, AUSTENITIC-FERRITIC, FOR PRESSURE-CONTAINING PARTS

This specification covers austenitic and austenitic-ferritic (duplex) steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts.




Tensile Strength Yield StrengthH Grade and UNS Heat TreatmentB

ksi MPa ksi MPa ElongD

% C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo N Cb Cu V

CF3 J92700 ST 70 485 30 205 35.0

0.03 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 12.0

17.0 21.0

0.50

CF3AA

J92700 ST 77 530 35 240 35.0 0.03

1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 12.0

17.0 21.0

0.50

CF8 J92600 ST 70 485 30 205 35.0

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 11.0

18.0 21.0

0.50

CF8AA

J92600 ST 77 530 35 240 35.0 0.08

1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 11.0

18.0 21.0

0.50

CF3M J92800 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.03 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

9.0 13.0

17.0 21.0

2.00 3.00

CF3MAA

J92800 ST 80 550 37 255 30.0 0.03

1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

9.0 13.0

17.0 21.0

2.00 3.00

CF8M J92900 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

2.00 3.00

CF3MN J92804 ST 75 515 37 255 35.0

0.03 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

9.0 13.0

17.0 21.0

2.00 3.00

0.10 0.20

36




Tensile Strength Yield StrengthH Grade and UNS Heat TreatmentB

ksi MPa ksi MPa ElongD

% C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo N Cb Cu V

CF8C J92710 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.08

1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

0.50

E

CF-10 J92590 ST 70 485 30 205 35.0 0.04

0.10 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 11.0

18.0 21.0

0.50

CF-10M J92901 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0 0.04

0.10 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

2.00 3.00

CH8 J93400 ST 65 450 28 195 30.0

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

12.0 15.0

22.0 26.0

0.50

CH10 J93401 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0 0.04

0.10 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

12.0 15.0

22.0 26.0

0.50

CH20 J93402 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0 0.04

0.20 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

12.0 15.0

22.0 26.0

0.50

CK20 J94202 ST 65 450 28 195 30.0 0.04

0.20 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.75

19.0 22.0

23.0 27.0

0.50

HK30 J94203 As cast 65 450 30 240 10.0 0.25

0.35 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.75

19.0 22.0

23.0 27.0

0.50

HK40 J94204 As cast 62 425 30 240 10.0 0.35

0.45 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.75

19.0 22.0

23.0 27.0

0.50

HT30 N08030 As cast 65 450 28 195 15.0 0.25

0.35 2.00

0.040

0.040

2.50

33.0 37.0

13.0 17.0

0.50

CF10MC J92971 ST 70 485 30 205 20.0

0.10

1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

13.0 16.0

15.0 18.0

1.75 2.25

F

CN7M N08007 ST 62 425 25 170 35.0

0.07 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

27.5 30.5

19.0 22.0

2.00 3.00

3.0 4.0

CN3MN J94651 ST 80 550 38 260 35.0

0.03 2.00

0.040

0.010

1.00

23.5 25.5

20.0 22.0

6.0 7.0

0.18 0.26

0.75

CE8MN ST C

95 655 65 450 25.0 0.08

1.00

0.040

0.040

1.50

8.0 11.0

22.5 25.5

3.0 4.5

0.10 0.30

CG6MMN J93790 ST 85 585 42.5 295 30.0

0.06 4.00 6.00

0.040

0.030

1.00

11.50 13.50

20.50 23.50

1.50 3.00

0.20 0.40

0.10 0.30

0.10 0.30

CG8M J93000 ST 75 515 35 240 25.0

0.08 1.50

0.04

0.04

1.50

9.0 13.0

18.0 21.0

3.0 4.0

CF10SMnN J92972 ST 85 585 42.5 295 30.0

0.10 7.00 9.00

0.060

0.03

3.50 4.50

8.0 9.0

16.0 18.0

0.08 0.18

CT15C N08151 As cast 63 435 25 170 20.0 0.05

0.15 0.15 1.50

0.03

0.03

0.15 1.50

31.0 34.0

19.0 21.0

0.50 1.50

CK3MCuN J93254 ST C 80 550 38 260 35.0

0.025 1.20

0.045

0.010

1.00

17.5 19.5

19.5 20.5

6.0 7.0

0.18 0.24

0.50 1.00

CE20NA,G

J92802 ST C

85 550 40 275 30.0 0.20

1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

8.0 11.0

23.0 26.0

0.50

0.08 0.20

1.50

18.0 21.0

3.0 4.0

CG3M J92999 ST

75 515 35 240 25.0 0.03

1.50

0.04

0.04

9.0 13.0

37

A Because of thermal instability of Grades CF3A, CF3MA, CF8A, and CE20N they are not recommended for service at temperatures above 800 F [425 C]

B ST = to be solution treated

C Refer to original specification for additional information on heat treatment requirements

D When ICI test bars are used in tensile tests as provided for in Specification A 985/A 985M, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4:1 E Grade CF8C shall have a columbium content of not less than 8 times the carbon content but not over 1.00% F Grade CF10MC shall have a columbium content of not less than 10 times the carbon content but not over 1.20% GGrade shall be quenched in water or the castings may be furnace cooled to 2050°F(1120°C) minimum, held for 15 minutes minimum and then quenched in water or rapidly cooled by other means. HDetermine by the 0.2% offset method. ASTM A 447/A 447M – 07 STEEL CASTINGS, CHROMIUM-NICKEL-IRON ALLOY (25-12 CLASS), FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

This specification covers iron-base, heat-resisting alloy castings of the 25% chromium, 12% nickel class, intended for structural elements, containers, and supports in electric furnaces, petroleum still tube supports, and for similar applications up to 2000 F [1095 C]. The purchaser should inform the manufacturer when the service temperatures are to exceed 1800 F [980 C].

GRADE & HEAT




Tensile StrengthBC Grade And UNS Heat TreatmentA

ksi MPa

Red A %

Other TestsDE

Magnetic Permeability C Mn P S Si NiF

Cr N FeG

I J93303 As cast 80 550 9 1.70 0.20

0.45 2.50

0.05

0.05

1.75

10.00 14.00

23.00 28.00

0.20

II J93303 As cast 80 550 4 1.05 0.20

0.45 2.50

0.05

0.05

1.75

10.00 14.00

23.00 28.00

0.20

A As agreed upon by manufacturer and purchaser B

Properties after aging C Short term, high temperature tensile property requirements for the grades are as follows: Type I is to be agreed upon by manufacturer and producer, and Type II is to have a minimum of 20 ksi [140 MPa] tensile strength and a minimum elongation of 8% D The stress rupture test for the grades is as follows with the tensile stress being sustained for at least 16h: Type I at 5 ksi [34 MPa] and Type II at 8 ksi [55 MPa] E Refer to original specification for details; note that out of the four tests (tension after aging, magnetic permeability, stress rupture, and short time high-temperature) the purchaser shall specify no more than two tests F

Commercial nickel usually carries a small amount of cobalt, and within the usual limits cobalt shall be counted as nickel G The manufacturer and purchaser may agree upon allowable limits of iron and other elements

38

ASTM A 494/A 494M – 08 CASTINGS, NICKEL AND NICKEL ALLOY This specification covers nickel, nickel-copper, nickel-copper-silicon, nickel-molybdenum, nickel chromium, and nickel- molybdenum-chromium alloy castings for corrosion resistant service.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade And UNS

Heat Treatment ksi MPa ksi MPa

ElongE

% C Mn Si P S Cu Mo Fe Ni Cr Cb W V Bi Sn

CZ-100 N02100 As cast 50 345 18 125 10.0

1.00 1.50

2.00

0.03

0.03

1.25

3.00

95.0 min

M-35-1A

N24135 As cast 65 450 25 170 25.0 0.35

1.50

1.25

0.03

0.03

26.0 33.0

3.50

bal. 0.5

M-35-2 N04020 As cast 65 450 30 205 25.0

0.35 1.50

2.00

0.03

0.03

26.0 33.0

3.50

bal. 0.5

M-30H N24030 As cast 100 690 60 415 10

0.30 1.50

2.7 3.7

0.03

0.03

27.0 33.0

3.50

bal. B

M-25SC,D

N24025 As cast or age-hardenedF

0.25

1.50

3.5 4.5

0.03

0.03

27.0 33.0

3.50

bal.

M-30CA

N24130 As cast 65 450 32.5 225 25 0.30

1.50

1.0 2.0

0.03

0.03

26.0 33.0

3.50

bal. 1.0 3.0

N3M J30003 ST 76 525 40 275 20.0

0.30 1.00

0.50

0.040

0.300

30.0 33.0

3.00

bal. 1.0

B

N-7M J30007 ST 76 525 40 275 20.0

0.07 1.00

1.00

0.040

0.030

30.0 33.0

3.0

bal. 1.0

B

N-12MV N30012 ST 76 525 40 275 6.0

0.12 1.00

1.00

0.040

0.030

26.0 30.0

4.0 6.0

bal. 1.00

0.20 0.60

CY-40 N06040 As cast or ST 70 485 28 195 30.0

0.40 1.50

3.00

0.03

0.03

11.0

bal. 14.0 17.0

B B B

CW-12MW N30002 ST 72 495 40 275 4.0

0.12 1.00

1.00

0.040

0.030

B 16.0 18.0

4.5 7.5

bal. 15.5 17.5

B 3.75 5.25

0.20 0.40

CW-6M N30107 ST 72 495 40 275 25.0

0.07 1.00

1.00

0.040

0.030

B 17.0 20.0

3.0

bal. 17.0 20.0

B B B

CW-2M N26455 ST 72 495 40 275 20.0

0.02 1.00

0.80

0.03

0.03

B 15.0 17.5

2.0

bal. 15.0 17.5

B 1.0

B

CW-6MC N26625 ST 70 485 40 275 25.0

0.06 1.00

1.00

0.015

0.015

B 8.0 10.0

5.0

bal. 20.0 23.0

3.15 4.50

B B

CY5SnBiM N26055 As cast

0.05 1.5

0.5

0.03

0.03

2.0 3.5

2.0

bal. 11.0 14.0

3.0 5.0

3.0 5.0

CX2M N260022 ST 72 495 39 270 40

0.02 1.00

0.50

0.20

0.20

B 15.0 16.5

1.5

bal. 22.0 24.0

B B B

CX2MW N26022 ST 80 550 45 280 30.0

0.02 1.00

0.08

0.025

0.025

B 12.5 14.5

2.0 6.0

bal. 20.0 22.5

B 2.5 3.5

0.35

CU5MCuC N28820 ST F

75 520 35 240 20.0

0.050 1.0

1.0

0.030

0.030

1.50 3.50

2.5 3.5

bal. 38.0 44.0

19.5 23.5

0.60 1.20

B B

A When weldability is needed, Grade M-35-1 or M-30C should be ordered

B For information only

C Minimum age-hardened 300 BHN

39

D M-25S, while machinable in the “as cast” condition is capable of being solution treated for improved machinability; it may be subsequently age-hardened to the specified hardness and finished machined or ground E

When ICI test bars are used in tensile tests as provided for per Specification A 732/A 732M, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4:1 F Refer to original specification for additional information on heat treatment requirements ASTM A 560/A 560M – 05 CASTINGS, CHROMIUM-NICKEL ALLOY

This specification covers chromium-nickel alloy castings intended for heat resisting and elevated-temperature corrosion applications such as structural members, containers, supports, hangers, spacers and the like in corrosive environments up to 2000 F [1090 C].

GRADE & HEAT



(maximum percent unless range given)D Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade

And UNS Heat TreatmentA ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong % Other Tests C Mn Si S P N N+C Fe Ti Al Cb Cr Ni

50 Cr-50 Ni R20500

As cast 80 550 50 340 5.0 B 0.10

0.30

1.00

0.02

0.02

0.30

1.00

0.50

0.25

48.0 52.0

bal

60 Cr-40 Ni R20600

As cast 110 760 85 590 C 0.10

0.30

1.00

0.02

0.02

0.30

1.00

0.50

0.25

58.0 62.0

bal

50 Cr-50 Ni-Cb R20501

As cast 80 550 50 345 5.0 0.10

0.30

0.50

0.02

0.02

0.16

0.20

1.00

0.50

0.25

1.4 1.7

47.0 52.0

bal

A Heat treatment as agreed upon by manufacturer and purchaser B

Impact, unnotched Charpy, 50 ft-lbs [78J] minimum C Impact, unnotched Charpy, 10 ft-lbs [14J] minimum D The total of the Cr, Ni, and Cb contents must exceed 97.5% ASTM A 743/A 743M – 06 CASTINGS, IRON-CHROMIUM, IRON-CHROMIUM-NICKEL, CORROSION RESISTANT, FOR GENERAL

APPLICATION This specification covers iron-chromium and iron-chromium-nickel-alloy castings for general corrosion-resistant application. The grades covered by this specification represent types of alloy castings suitable for broad ranges of application which are intended for a wide variety of corrosion environments.





ksi Mpa Ksi Mpa ElongD

%

Red A % Other Tests C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Cb Se Cu W V N

CF-8 J92600

ST 70E 485E

30E 205E

35 B 0.08

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

18.0 21.0

8.0 11.0

CG-12 J93001

ST 70 485 28 195 35 0.12

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

20.0 23.0

10.0 13.0

CF-20 J92602

ST 70 485 30 205 30 0.20

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

18.0 21.0

8.0 11.0

CF-8M J92900

ST 70 485 30 205 30 B 0.08

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

18.0 21.0

9.0 12.0

2.0 3.0

CF-8C J92710

ST 70 485 30 205 30 B 0.08

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

18.0 21.0

9.0 12.0

G 0.2 0.35

CF-16F J92701

ST 70 485 30 205 25 0.16

1.50

2.00

0.17

0.04

18.0 21.0

9.0 12.0

1.50

40






%


CF-16Fa ST 70 485 30 205 25 0.16

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.20 0.40

18.0 21.0

9.0 12.0

0.4 0.8

CH-10 J93401

ST 70 485 30 205 30 0.10

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

22.0 26.0

12.0 15.0

CH-20 J93402

ST

70 485 30 205 3 0

0.20

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

22.0 26.0

12.0 15.0

CK-20 J94202

ST 65 450 28 195 30 0.20

2.00

2.00

0.04

0.04

23.0 27.0

19.0 22.0

CE-30 J93423

ST 80 550 40 275 10 0.30

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

26.0 30.0

8.0 11.0

CA-15 J91150

NT or A 90 620 65 450 18 30 C 0.15

1.00

1.50

0.04

0.04

11.5 14.0

1.00

0.50

CA-15M J91151

NT or A 90 620 65 450 18 30 C 0.15

1.00

0.65

0.040

0.040

11.5 14.0

1.0

0.15 1.00

CB-30 J91803

N or A 65 450 30 205 C 0.30

1.00

1.50

0.04

0.04

18.0 21.0

2.00

H

CC-50 J92615

N or A 55 380 C 0.50

1.00

1.50

0.04

0.04

26.0 30.0

4.00

CA-40 J91153

NT or A 100 690 70 485 15 25 C 0.20 0.40

1.00

1.50

0.04

0.04

11.5 14.0

1.0

0.50

CA-40F J91154

NT or A 100 690 70 485 12 C 0.20 0.40

1.00

1.50

0.04

0.20 0.40

11.5 14.0

1.0

0.5

CF-3 J92500

As cast or ST 70 485 30 205 35 B 0.03

1.50

2.00

0.04

0.04

17.0 21.0

8.0 12.0

CF10SMnN J92972

ST 85 585 42 290 30 0.10

7.0 9.0

3.50 4.50

0.060

0.030

16.0 18.0

8.0 9.0

0.08 0.18

CF-3M J92800

As cast or ST 70 485 30 205 30 B 0.03

1.50

1.50

0.04

0.04

17.0 21.0

9.0 13.0

2.0 3.0

CF3MN J92804

As cast or ST 75 515 37 255 35 0.03

1.50

1.50

0.040

0.040

17.0 21.0

9.0 13.0

0.10 0.20

CG6MMN J93790

ST 85 585 42 290 30 0.006

4.0 6.0

1.00

0.04

0.03

20.5 23.5

11.5 13.5

1.50 3.00

0.10 0.30

0.10 0.30

0.20 0.40

CG-3M J92999

ST 75 515 35 240 25 B 0.03

1.50

1.50

0.04

0.04

18.0 21.0

9.0 13.0

3.0 4.0

CG-8M J93000

ST 75 520 35 240 25 0.08

1.50

1.50

0.04

0.04

18.0 21.0

9.0 13.0

3.0 4.0

CN3M J94652

ST 63 435 25 170 30 0.03

2.0

1.0

0.03

0.03

20.0 22.0

23.0 27.0

4.5 5.5

CN-3MN J94651

ST 80 550 38 260 35 0.03

2.00

1.00

0.040

0.010

20.0 22.0

23.5 15.5

6.0 7.0

0.75

0.18 0.26

CN-7M N08007

ST 62 425 25 170 35 0.07

1.50

1.50

0.04

0.04

19.0 22.0

27.5 30.5

2.0 3.0

3.0 4.0

CN-7MS J94650

ST 70 485 30 205 35 0.07

1.00

2.50 3.50

0.04

0.03

18.0 20.0

22.0 25.0

2.5 3.0

1.5 2.0

CA-6NM J91540

NT 110 755 80 550 15 35 C 0.06

1.00

1.00

0.04

0.03

11.5 14.0

3.5 4.5

0.40 1.0

41






%


CA-6N J91650

NT 140 965 135 930 15 50 0.06

0.50

1.00

0.02

0.02

10.5 12.5

6.0 8.0

CA-28MWVF

J91422 QT or A 140 965 110 760 10 24 C 0.20

0.28 0.50 1.00

1.0

0.030

0.030

11.0 12.5

0.50 1.00

0.90 1.25

0.90 1.25

0.20 0.30

CK-3MCuN J93254

ST 80 550 38 260 35 0.025

1.20

1.00

0.045

0.010

19.5 20.5

17.5 19.5

6.0 7.0

0.50 1.00

0.18 0.24

CK-35MN ST 83 570 41 280 35 0.035

2.0

1.00

0.035

0.020

22.0 24.0

20.0 22.0

6.0 6.8

0.40

0.21 0.32

CB-6 J91804

NT 115 790 85 580 16 35 0.06

1.00

1.00

0.04

0.03

15.5 17.5

3.5 5.5

0.5

A Refer to original specification for additional heat treatment information B Supplementary intergranular corrosion test if specified by the customer C

Supplementary requirement for hardness tests when desired by the purchaser D When ICI test bars are used in tensile tests as provided for in this specification, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4:1 E

For low ferrite or nonmagnetic castings of this grade, the following values shall apply: tensile strength, min, 65 ksi [450 MPa]; yield point, min, 28 ksi [195 MPa] F

These mechanical properties apply only when heat-treatment (1) has been used G Grade CF-8C shall have a columbium content of not less than 8 times the carbon content and not more than 1.0% - if a columbium plus tantalum alloy in the approximate Cb:Ta ratio of 3:1 is used for stabilizing this grade, the total columbium-plus-tantalum content shall not be less than nine times the carbon content and shall not exceed 1.1% H

For Grade CB-30 a copper content of 0.90 to 1.20% is optional

42

ASTM A 744/A 744M – 06 CASTINGS, IRON-CHROMIUM-NICKEL, CORROSION RESISTANT, FOR SEVERE SERVICE This specification covers iron-chromium-nickel-alloy, stainless steel castings intended for particularly corrosive applications.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength ElongB Red A Grade

and UNS Heat TreatmentA ksi MPa ksi MPa % % Other TestsC

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo Cb Cu N

CF-8 J92600 ST 70E

485E 30E

205E 35

0.08 1.50

0.04

0.04

2.00

8.0 11.0

18.0 21.0

CF-8M J92900 ST D

70 485 30 205 30

0.08 1.50

0.04

0.04

2.00

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

2.0 3.0

CF-8C J92710 ST 70 485 30 205 30

0.08 1.50

0.04

0.04

2.00

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

F

CF-3 J92500 ST 70 485 30 205 35

0.03G

1.50

0.04

0.04

2.00

8.0 12.0

17.0 21.0

CF-3M J92800 ST D

70 485 30 205 30

0.03G

1.50

0.04

0.04

1.50

9.0 13.0

17.0 21.0

2.0 3.0

CG-3M J92999 ST 75 515 35 240 25

0.03 1.50

0.04

0.04

1.50

9.0 13.0

18.0 21.0

3.0 4.0

CG-8M J93000 ST D

75 520 35 240 25

0.08 1.50

0.04

0.04

1.50

9.0 13.0

18.0 21.0

3.0 4.0

CN-7M N08007 ST 62 425 25 170 35

0.04 1.50

0.04

0.04

1.50

27.5 30.5

19.0 22.0

2.0 3.0

3.0 4.0

CN-7MS J94650 ST 70 485 30 205 35

0.07 1.00

0.04

0.03

2.50 3.50

22.0 25.0

18.0 20.0

2.5 3.0

1.5 2.0

CN-3MN J94651 ST 80 550 38 260 35

0.03 2.00

0.040

0.010

1.00

23.5 25.5

20.0 22.0

6.00 7.00

0.75

0.18 0.26

CK3MCuN J93254 ST 80 550 38 260 35

0.025 1.20

0.045

0.010

1.0

17.5 19.5

19.5 20.5

6.0 7.0

0.50 1.00

0.180 0.240

A Refer to original specification for additional heat treatment information B When ICI test bars are used in tensile tests as provided for in this specification, the gage length to reduced section diameter ratio shall be 4:1 C Supplementary intergranular corrosion test if specified by the customer D For optimum tensile strength, ductility and corrosion resistance, the solution annealing temperature should be in excess of 1900 F [1040 C] E For low ferrite or nonmagnetic castings of this grade, the following values shall apply: tensile strength, min, 65 ksi [450 MPa]; yield point, min, 28 ksi [195 MPa] F

Grade CF-8C shall have a columbium content of not less than 8 times the carbon content and not more than 1.0% - if a columbium-plus-tantalum alloy in the approximate Cb:Ta ration of 3:1 is used for stabilizing this grade, the total columbium-plus-tantalum content shall not be less than 9 times the carbon content sand shall not exceed 1.1% G For purposes of determining conformance with this specification, the observed or calculated value for carbon content shall be rounded to the nearest 0.01% in accordance with rounding method of Recommended Practice E29

43

ASTM A 747/A 747M – 07 STEEL CASTINGS, STAINLESS, PRECIPITATION HARDENING This specification covers iron-chromium-nickel-copper corrosion-resistant steel castings, capable of being strengthened by precipitation hardening heat treatment.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade and UNS Heat Treatment

ksi MPa ksi MPa Elong

% Red A

% Other Tests Hardness

(HBN) C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Cu Cb N

CB7Cu-1 J92180

H-900A 170 1170 145 1000 5 375

0.07 0.70

0.035

0.03

1.00

3.60 4.60

15.50 17.70

2.50 3.20

0.15B

0.35B

0.05C

H-925A 175 1205 150 1035 5 375

H-1025A 150 1035 140 965 9 311

H-1075A 145 1000 115 795 9 277

H-1100A 135 930 110 760 9 269

H-1150A 125 860 97 670 10 269

H-1150M 310 Max

H-1150DBL 310 Max

CB7Cu-2 J92110

H-900A 170 1170 145 1000 5 375

0.07 0.70

0.035

0.03

1.00

4.50 5.50

14.0 15.50

2.50 3.20

0.15B

0.35B

0.05C

H-925A 175 1205 150 1035 5 375

H-1025A 150 1035 140 965 9 311

H-1075A 145 1000 115 795 9 277

H-1100A 135 930 110 760 9 269

H-1150A 125 860 97 670 10 269

H-1150M 310 Max

H-1150DBL 310 Max

A All mechanical properties are supplementary and are not required unless stipulated by the customer, see original specification for additional information

B When the H900 condition is ordered, the minimum Cb shall not apply C To be determined and reported when specified by the order or contract

44

ASTM A 890/A 890M – 07 CASTINGS, IRON-CHROMIUM-NICKEL-MOLYBDENUM CORROSION-RESISTANT, DUPLEX (AUSTENITIC/FERRITIC) FOR GENERAL APPLICATION This specification covers a group of cast duplex stainless steels (austenitic/ferritic).


MECHANICAL PROPERTIESB (minimum unless range given)


Tensile Strength


and UNS Heat TreatmentA

ksi MPa ksi Mpa

Elong %

Red A %

Other Tests C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo Cu N W

1A CD4MCu J93370

ST 100 690 70 485 16

0.04

1.00

0.040

0.040

1.00

4.75 6.00

24.5 26.5

1.75 2.25

2.75 3.25

1B CD4MCuN J93372

ST 100 690 70 485 16

0.04 1.0

0.04

0.04

1.0

4.7 6.0

24.5 26.5

1.7 2.3

2.7 3.3

0.10 0.25

1CC CD3MCuN J93373

ST 100 690 65 450 25

0.030 1.20

0.030

0.030

1.10

5.6 6.7

24.0 26.7

2.9 3.8

1.40 1.90

0.22 0.33

2A CE8MN J93345

ST 95 655 65 450 25

0.08 1.00

0.04

0.04

1.50

8.00 11.00

22.5 25.5

3.00 4.50

0.10 0.30

3A CD6MN J93371

ST 95 655 65 450 25

0.06 1.00

0.040

0.040

1.00

4.00 6.00

24.0 27.0

1.75 2.50

1.00

0.15 0.25

4A CD3MN J92205

ST 90 620 60 415 25

0.03 1.50

0.04

0.020

1.00

4.5 6.5

21.0 23.5

2.5 3.5

0.10 0.30

5AC J93404 ST 100 690 75 515 18

0.03 1.50

0.04

0.04

1.00

6.0 8.0

24.0 26.0

4.0 5.0

0.10 0.30

6AC J93380 ST 100 690 65 450 25

0.03 1.00

0.030

0.025

1.00

6.5 8.5

24.0 26.0

3.0 4.0

0.5 1.0

0.20 0.30

0.5 1.0

A See original specification for additional details on heat treatment B Tensile requirement is a supplementary requirement, see original specification for additional details C %Cr + 3.3% Mo +16% N ≥ 40

45

ASTM A 990 – 08 CASTINGS, IRON-NICKEL-CHROMIUM AND NICKEL ALLOYS, SPECIALLY CONTROLLED FOR PRESSURE RETAINING PARTS FOR CORROSIVE SERVICE This specification covers iron-nickel-chromium and nickel alloy castings specially processed with restricted melt practices, weldability testing and nondestructive examination (NDE) requirements.






% Red A

% Other TestsB C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo Fe W Cu

CW-2M ST 72 495 40 275 20.0 0.020

1.00

0.030

0.015

0.80 Bal.

15.0 17.5

15.0 17.5

2.00

1.00

CN3MCu ST 62 425 25 170 35 0.030

1.50

0.030

0.015

1.00

19.0 22.0

2.0 3.0

Bal

3.0 3.5

M35-1 As cast 65 450 25 170 25 0.35

1.50

0.030

0.015

1.25

3.5

26.0 33.0

A See original specification for additional details on heat treatment

B See original specification for additional details on Nondestructive Examination Requirements

ISO 11972 CORROSION-RESISTANT CAST STEELS FOR GENERAL APPLICATIONS

This International Standard specifies cast steels for general corrosion-resistant applications. The grades covered by this International Standard represent types of alloy steel castings suitable for broad ranges of application which are intended for a wide variety of corrosion applications.




Tensile Strength

Yield Strength Other Tests Grade

and UNS Heat

TreatmentA ksi Mpa ksi Mpa

Elong %

Red A % Impact

(J) Ruling Thickness

(mm)

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo N Nb Cu

GX 12 Cr 12 A & T 620 450 14 20 150 0.15

0.8

0.035

0.025

0.8

1.0

11.5 13.5

0.5

GX 8 CrNiMo 12 1 A & T 590 440 15 27 300 0.10

0.8

0.035

0.025

0.8

0.8 1.8

11.5 13.0

0.2 0.5

GX 4 CrNi 12 4 (QT 1) A & T 750 550 15 45 300 0.06

1.5

0.035

0.025

1.0

3.5 5.0

11.5 13.0

1.0

GX 4 CrNi 12 4 (QT 2) A & T 900 830 12 35 300 0.06

1.5

0.035

0.025

1.0

3.5 5.0

11.5 13.0

1.0

GX 4 CrNiMo 16 5 1 A & T 760 540 15 60 300 0.06

0.8

0.035

0.025

0.8

4.0 6.0

15.0 17.0

0.7 1.5

GX 2 CrNi 18 10 ST 440 180 30 80 150 0.03

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 19.0

GX 2 CrNiN 18 10 ST 510 230 30 80 150 0.03

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 19.0

0.10 0.20

GX 5 CrNi 19 9 ST 440 180 30 60 150 0.07

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

8.0 11.0

18.0 21.0

GX 6 CrNiNb 19 10 ST 440 180 25 40 150 0.08

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

8xC 1.00

46




Tensile Strength

Yield Strength Other Tests Grade

and UNS Heat

TreatmentA ksi Mpa ksi Mpa

Elong %

Red A % Impact

(J) Ruling Thickness

(mm)

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo N Nb Cu

GX 2 CrNiMo 19 11 2 ST 440 180 30 80 150 0.03

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 20.0

2.0 2.5

GX 2 CrNiMoN 19 11 2 ST 510 230 30 80 150 0.03

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 20.0

2.0 2.5

0.10 0.20

GX 5 CrNiMo 19 11 2 ST 440 180 30 60 150 0.07

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 20.0

2.0 2.5

GX 6 CrNiMoNb 19 11 2 ST 440 180 25 40 150 0.08

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 20.0

2.0 2.5

8xC 1.00

GX 2 CrNiMo 19 11 3 ST 440 180 30 80 150 0.03

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 20.0

3.0 3.5

GX 2 CrNiMoN 19 11 3 ST 510 230 30 80 150 0.03

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 20.0

3.0 3.5

0.10 0.20 0.20

GX 5 CrNiMo 19 11 3 ST 440 180 30 60 150 0.07

1.5

0.040

0.030

1.5

9.0 12.0

17.0 20.0

3.0 3.5

GX 2 CrNiCuMoN 26 5 3 3 ST 650 450 18 50 150 0.03

1.5

0.035

0.025

1.0

4.5 6.5

25.0 27.0

2.5 3.5

0.12 0.25

2.5 3.5

GX 2 CrNiMoN 26 5 3 ST 650 450 18 50 150 0.03

1.5

0.035

0.025

1.0

4.5 6.5

25.0 27.0

2.5 3.5

0.12 0.25

A See original specifications for additional information

ISO 11973 HEAT-RESISTANT CAST STEELS FOR GENERAL PURPOSES

This International Standard covers cast steels for heat resistant service. GRADE & HEAT



(maximum percent unless range given) Tensile

Strength Yield

Strength Other Tests Grade

and UNS Heat

Treatment ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A % Hardness

(HBN)

Use Temp.

(C)C

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo Nb Co W N N+C W Fe

GX 30 CrSi 7 A or as cast

750

0.20 0.35

0.50 1.00

0.040

0.040

1.00 2.50

0.50

6.00 8.00

0.50

GX 40 CrSi 13 A 300B

850

0.30 0.50

0.50 1.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

1.00

12.00 14.00

0.50


900

0.30 0.50

0.50 1.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

1.00

16.00 19.00

0.50


1050

0.30 0.50

0.50 1.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

1.00

23.00 26.00

0.50


1100

0.30 0.50

0.50 1.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

1.00

27.00 30.00

0.50

GX 130 CrSi 29 A 400B

1100

1.20 1.40

0.50 1.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

1.00

27.00 30.00

0.50

47




Tensile Strength

Yield Strength Other Tests

Grade and UNS

Heat Treatment

ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A % Hardness

(HBN)

Use Temp.

(C)C

C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo Nb Co W N N+C W Fe

GX 25 CrNiSi 18-9 As cast 450 230 15 900

0.15 0.35

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

8.00 10.00

17.00 19.00

0.50

GX 25 CrNiSi 20-14 As cast 450 230 10 900

0.15 0.35

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

13.00 15.00

19.00 21.00

0.50

GX 40 CrNiSi 22-10 As cast 450 230 8 950

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

9.00 11.00

21.00 23.00

0.50

GX 40 CrNiSiNb 24-24 As cast 400 220 4 1050

0.25 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

23.00 25.00

23.00 25.00

0.50

1.20 1.80

GX 40 CrNiSi 25-12 As cast 450 220 6 1050

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

11.00 14.00

24.00 27.00

0.50

GX 40 CrNiSi 25-20 As cast 450 220 6 1100

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

19.00 22.00

24.00 27.00

0.50

GX 40 CrNiSi 27-4 As cast 400 250 3 400 Max

1100

0.30 0.50

1.50

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

3.00 6.00

25.00 28.00

0.50

GX 40 NiCrCo 20-20-20 As cast 400 320 6 1150

0.35 0.60

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00

18.00 22.00

19.00 22.00

2.50 3.00

18.00 22.00

2.0 3.0

GX 10 NiCrNb 31-20 As cast

440 170 20 1000

0.05 0.12

1.20

0.040

0.030

1.20

30.00 34.00

19.00 23.00

0.50

0.80 1.50

GX 40 NiCrSi 35-17 As cast 420 220 6 980

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

34.00 36.00

16.00 18.00

0.50

GX 40 NiCrSi 35-26 As cast 440 220 6 1050

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

33.00 36.00

24.00 27.00

0.50

GX 40 NiCrSiNb 35-26 As cast 440 220 4 1050

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

33.00 36.00

24.00 27.00

0.50

0.80 1.80

GX 40 NiCrSi 38-19 As cast 420 220 6 1050

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

36.00 39.00

18.00 21.00

0.50

GX 40 NiCrSiNb 38-19 As cast 420 220 4 1000

0.30 0.50

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

36.00 39.00

18.00 21.00

0.50

1.20 1.80

GX 45 NiCrWSi 48-28-5 As cast

400 220 3 1200

0.35 0.55

1.50

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.50

47.00 50.00

27.00 30.00

4.00 6.00

GX 10 NiCrNb 50-50 As cast 540 230 8 1050

0.10

0.50

0.020

0.020

0.50

bal.

47.00 52.00

0.50

1.4 1.7

0.16

0.20

GX 50 NiCr 52-19 As cast 440 220 5 1100

0.40 0.60

1.50

0.040

0.030

0.50 2.00

50.00 55.00

16.00 21.00

0.50

GX 50 NiCr 65-15 As cast 400 200 3 1100

0.35 0.65

1.30

0.040

0.030

2.00

64.00 69.00

13.00 19.00

GX 45 NiCrCoW 35-25-15-5 As cast 480 270 5 1200

0.44 0.48

2.00

0.040

0.030

1.00 2.00

33.00 37.00

24.00 26.00

14.0 16.0

4.0 6.0

GX 30 CoCr 50-28 As cast A A A A 1200

0.50

1.00

0.040

0.030

1.00

1.00

25.00 30.00

0.50

48.0 52.0

20.0

A Properties as agreed upon by manufacturer and purchaser B

Maximum hardness in annealed condition – castings may also be supplied in the “as cast” condition, in which case hardness limits will not apply

48

C Maximum use temperature depends upon the actual use conditions and these values are being given only to aid the user; these are given for oxidising environments, the actual alloy

composition will also affect performance ISO 12725 NICKEL AND NICKEL ALLOY CASTINGS

This International Standard specifies requirements for nickel and nickel alloy castings. The grades covered represent types of alloys suitable for a broad range of application in a wide variety of corrosive and high temperature environments.



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, % (maximum percent unless range given) B

Tensile Strength


and UNS Heat

TreatmentA ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Other Tests Hardness

(HBN) C Co Cr Cu Fe Mn Mo Ni P S Si W Nb V Nb+Ta

C-Ni99, HC As cast 345 545

125 10 1.00

1.25

3.0

1.50

95.0 0.030

0.030

2.00

C-NiCu30Si As cast 450 650

205 25 0.35

26.0 33.0

3.5

1.50

bal.

0.030

0.030

2.00

0.5

C-NiCu30 As cast 450 170 25 0.35

26.0 33.0

3.5

1.50

bal.

0.030

0.030

1.25

0.5

C-NiCu30Si3 As cast 690 890

415 10 0.30

27.0 33.0

3.5

1.50

bal.

0.030

0.030

2.7 3.7

C-NiCu30Nb2Si2 As cast 450 225 25 0.30

26.0 33.0

.5

1.50

bal.

0.030

0.030

1.0 2.0

1.0 3.0

C-NiMo31 WQ 525 725

275 6 0.03

1.0

3.0

1.00

30.0 33.0

bal.

0.030

0.030

1.00

C-NiMo30Fe5 WQ 525 725

275 20 0.05

1.0

4.0 6.0

1.00

26.0 33.0

bal.

0.030

0.030

1.00

0.20 0.60

-NiCr22Fe20Mo7Cu2 WQ 550 750

220 30 0.02

5.0

21.5 23.5

1.5 2.5

18.0 21.0

1.00

6.0 8.0 bal.

0.025

0.030

1.00 1.50

0.5

C-NiCr22Mo9Nb4 WQ 485 685

275 25 0.06

20.0 23.0 5.0

1.00

8.0 10.0 bal.

0.030

0.030

1.00

3.2 4.5

C-NiCr16Mo16 WQ 495 695

275 20 0.02

15.0 17.5 2.0

1.00

15.0 17.5 bal.

0.030

0.030

0.80 1.00

C-NiMo17Cr16Fe6W4 WQ 495 695

275 4 0.06

15.5 17.5

4.5 7.5

1.00

16.0 18.0 bal.

0.030

0.030

1.00

3.8 5.3

0.20 0.40

C-NiCr21Mo14Fe4W3 WQ 550 280 30 0.02

20.0 22.5

2.0 6.0

1.00

12.5 14.5 bal.

0.025

0.025

0.80

2.5 3.5 0.35

C-NiCr18Mo18 WQ 495 695

275 25 0.03

17.0 20.0

3.0

1.00

17.0 20.0 bal.

0.030

0.030

1.00

C-NiCr15Fe WQ 485 685

195 30 0.40

14.0 17.0

11.0

1.50 bal.

0.030

0.030

3.00

C-NiFe30Cr20Mo3CuNb AC 450 650

170 25 0.05

19.5 23.5

1.5 3.0

28.0 32.0

1.00

2.5 3.5 bal.

0.030

0.030

0.75 1.20

0.70 1.00

C-NiSi9Cu3 AC 300 0.12

1.0

2.4 4.0

1.50 bal.

0.030

0.030

8.5 10.0

A See original specification for full details

BSingle values are maximum limits, except for nickel for which single values are minimum.

49

ISO 19960 CAST STEELS AND ALLOYS WITH SPECIAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES The cast steel and alloy grades covered by this international standard are used in applications which require low linear thermal expansion, or low ferromagnetic responses, or low galling properties.

MIL-C-24707/3 CASTINGS, FERROUS, CORROSION-RESISTANT, AUSTENITIC, CHROMIUM-NICKEL

This specification covers austenitic chromium-nickel alloy castings for corrosion-resistant and low magnetic permeability applications.


MIL specification (class)


ASTM specification (grade) MIL-S-17509 (I) A 744 (CF-8) MIL-S-17509 (II) A 744 (CF-8C) MIL-S-17509 (III) A 744 (CF-8M) MIL-S-867 (I) A 744 (CF-8) MIL-S-867 (II) A 744 (CF-8C) MIL-S-867 (III) A 744 (CF-8M)




Tensile Strength


and UNS Heat

Treatment ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Charpy J. min C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni N Co Cu Nb V Al Fe Bi Sn

GX12CrNi18-11 ST 440 590

195 20 80 0.15 1.50 2.00 0.045 0.030

16.5 18.5 0.75

10.0 12.0 0.50

GX2CrNiN18-13 ST 440 640

210 30 115 0.030 1.50 2.00 0.035 0.020

16.5 18.5 1.00

12.0 14.0

0.10 0.20 0.50

GX2CrNiMoN18-14 ST 490 690

240 30 80 0.030 1.50 2.00 0.035 0.020

16.5 18.5

2.50 3.00

13.0 15.0

0.15 0.25 0.50

GX2CrNiN19-11 ST 440 180 30 0.030 1.50 2.00 0.035 0.020

18.0 20.0 1.00

10.0 12.0

0.10 0.20 0.50

GX3CrNiMnSi17-9-8 ST 580 290 24 0.05

3.5 4.5

7.0 9.0 0.045 0.030

16.0 18.0 1.00

8.0 9.0

0.08 0.18 0.50

GX4CrNiMnN22-12-5 ST 580 290 24 0.06 1.00

4.0 6.0 0.040 0.030

20.5 23.5

1.50 3.00

11.5 13.5

0.20 0.40 0.50

0.10 0.30

0.10 0.30

GX2CrNiMnMoNNb21-16-5-3 ST 570 800

315 20 65 0.030 1.00

4.0 6.0 0.025 0.010

20.0 21.5

3.0 3.5

15.0 17.0

0.20 0.35 0.50

0.25

GX3NiCo32 ST + T 425 250 15 0.05 .50 0.60 0.030 0.020 0.25 1.00

30.5 33.5

4.0 6.5 0.50

0.10

GX3NiCo29-17 ST + T 0.05 .50 0.50 0.030 0.020 0.25 1.00

28.0 30.0

16.0 18.0 0.50

GX3Ni36 ST + T 260 175 20 0.05 .50 0.50 0.030 0.020 0.25 1.00

35.0 37.0 0.50

GX3NiS36 ST + T 260 175 20 0.05 .50 0.50 0.030

0.10 0.20 0.25 1.00

35.0 37.0 0.50

G-NiCr13SnBiMo As cast 0.05 .50 1.50 0.030 0.030

11.0 14.0

2.00 3.50 Bal. 0.50

2.0

3.0 5.0

3.0 5.0

50

Additional notes for specification are as follows; see original military specification booklet for further information, including Quality Assurance Provisions. Two different levels may be specified; level I has no magnetic restrictions and level II has low relative magnetic permeability. For all grades, supplementary requirements SZ1 (intergranular corrosion test) and SZ2 (tension test) of ASTM A 744 shall be mandatory. When type II is specified, the relative magnetic permeability of the castings shall not exceed 1.3 for first article and 1.6 for quality conformance tests; unless otherwise specified, the field strength shall be 0.5 oersteds for first article testing. Heat treat casting per ASTM A 744 except the minimum temperature shall be 1950 F. After all cleaning and machining, the casting shall be passivated in accordance with QQ-P-35. MIL-C-24707/6 CASTINGS, FERROUS, CHROMIUM STEEL, FOR PRESSURE-CONTAINING PARTS SUITABLE FOR HIGH-

TEMPERATURE SERVICE This specification covers 12% chromium steel castings for high temperatures and for impact at low temperatures.


MIL specification (class)


ASTM specification (grade) MIL-S-16993 (1) A 217 (CA-15) MIL-S-16993 (2) A 487 (CA-15M, class A) Additional notes for specification are as follows; see original military specification booklet for further information, including Quality Assurance Provisions. ASTM A 757 grade E3N castings are intended for use where either CA-15 or CA-15M is used; grade E3N has better weldability, corrosion and erosion resistance, low temperature properties such as notch toughness, and improved soundness and casting characteristics. CA-15M castings shall be normalized and tempered only with a tempering temperature not less than 1100 F; a liquid quench shall not be used without the permission of the Command or agency concerned.

51

SUMMARY OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CENTRIFUGALLY CAST STEELS

Below is a list of centrifugally cast steel specifications, with summary details on the following pages. Note that the values given in the summary of the specifications are stated with either U.S. Conventional Units (USCS) or Metric (SI) units, and are to be regarded separately. Units given in brackets are SI units. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents (soft conversion); therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems, by using conversion equations (hard conversion), may result in nonconformance with the specification. Also note that the values in the table are given in a minimum over maximum format. This means that if the value is a minimum it will be listed in the upper portion of the specification’s table row and in the lower portion of the row if it is a maximum value. Finally, note that tables and their footnotes may be split across two or more pages. ASTM A 426 – 08 Centrifugally Cast Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service ASTM A 451 – 06 Centrifugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service ASTM A 608 – 06 Centrifugally Cast Iron-Chromium-Nickel High-Alloy Tubing for Pressure Application at High

Temperatures ASTM A 660 – 05 Centrifugally Cast Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service ASTM A 872 – 07 Centrifugally Cast Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe for Corrosive Environments ISO 13583-2 Centrifugally Cast Tube

52

ASTM A 426 – 08 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FERRITIC ALLOY STEEL PIPE FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE This specification covers centrifugally cast alloy steel pipe intended for use in high-temperature, high-pressure service.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade and UNS

Heat TreatmentA


% C Red A

% Other TestsB

Hardness (HBN)

C Mn P S Si Cr Mo Ni Cb N V Al Ti Zr

CP1 J12521 NT, QT 65 450 35 240 24 35

201 0.25

0.30 0.80

0.040

0.045

0.10 0.50

0.44 0.65

CP2 J11547 NT, QT 60 415 30 205 22 35

201 0.10 0.20

0.30 0.61

0.040

0.045

0.10 0.50

0.50 0.81

0.44 0.65

CP5 J42045 NT, QT 90 620 60 415 18 35

225 0.20

0.30 0.70

0.040

0.045

0.75

4.00 6.50

0.45 0.65

CP5b J51545 NT, QT 60 415 30 205 22 35

225 0.15

0.30 0.60

0.040

0.045

1.00 2.00

4.00 6.00

0.45 0.65

CP9 J82090 NT, QT 90 620 60 415 18 35

225 0.20

0.30 0.65

0.040

0.045

0.25 1.00

8.0 10.0

0.90 1.20

CP91 84090 NT, QT 85

110 585 760

60 415 18 45 225

0.08 0.12

0.30 0.60

0.030

0.010

0.20 0.50

8.0 9.5

0.85 1.05

0.40

0.060 0.10

0.030 0.070

0.18 0.25

0.02

0.01

0.01

CP11 J12072 NT, QT 70 485 40 275 20 35

201 0.05 0.20

0.30 0.80

0.040

0.045

0.60

1.00 1.50

0.44 0.65

CP12 J11562 NT, QT 60 415 30 205 22 35

201 0.05 0.15

0.30 0.61

0.040

0.045

0.50

0.80 1.25

0.44 0.65

CP15 J11522 NT, QT 60 415 30 205 22 35

201 0.15

0.30 0.60

0.040

0.045

0.15 1.65

0.44 0.65

CP21 J31545 NT, QT 60 415 30 205 22 35

201 0.05 0.15

0.30 0.60

0.040

0.045

0.50

2.65 3.35

0.80 1.06

CP22 J21890 NT, QT 70 485 40 275 20 35

201 0.05 0.15

0.30 0.70

0.040

0.045

0.60

2.00 2.75

0.90 1.20

CPCA15 J91150/71 NT, QT 90 620 65 450 18 30

225 0.15

1.00

0.040

0.040

1.50

11.5 14.0

0.50 Max

A Minimum tempering temperature given B Hydrostatic test – see original specification for further details C Elongation in 2 in. (50mm) using a standard round specimen, in either transverse or longitudinal direction.

53

ASTM A 451 – 93 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST AUSTENITIC STEEL PIPE FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE This specification covers austenitic alloy steel pipe for use in high-temperature, corrosive, or nuclear pressure service.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade And UNS Heat TreatmentB ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Other Tests Hydrostatic TestC C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo Cb Ta N

CPF3 J92500 ST 70 485 30 205 35

0.03 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 12.0

17.0 21.0

CPF3AA

J92500 ST 77 535 35 240 35 0.03

1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 12.0

17.0 21.0

CPF3M J92800 ST 70 485 30 205 30

0.03 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

9.0 13.0

17.0 21.0

2.0 3.0

CPF8 J92600 ST 70 485 30 205 35

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 11.0

18.0 21.0

CPF8AA

J92600 ST 77 535 35 240 35 0.08

1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

8.0 11.0

18.0 21.0

CPF8M J92900 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

2.0 3.0

CPF10MCE ST 70 485 30 205 20.0 0.10

1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

13.0 16.0

15.0 18.0

1.75 2.25

10xC Min 1.2 Max

CPH10 J93402 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.10F 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

12.0 15.0

22.0 26.0

CPF8CE J92710 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

9.0 12.0

28.0 21.0

8xC Min 1.0 Max

CPF8C (Ta max)D

ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

9.0 12.0

18.0 21.0

8xC Min 1.0 Max

0.10

CPH8 J93400 ST 65 448 28 195 30.0

0.08 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.5

12.0 15.0

22.0 26.0

CPK20 J94202 ST 65 448 28 195 30.0

0.20 1.50

0.040

0.040

1.75

19.0 22.0

23.0 27.0

CPH20 J93402 ST 70 485 30 205 30.0

0.20F

1.50

0.040

0.040

2.00

12.0 15.0

22.0 26.0

CPE 20N ST 80 550 40 275 30.0 0.20

1.50

0.040

0.040

1.50

8.0 11.0

23.0 26.0

0.08 0.20

A The properties shown are obtained by adjusting the composition within the limits shown in the table to obtain a ferrite-austentite ratio that will result in the higher ultimate yield strengths indicated – a

lowering of impact values may develop in these materials when exposed to service temperature above 800 F B The pipe shall receive a solution treatment, ST, at the temperature shown with holding time 2 h/in of thickness [50.8 mm] for CPF10MC, CPF8C, and CPF8C (Ta max), and 1 h/in of thickness for all others, followed by quenching C Hydrostatic test – see original specification for further details D

No designation as yet assigned by ASTM or SFSA E Grades CPF10MC and CPF8C have a columbium plus tantalum content maximum of 1.35% F By agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser, the carbon content of Grade CPH20 may be restricted to 0.10% maximum – when so agreed, the grade designation shall be CPH10

54

ASTM A 608 – 06 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST IRON-CHROMIUM-NICKEL HIGH-ALLOY TUBING FOR PRESSURE APPLICATION AT HIGH TEMPERATURES This specification covers iron-chromium-nickel, high-alloy tubes made by the centrifugal casting process intended for use under pressure at high temperatures.



Grade and UNS Heat Treatment C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo

HC 30 J92613 As cast 0.25

0.35 0.5 1.0

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

4.0

26 30

0.50

HD 50 J92615 As cast 0.45

0.55 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

4 7

26 30

0.50

HE 35 J93413 As cast 0.30

0.40 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

8 11

26 30

0.50

HF 30 J92803 As cast 0.25

0.35 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

9 12

19 23

0.50

HH 30 J93513 As cast 0.25

0.35 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

11 14

24 28

0.50

HH 33A

J93633 As cast 0.28 0.38

1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

12 14

24 26

0.50

HI 35 J94613 As cast 0.30

0.40 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

14 18

26 30

0.50

HK 30 J94203 As cast 0.25

0.35 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

19 22

23 27

0.50

HK 40 J94204 As cast 0.35

0.45 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

19 22

23 27

0.50

HL 30 N08613 As cast 0.25

0.35 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

18 22

28 32

0.50

HL 40 N08614 As cast 0.35

0.45 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

18 22

28 32

0.50

HN 40 J94214 As cast 0.35

0.45 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

23 27

19 23

0.50

HT 50 N08050 As cast 0.40

0.60 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

33 37

15 19

0.50

HU 50 N08005 As cast 0.40

0.60 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

37 41

17 21

0.50

HW 50 N08006 As cast 0.40

0.60 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

58 62

10 14

0.50

HX 50 N06050 As cast 0.40

0.60 1.50

0.04

0.04

0.50 2.00

64 68

15 19

0.50

A Manufacturing control should ensure that this composition contain a minimal amount of ferrite

55

ASTM A 660 – 05 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST CARBON STEEL PIPE FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SERVICE This specification covers carbon steel pipe made by the centrifugal casting process intended for use in high-temperature, high-pressure service. Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for fusion welding, bending, and other forming operations.






% Red A

% Other TestsB C Mn P S Si

WCA J02504

60 414 30 207 24 35 0.25C

0.70C

0.035

0.035

0.60

WCB J03003

70 483 36 248 22 35 0.30

1.00

0.035

0.035

0.60

WCC J02505

70 483 40 276 22 35 0.25D

1.20D

0.035

0.035

0.60

A Heat treatment per design and chemical composition

B Hydrostatic and flattening tests – see original specification for further details C For each reduction of 0.01% below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted to a maximum of 1.10% D

For each reduction of 0.01% below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0.04% manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted to a maximum of 1.40% ASTM A 872 – 07 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FERRITIC/AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL PIPE FOR CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS

This specification covers centrifugally cast ferritic/austenitic steel pipe intended for general corrosive service. These steels are susceptible to embrittlement if used for prolonged periods at elevated temperatures.




Tensile Strength Yield Strength Grade

and UNS Heat Treatment ksi MPa ksi MPa

Elong %

Red A %

Other Tests Hardness (HBN / HRC) C Mn P S Si Ni Cr Mo N Cu Co

J93183 WQ 1920-2100F [1050-1150C]

90 620 65 450 25 290 / 30.5

0.030

2.0

0.040

0.030

2.0

4.00 6.00

20.0 23.0

2.00 4.00

0.08 0.25

0.08 0.25

0.50 1.50

J93550 WQ 1920-2100F [1050-1150C]

90 620 65 450 20 297 / 31.5

0.030

2.0

0.040

0.030

2.0

5.00 8.00

23.0 26.0

2.00 4.00

1.00

1.00

0.50 1.50

J94300 WQ 1900 minimum 110 760 70 480 20 0.04 0.50 1.50

0.04 0.04 1.10

4.5 6.0

24.5 26.5

2.5 4.0

0.18 0.26

1.3 3.0

56

ISO 13583-2 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST TUBE

GRADE



Tensile Yield 100 hr. rupture Grade and UNS

Mpa Mpa

Elong % °C MPa

C Si Mn P S Cr Ni Mo Nb W Co Ti N C+N Fe

GX30CrNiSi19-9 450 230 15 800 47 0.25 0.35

1.30 1.80

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

18.0 20.0

18.0 20.0

0.5

GX40CrNiSi25-12 450 230 10 900 34 0.35 0.45

1.00 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 26.0

24.0 26.0

0.5

GX42CrNiSi25-20 450 220 8 900 40 0.38 0.45

1.00 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 26.0

24.0 26.0

0.5

GX30CrNiSiNb24-24 450 220 10 900 48 0.25 0.35

0.70 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

23.0 25.0

23.0 25.0

0.5

1.20 1.80

GX12NiCrSi32-21 440 170 20 800 70 0.08 0.15

0.50 1.50

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

19.0 22.0

32.0 33.0

0.5

0.60 1.30

GX40NiCrSi38-18 420 220 6 900 34 0.35 0.45

1.30 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

17.0 19.0

36.0 39.0

0.5

GX12NiCrSiNb35-25 440 175 20 800 70 0.08 0.15

0.50 1.50

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 27.0

34.0 37.0

0.5

0.60 1.30

GX42NiCrSiNb35-25 450 220 8 950 40 0.38 0.45

0.50 1.50

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 27.0

34.0 37.0

0.5

0.60 1.25

GX43NiCrSiNb35-25 450 220 8 950 40 0.38 0.48

1.50 2.50

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 27.0

34.0 37.0

0.5

0.60 1.80

GX42NiCrSi35-25 450 220 8 950 42 0.38 0.48

1.00 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 27.0

34.0 37.0

0.5

0.60 1.80

0.06 Min. A

GX42NiCrWSi35-25-5 450 220 4 950 35 0.38 0.48

1.00 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 27.0

34.0 37.0

0.5

4.00 6.00

GX42NiCrSiNbTi 45-35 450 250 5 1050 21 0.38 0.48

1.00 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

33.0 36.0

44.0 47.0

0.5

0.50 1.50

0.06 Min. A

GX45NiCrCoW35-25-15-5 450 250 5 950 40 0.40 0.50

1.00 2.00

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

24.0 26.0

33.0 37.0

0.5

4.00 6.00

14.0 16.0

GX48NiCrWSi48-28-5 400 220 5 1050 20 0.40 0.55

1.00 1.75

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

27.0 29.0

47.0 49.0

0.5

4.00 6.00

GX48NiCrWCo48-28-5-3 400 220 5 1050 20 0.40 0.55

1.00 1.75

0.50 1.50

0.03

0.03

27.0 29.0

47.0 49.0

0.5 0.5

4.00 6.00

2.50 3.50

GX8NiCrNb50-50 550 250 8 900 40 0.1

0.5

0.50

0.02

0.02

47.0 52.0

Bal.

0.5

1.40 1.70

0.16

0.20

1.0

A Other micro alloying elements can be substituted for titanium. The total micro alloying elements shall be 0.06% min.

57

SUMMARY OF STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR STEEL CASTINGS

Overview Testing is required to ensure that the product will perform safely and economically in service. Excessive testing and overly stringent requirements increase the cost of the product without increasing value. On the other hand, insufficient testing or overly lax requirements are meaningless. Therefore, it becomes the task of the customer to decide what tests and requirements are necessary for his or her application. Mechanical properties and chemical compositional limits are generally the subject of ASTM material specifications. These must be controlled and tested in products ordered to those specifications. Consult the latest revisions of the ASTM Standards referenced in this document for more information. Mechanical Testing Background Mechanical testing is generally carried out in accordance with methods described in ASTM A 370, “Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products”. These methods cover procedures and definitions for the mechanical testing of wrought and cast steel products. The various mechanical tests herein described are used to determine properties required in the product specifications. Variations in testing methods are to be avoided and standard methods of testing are to be followed to obtain reproducible and comparable results. The test methods most often used in steel castings include tension testing, hardness testing, and impact testing. The mechanical properties are obtained from test bars and represent the quality of the steel from which the castings have been poured. The properties are not identical with the properties of the castings, which are affected by solidification rates and cooling rates during heat treating, which in turn are influenced by casting thickness, size, and shape. Tension Testing The tension test is the most uniformly applied test used to verify the mechanical performance of the material. The test results include tensile strength, yield strength, elongation and reduction in area. The strength measurements are useful in determining the load bearing capabilities of the material. Ductility measurements give an indication of the ability of the material to undergo deformation. The tension test is used to verify that the mechanical performance of the material is consistent. Evaluating performance in service environments may require information of other material properties such as fracture toughness, fatigue, creep-rupture, etc. Hardness Testing Hardness testing is used as a quick estimation of strength and/or wear resistance. It is particularly useful in the control of heat treatment for carbon and low to medium alloy steels. The most commonly used method for determining hardness in steel castings is the Brinell Test. The Rockwell test uses a much smaller probe and when used on cast steels is subject to variations. Converting numbers must be done with care because the conversions from Brinell to Rockwell is not exact and varies somewhat depending on the actual alloy tested. Stainless cast steels, excluding martensitic grades, are treated for corrosion resistance, not to develop strength and the hardness does not relate to heat treatment. Impact Testing Impact testing gives the amount of energy absorbed by a material. A sample of the material is hit with a hammer that has a known energy. The difference in energy the hammer has after striking the material is the impact strength of the material. This provides a useful measure of toughness or resistance to sudden failure. For low temperature service this test becomes increasingly important because most steels become less tough as the

58

temperature decreases. Impact testing is an ASTM requirement in specifications for material used in low temperature service. The Charpy V-notch is the most commonly applied method. Nondestructive Examination Background Nondestructive examination testing is done to verify the mechanical integrity or soundness of the steel casting. It can be separated in to surface examination methods which include visual, liquid penetrant, and magnetic particle and subsurface or internal examination methods which include radiography and ultrasonics. Not only must a test method be chosen, but also an acceptance criterion must be applied. Acceptance criteria should be related to the service requirements because overly stringent criteria add directly to the cost. For critical service both surface and internal examination may be required to assure the attainment of the level of soundness specified. Visual Examination Equipment Required

Enables Detection of

Advantages Limitations Remarks

Surface comparator Pocket rule Straight Edge Workmanship standards

Surface flaws – cracks, porosity, slag inclusions, adhering sand, scale, etc.

Low cost Can be applied while work is in process, permitting correction of faults

Applicable to surface defects only Provides no permanent record

Should always be the primary method of inspection, no matter what other techniques are required

ASTM A 802/A 802M – 95 Standard Practice for Steel Castings, Surface Acceptance Standards, Visual

Examination SCRATA Comparators Steel Casting Research and Trade Association (SCRATA) Comparator Plates -

for establishing mutually agreeable acceptance criteria for a specific part ISO DIS 1197(a) Visual examination of surface quality of steel castings MSS SP-55-1996 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings, and Other

Piping Components (Visual Method for Evaluation of Surface Irregularities) Liquid Penetrant Examination (PT) Equipment Required



Commercial kits, containing fluorescent or dye penetrants and developers Application equipment for the developer A source of ultraviolet light – if fluorescent method is used

Surface discontinuities not readily visible to the unaided eye

Applicable to magnetic, nonmagnetic materials Easy to use Low cost

Only surface discontinuities are detectable

ASTM A 903/A 903M – 91 Steel Castings, Surface Acceptance Standards, Magnetic Particle and Liquid

Penetrant Inspection ASTM E 165 – 95 Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination ASTM E 433 – 71 Standard Reference Photographs for Liquid Penetrant Examination ISO 3452 Non-destructive testing – Penetrant inspection – General principles

59

ISO 4987 Steel castings – Penetrant inspection MSS SP-93-1987(92) Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and

Fittings, and Other Piping Components (Liquid Penetrant Examination Method) Magnetic Particle Examination (MT) Equipment Required



Special commercial equipment Magnetic powders – dry or wet form; may be fluorescent for viewing under ultraviolet light

Excellent for detecting surface and subsurface discontinuities to approximately ¼” below the surface – especially cracks

Permits controlled sensitivity Relatively low cost method

Applicable to ferromagnetic materials only Requires skill in interpretation of indications and recognition of irrelevant patterns Difficult to use on rough surfaces

Elongated discontinuities parallel to the magnetic field may not give pattern; for this reason the filed should be applied from two directions at or near right angles to each other

ASTM A 903/A 903M – 91 Steel Castings, Surface Acceptance Standards, Magnetic Particle and Liquid

Penetrant Inspection ASTM E 709 – 95 Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination ASTM E 125 – 63 Standard Reference Photographs for Magnetic Particle Indications on Ferrous

Castings ASTM E 1444 – 94a Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination ISO 4986 Steel castings – Magnetic particle inspection MSS SP-53-1995 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and

Fittings, and Other Piping Components (Magnetic Particle Examination Method) All the surface examinations require severity levels to be set for acceptance. Methods of establishing severity levels by assigning numerical values to discontinuity attributes are illustrated in Figure 1 for the length of single linear discontinuities and arrays of aligned linear or nonlinear discontinuities. For nonlinear indications, acceptance criteria are typically expressed by limiting the “major” dimension of the indication, the length and width, or the area of the indication. Note, Figure 1 is an example and is not part of any acceptance standard unless agreed upon by the producer and buyer of steel castings.

60

Figure 1: Length measurement of linear discontinuities; linear arrays of Figure 2: Area measurement; diameter or length, and width measurement linear and non-linear discontinuities of discontinuity arrays

Li, Wi, Di = Length, width, diameter of individual discontinuities, or clusters L, W, D = Length, width, diameter of discontinuity arrays d = Distance between discontinuities, or discontinuity clusters Linear discontinuity = Li ≥ 3Wi Linear array = L ≥ 5W Distance between discontinuities within an array = d < Limax, that is, d < Dimax

Limax, Dimax = Largest length, or diameter of discontinuity, or cluster within an array The ASME Code has methods and acceptance criteria in Section III and Section VIII. In Section VIII (non-nuclear) para. 9-103(a) and 9-230(a) no linear discontinuities are allowed. This is a classic example of overly strict requirements because it requires all discontinuities to be eliminated. In Section III (nuclear) para. NB-2545.3 and NB-2546.3 allow indications of 1/16”. The nuclear section is actually easier to comply with because it does allow for some small indications without rework. The code contains high standards of quality, but these need not be used for all castings for all applications. Rather, the service conditions should be used to help choose appropriate levels of acceptance.

61

Radiographic Examination (RT) Equipment Required



Commercial x-ray or gamma units, made especially for inspecting welds, castings, and forgings Film and processing facilities

Internal macroscopic flaws – cracks, porosity, blow holes, non-metallic inclusions, shrinkage, etc.

When the indications are recorded on film, gives a permanent record

Requires skill in choosing angles of exposure, operating equipment, and interpreting indications Requires safety precautions Cracks difficult to detect

Radiographic inspection is required by many codes and specifications Useful in qualification of processes Because of cost, its use should be limited to those areas where other methods will not provide the assurance required

ASTM E 94 – 93 Standard Guide for Radiographic Testing ASTM E 142 – 92 Standard Method for Controlling Quality of Radiographic Testing ASTM E 446 – 93 Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. in Thickness (3

Sets; X-rays, Iridium, Cobalt) ASTM E 186 – 93 Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy-walled (2 to 4-1/2 in.) Steel Castings

(3 Sets; X-ray, Gamma Rays, Betatron) ASTM E 280 – 93 Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy-walled (4-1/2 to 12 in.) Steel

Castings (2 Sets; X-ray, Betatron) ASTM E192 – 95 Standard Radiographs of Investment Steel Castings for Aerospace Applications ISO 4993 Steel castings – Radiographic inspection ISO 5579 Non-destructive testing – Radiographic examination of metallic materials by X-

and gamma rays – Basic rules MSS SP-54-1995 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings, and Other

Piping Components (Radiographic Examination Method) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) Equipment Required



Special commercial equipment, either of the pulse-echo or transmission type

Sub-surface discontinuities, including those too small to be detected by other methods Especially for detecting subsurface, planar discontinuities

Very sensitive Permits probing of joints inaccessible to radiography

Requires high degree of skill in interpreting pulse-echo patterns Permanent record is not readily obtained

ASTM A 609/A 609M - 91 Standard Practice for Castings, Carbon, Low-alloy, and Martensitic Stainless

Steel, Ultrasonic Examination Thereof ISO DIS 4992(a) Steel castings – Ultrasonic inspection MSS SP-94-1992 Quality Standard for Ferritic and Martensitic Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges

and Fittings, and Other Piping Components (Ultrasonic Examination Method)

62

SPECIAL STANDARD PRACTICES

Ferrite Content ASTM A 800/A 800M STEEL CASTINGS, AUSTENITIC ALLOY, ESTIMATING FERRITE CONTENT

THEREOF

This practice covers procedures and definitions for estimating ferrite content in certain grades of austenitic iron-chromium-nickel alloy castings that have compositions balanced to create the formation of ferrite as a second phase in amounts controlled to be within specified limits. Methods are described for estimating ferrite content by chemicals, magnetic, and metallographic means. The tensile and impact properties, the weldability, and the corrosion resistance of iron-chromium-nickel alloy castings may be influenced beneficially or detrimentally by the ratio of the amount of ferrite to the amount of austenite in the microstructure. The ferrite content may be limited by purchase order requirements or by the design construction codes governing the equipment in which the castings will be used. The quantity of ferrite in the structure is fundamentally a function of the chemical composition of the alloy and its thermal history. Because of segregation, the chemical composition, and, therefore, the ferrite content, may differ from point to point on a casting. Determination of the ferrite content by any of the procedures described in the following practice ASTM A 800/A 800M is subject to varying degrees of imprecision which must be recognized in setting realistic limits on the range of ferritic content specified. Sources of error include the following: 1. In Determinations from Chemical Composition – Deviations from the actual quantity of each element present because of chemical analysis variance, although possibly minor in each case, can result in substantial differences in the ratio of total ferrite-promoting to total austenite-promoting elements. Therefore, the precision of the ferrite content estimated from chemical composition depends on the accuracy of the chemical analysis procedure. 2. In Determinations from Magnetic Response – Phases other than ferrite and austenite may be formed at certain temperatures and persist at room temperature. These may so alter the magnetic response of the alloy that the indicated ferrite content is quite different from that of the same chemical composition that has undergone different thermal treatment. Also, because the magnets or probes of the various measuring instruments are small, different degrees of surface roughness or surface curvature will vary the magnetic linkage with the material being measured. 3. In Determinations from Metallographic Examinations – Metallographic point count estimates of ferrite percentage may vary with the etching technique used for identification of the ferrite phase and with the number of grid points chosen for the examination, as explained in Test Method E 562.

ISO WD 13520(c) ESTIMATION OF FERRITE CONTENT IN AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL CASTINGS

See original specification for details.

63

Welding ASTM A 488/A 488M STEEL CASTINGS, WELDING, QUALIFICATIONS OF PROCEDURES

AND PERSONNEL

This practice established the qualifications of procedures, welders, and operators for the fabrication and repair of steel castings by electric arc welding.

ISO WD 11970(c) WELD QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR STEEL CASTINGS

64

CODE AND SPECIFICATION AGENCIES

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428 (610) 832-9500 [www.astm.org]

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) 2 World Trade Center, floor 106 New York, NY 10048 (212) 839-5000 [www.eagle.org]

American National Standards Institute (ANSI) - US International Standards Organization (ISO) member 11 W 42nd Street, 13th floor New York, NY 10036 (212) 642-4900 [www.ansi.org]

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) 20325 Center Ridge Road, Suite 670 Cleveland, OH 44116 (440) 331-3626 [www.lr.org]

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Committee PO Box 2900 Fairfield, NJ 07007 (800) 843-2763 [www.asme.org]

National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) 1440 South Creek Drive Houston, TX 77084 (281) 228-6200 [www.nace.org]

American Petroleum Institute (API) 275 7th Avenue, floor 9 New York, NY 10001 (212) 366-4040 [www.api.org]

Association of American Railroads (AAR) 50 F Street NW, floor 3 Washington, D.C. 20001 (202) 639-2100 [www.aar.org]

Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry, Inc. (MSS) 127 Park Street NE Vienna, VA 22180-4602 (703) 281-6613 [www.mss-hq.com] Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) 400 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15096-0001 (724) 776-4841 [www.sae.org]

Defense Automated Printing Service (DAPS) - part of Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP) for Mil Specs & Standards DODSSP Building 4/Section D 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19111-5098 (215) 697-2179 [www.dodssp.daps.mil]

STEEL FOUNDERS’ SOCIETY OF AMERICA 780 McArdle Dr. Unit G, Crystal Lake, IL 60014, USA

www.sfsa.org

1

SFSA Supplement 3

DIMENSIONAL CAPABILITIES OF STEEL CASTINGS

1. Introduction

Dimensional tolerances are selected by the designer or purchaser to make sure that the part can perform its function reliably and fit into its designed location. Assigning dimensions to a part requires identifying the desired feature size. Tolerances communicate how much variation from the desired size can be tolerated. Overly stringent tolerances are costly and do not add value. They require added work to meet tolerances that may be beyond the process capability. Inadequate tolerances are a problem because parts may be able to meet the tolerance but fail to either fit or function in accordance with the design. To assign dimensions and tolerances to a part that is produced as a casting involves consideration of function and fit of the finished part, allowances for machining operations involved in producing the finished part, and production requirements such as draft and taper. Allowances for castings and the major tolerance considerations in the production of parts as steel castings are presented below. Along with this information a set of tolerance grades is introduced to facilitate communication on tolerances. 2. Allowances

The shapes of cast steel components reflect not only the functional requirements of the component, but also manufacturability requirements dictated by the casting process. Castings shapes must incorporate the proper use of draft allowances for successful mold making and machining allowances for surfaces requiring more precision and better surface finishes than can be achieved in the as-cast conditions. Draft and machine finish allowance guidelines and practices are presented to assist in the specification of draft and machining allowances for castings. Similarly, size or pattern allowances must be incorporated into the production of patterns and coreboxes from which steel castings are made. These pattern allowances (sometimes call shrink rules) must also be correctly applied to ensure that final castings can meet customer dimensional tolerance requirements without extra pattern dimension adjustment cycles. Other castability guidelines that influence the recommended geometry of steel castings are discussed in “Steel Casting Design”.

1

2.1 Draft (Taper) Allowances

Draft should be designated on the casting drawing in consultation with the casting producer—typically in a drawing note. The draft angle selected should be no less than can be tolerated in the design. Figure 2.1 illustrates the use of draft on a typical pattern and corebox.

2

Figure 2.1 - Schematic illustration of a full split pattern and core box to produce a wheel-type casting. Note that draft is required on the vertical surfaces to allow the pattern to be

drawn away from the mold. The core that will be made in the core box will form a cylindrical cavity to reduce machining.

2.1.1 Draft (Taper) Allowance Recommendations Table 2.1 presents general draft recommendations for steel castings. To ensure moldability, it is helpful to meet or exceed these draft allowances indicated on all surfaces perpendicular to the mold parting line.

Table 2.1: Typical Draft (Taper) Allowances

Typical Draft (Taper) Angles

Molding Process Most Features Deep Pockets

Green Sand - Manual 1.5 ° 2.0 °

Green Sand - Automated 1.0 ° 1.5 °

No-bake & shell molding 1.0 ° 1.5 °

2.1.2 Factors Affecting Recommended Draft Allowances

Machine molding will require a minimum amount of draft. Interior surfaces in green sand molds usually require more draft than exterior surfaces. Draft can be eliminated in some cases through special molding techniques, such as investment casting or through the use of cores. These situations and the specific amount of draft required should be discussed with personnel of the foundry that will produce the casting.

3

A specific dimensional tolerance on a drafted surface is generally referenced from the drafted surface rather than from the surface dimension before draft is applied. That is, draft is added to casting surfaces first before dimensional tolerances or geometric tolerances applied, Figure 2.2. Draft allowances can be incorporated into dimensional tolerances or geometric tolerances only upon consultation with the foundry. The dimensional changes needed to incorporate draft can be expressed as follows:

DA = L tan Where: DA = Draft allowance L = Length = Draft angle

4

Figure 2.3 Dimensional tolerance zones on drafted (tapered) features (CT is the casting dimensional tolerance as defined in ISO- 8062)

2.2 Required Machining Allowance Guideline Castings that are to be machined must have sufficient metal stock on all surfaces requiring machining. The necessary allowance, commonly called the required machining allowance (RMA), machine finish allowance, or machining allowance, depends upon the size and shape of the casting, the surface to be machined, the hardness of the steel, roughness of the casting surface, and the tendency to distort. The required machining allowance is superimposed upon draft and pattern allowances. Required machining allowances are typically called out in drawings with a general note.

5

2.2.1 Required Machining Allowance

Table 2.2 - Required machining allowances (RMA) in millimeters for steel castings based on ISO 8062.

Largest dimension

mm

Required machining allowance mm

Note: A minimum of 6 mm RMA required on all cope casting surfaces Required machining allowance grade over up to and

including E F G H J K

- 40 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.7 1 1.4

40 63 0.4 0.5 0.7 1 1.4 2

63 100 0.7 1 1.4 2 2.8 4

100 160 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 6

160 250 1.4 2 2.8 4 5.5 8

250 400 1.8 2.5 3.5 5 7 10

400 630 2.2 3 4 6 9 12

630 1000 2.5 3.5 5 7 10 14

1000 1600 2.8 4 5.5 8 11 16

1600 2500 3.2 4.5 6 9 13 18

2500 4000 3.5 5 7 10 14 20

4000 6300 4 5.5 8 11 16 22

6300 10000 4.5 6 9 12 17 24

Sand casting, hand molded use grade G – K Sand casting, machine molded (and shell) use grade F – H Investment casting use grade E

6

Table 2.2 - Required Machining allowance (RMA) in inches for steel castings based on ISO 8062.

Largest dimension in.

Required machining allowance mm

Note: A minimum of 0.25 in. RMA Required machining allowance grade over up to and

including E F G H J K

- 1.6 0.016 0.020 0.020 0.028 0.040 0.055

1.6 2.5 0.016 0.020 0.028 0.040 0.055 0.080

2.5 4 0.028 0.040 0.055 0.080 0.110 0.160

6 10 0.055 0.080 0.110 0.160 0.220 0.320

10 16 0.070 0.100 0.140 0.200 0.280 0.400

16 25 0.087 0.120 0.160 0.240 0.360 0.480

25 40 0.100 0.140 0.200 0.280 0.400 0.560

40 60 0.110 0.160 0.220 0.310 0.430 0.630

60 100 0.130 0.180 0.240 0.350 0.510 0.710

100 160 0.140 0.200 0.280 0.390 0.550 0.790

160 250 0.160 0.220 0.310 0.430 0.630 0.870

250 400 0.180 0.240 0.350 0.470 0.670 0.940

2.2.2 Factors Affecting Required Machining Allowances The allowances expressed in Table 2.2 are conservative and should apply to short production run castings. They may be reduced for high production run castings when adequate preliminary consultation and machining trials have been carried out. Machine allowances for castings of very large size, such as greater than 15 ft (5000mm), should be determined through consultation with the foundry. The required machining allowance, when considered along with the casting feature dimensional tolerance, should be interpreted as shown in Figure 2.4.

7

A – Machining on one side of feature

B – External machining of boss

8

C – Internal machining

D – Machining of step dimension

Figure 2.4 Interpretation of required machining allowances along with casting feature tolerances. The dimensional allowance to be added to the casting section for machining purposes will depend on the design of the casting. Certain faces of a casting may require larger allowances than others as a result of their position in the mold. In particular, the cope surfaces of a large casting will require larger machining allowances than the drag surfaces or side walls. For cope surfaces in particular required machining allowances for cope surfaces of less than 0.25 inches (6mm) are generally not recommended. For this reason, it is recommended that critical machined surfaces be molded in the drag whenever possible. Sufficient excess metal should be allowed to satisfactorily accomplish the necessary machining operations. One very good rule is to allow enough “machining stock” so that the first cut remains below the cast surface on the metal by at least 1/16 in. (1.5 mm). Required machining allowances must be chosen with care. Critical surfaces that are fixtured using as-cast locators are sometimes preferred to avoid excess machine stock on critical surfaces.

9

3. Dimensional Tolerances Tolerances for dimensions of as-cast features are a matter for agreement between the producer and purchaser (We do not know who the consumer is) of the castings. However, to minimize the rejection of castings for dimensional reasons, the tolerances selected should be compatible with the capability of the process selected. Tolerances affect the cost and delivery of the castings. Most castings have only a few critical dimensions which require tight tolerances. Placing tight tolerances on dimensions which are not critical merely increases the final casting cost without benefit to the purchaser. However, where tolerances tighter than the process can normally produce are required, dimensional upgrading using one of the operations discussed later may be the least expensive method of satisfying the requirements. The best way to make this determination is through a joint effort in a value engineering or value analysis project. Good communications of requirements on the one hand and the processes needed to meet them on the other is the key. The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) has issued, ISO 8062, Castings – System of Dimensional Tolerances. This standard provides a system of tolerances and machining allowances for all castings, including steel castings. It assigns different dimensional tolerance grades based on the metal cast, the molding process used, the length of the casting feature, and the production quantity. The ISO 8062-1994 tolerancing scheme is the basis from which improved dimensional tolerances for steel castings have been developed by the SFSA. These SFSA 2000 steel casting dimensional tolerances should be used instead of the specific steel casting tolerance recommendation contained within ISO-8062-1994 for steel castings.

These new dimensional tolerance also supersede the 1997 (SFSA developed) “T grades” dimensional tolerances. The production quantities, the casting design and the dimension type play an important role in determining the tolerances which can be met with the process because the complex contraction behavior of steel during solidification and cooling must be adequately compensated for in the construction of the pattern. The production of castings in large numbers usually provides the opportunities to make dimensional adjustments in pattern equipment or to compensate for unpredictable casting contraction behavior with one or more reverse engineering steps. These costly reverse engineering steps to adjust pattern dimensions are a function of the dimensional tolerance requirements established by the customer as well as the foundry’s process variability. The SFSA-2000 dimensional tolerances presented here are based on a statistical analysis of more than 140,000 casting features on production steel castings weighing from 6.5 to 12,000 lbs. for common steel molding processes. The dimensional capabilities from which these tolerances have been developed account for both the expected casting process variability and dimension centering errors that can be expected for typical short production series and long production series casting production, Tables 3.1-3.4.

10

3.1 SFSA 2000 Dimensional Tolerances for Steel Castings Table 3.1 Casting dimensional tolerance grades from ISO 8062-1994. These grade designations also used for SFSA 2000 steel casting tolerances

Raw Casting basic dimensions,

Total casting tolerance mm

mm

Casting tolerance grade CT Over Up to & including

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

- 10 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.26 0.36 0.52 0.74 1 2 2 2.8 4.2 - - - -

10 16 0.10 0.14 0.20 0.28 0.38 0.54 0.78 1.1 1.6 2.2 3 4.4 - - - -

16 25 0.11 0.15 0.22 0.3 0.42 0.58 0.82 1.2 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.6 6 8 10 12

25 40 0.12 0.17 0.24 0.32 0.46 0.64 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.6 5 7 9 11 14

40 63 0.13 0.18 0.26 0.36 0.50 0.70 1 1.4 2 2.8 4 5.6 8 10 12 16

63 100 0.14 0.20 0.28 0.40 0.56 0.78 1.1 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.4 6 9 11 14 18

100 160 0.15 0.22 0.30 0.44 0.62 0.88 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.6 5 7 10 12 16 20

160 250 - 0.24 0.34 0.50 0.70 1 1.4 2 2.8 4 5.6 8 11 14 18 22

250 400 - - 0.40 0.56 0.78 1.1 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.4 6.2 9 12 16 20 25

400 630 - - - 0.64 0.90 1.2 1.8 2.6 3.6 5 7 10 14 18 22 28

630 1000 - - - - 1 1.4 2 2.8 4 6 8 11 16 20 25 32

1000 1600 - - - - - 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.6 7 9 13 18 23 29 37

1600 2500 - - - - - - 2.6 3.8 5.4 8 10 15 21 26 33 42

2500 4000 - - - - - - - 4 6.2 9 12 17 24 30 38 49

4000 6300 - - - - - - - - 7 10 14 20 28 35 44 56

6300 10000 - - - - - - - - - 11 16 23 32 40 50 64

11

Table 3.2 Casting dimensional tolerances adapted from ISO 8062-1994, (inches), also used for SFSA 2000 steel casting tolerances

Raw Casting basic dimensions, in.

Total casting tolerance in.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

- 0.4 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.17 - - - -

0.4 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.17 - - - -

0.6 1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.24 0.32 0.39 0.47

1 1.6 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.14 0.2 0.28 0.35 0.43 0.55

1.6 2.5 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.16 0.22 0.32 0.39 0.47 0.63

2.5 4 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.17 0.24 0.35 0.43 0.55 0.7

4 6 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.14 0.2 0.27 0.39 0.47 0.63 0.79

6 10 - 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.16 0.22 0.32 0.43 0.55 0.7 0.87

10 16 - - 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.17 0.24 0.35 0.47 0.63 0.79 0.98

16 25 - - - 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.14 0.2 0.28 0.39 0.55 0.7 0.87 1.1

25 40 - - - - 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.43 0.63 0.79 0.98 1.26

40 60 - - - - - 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.28 0.35 0.57 0.7 0.91 1.14 1.46

60 100 - - - - - - 0.1 0.15 0.21 0.32 0.39 0.59 0.83 1.02 1.3 1.65

100 160 - - - - - - - 0.17 0.24 0.35 0.47 0.67 0.95 1.18 1.5 1.93

160 250 - - - - - - - - 0.28 0.39 0.55 0.79 1.1 1.38 1.73 2.21

250 400 - - - - - - - - - 0.43 0.63 0.91 1.26 1.58 1.97 2.52

Table 3.3 SFSA 2000 for steel casting tolerance long-production series.

Conditions Select Tolerance

Grades

All sand molding process fully capable, most appropriate for large castings

CT 12-14

Appropriate for most casting types and sand molding processes

CT 10-12

Within process capabilities, but not appropriate for all casting types and sand molding processes

CT 8-10

Investment Casting

CT 5-7

12

Table 3.4 SFSA 2000 steel casting tolerances for short-production series steel castings


Grades


CT 13-15


CT 11-13


CT 9-11

Additional comments on the use of the SFSA 2000 steel casting dimensional tolerances can be found in the Appendix.

3.2 Variables Affecting Dimensional Tolerances The aforementioned steel casting dimensional tolerance recommendations are general recommendations that can be readily used by casting customers. Comprehensive SFSA steel casting dimensional capability studies have developed more detailed information on the process and geometric factors influencing the repeatability of steel casting dimensions. Overall industry dimensional capabilities as well as the capabilities of individual foundries are fully described. This information can be used by foundries to benchmark their dimensional capabilities, and to better quantify the effects of key variables affecting dimensional capabilities. The dimensional capability data presented here includes measurement uncertainty multiplying factors applied to the dimensional variability data from which it is based. This accounts for small non-centering errors expected during tooling validation sampling. The short production series dimensional capability prediction equations include a larger multiplying factor that accounts for non-centering errors from less rigorous sampling for tooling validation. Casting dimensional tolerance capabilities are expressed in terms of 10%, 50%, and 90% capabilities as follows: 10% Capability = 10% of the feature capabilities were less than this limit. 50% Capability = Average capability. 90% Capability = 90% of the feature capabilities were less than this limit. Figures 3.6-3.8 show the 10%, 50%, and 90% dimensional capabilities of 15 steel foundries using various sand molding processes compared to ISO casting tolerance (CT) grades. The foundry-to-foundry differences in dimensional capabilities reflect the broad range of casting sizes and shapes produced and the different sand molding processes used, as well as differences in process control. These keys factors influencing dimensional capabilities are presented here as a guide to both the casting customer and the casting producer.

13

3.2.1 Production Quantity Issues The production of castings in large numbers usually provides the opportunities to make dimensional adjustments in pattern equipment or to compensate for unpredictable casting contraction behavior with one or more reverse engineering steps. These costly reverse engineering steps to achieve dimensions may only be appropriate for high production castings. It requires the detailed dimensional characterization of many “first article” castings prior to making accurate pattern adjustments. Figure 3.1 illustrates the influence of centering on overall dimensional capabilities. The thoroughness of the casting dimensional inspection required to make adequate pattern adjustments depends on the tolerances assigned to a feature as well as to the foundries process variability.

Figure 3.1 Schematic representation of total dimensional capability including sampling Uncertainty errors (e)

The number of replicate castings that must be inspected to minimize the “centering error” component of dimensional capability depends on the ratio of the foundry’s process capability compared to the casting dimensional tolerances required. This has been termed the “process capability ratio” (PCR). PCR = Total process variability Total customer tolerance

Table 3.5 indicates minimum desired lot sizes to be used for sample casting inspection based on the process capability ratio. The process capability ratio is the ratio of the foundries expected feature dimensional variability (6 ) compared to the casting feature total dimensional tolerance. If fewer sample castings than the desired number are used during pattern validation, a variability multiplying factor shown in Table 3.6 must be used to reflect additional sampling errors that are a part of the foundry’s dimensional capabilities.

14

Table 3.5 Statistically determined minimum number of sample castings to minimize numbers of sample castings sampling errors for various process capability ratios (for =0.05 and =0.05)

Process Capability Ratio Number of sample castings (N)

less than 0.1 1

0.1-0.2 2

0.2-0.3 2

0.3-0.4 3

0.4-0.5 5

0.5-0.6 11

> 0.6 44

Table 3.6 Dimensional variability multiplying factors for determining dimensional capabilities from dimensional variability estimates

Minimum desired sample size (from Table A1) (N)

1 2 3 5 11 44

Actual number of castings sampled (n)

Dimensional Variability (6 ) Multiplying Factors

1 1.32 1.32 1.32 1.32 1.32

1 1 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23

1 1 1 1.18 1.18 1.18

1 1 1 1 1.14 1.14

1 1 1 1 1 1.09

1 2 3 5

11 44 1 1 1 1 1 1

These multiplying factors can be used to more correctly access dimensional capabilities from the process variability estimates. As casting tolerances tighten, more sample castings must be inspected to minimize sampling errors. The information from Table 3.6 has been used to estimate the short production series multiplier of 1.32 and the long production series multiplier of 1.09 used as the basis for the SFSA 2000 steel casting dimensional capability’s guidelines presented here. 3.2.2 Dimensional Capability Models Major factors that influence the dimensional tolerance, which can be held, are casting geometry, the molding process, and production techniques. In general the dimensional capabilities of green sand process are similar to that of other sand molding processes for smaller castings below 50 lbs. Above 200 lbs. the no-bake process typically produces castings with tighter tolerances than green sand. The shell molding process can produce castings with the tightest tolerances of all sand molding techniques, but is limited in casting size. It is important that these statements are not taken simply at face value. It is possible for foundries to have developed great expertise and process control to produce castings to tighter tolerance standards than would be normally anticipated. When requiring tolerance requirements tighter than these indicated in the guidelines presented here, the purchaser should discuss these molding process selection issues with the foundries concerned.

Table 3.7 and Table 3.8 present dimensional capability prediction models for the various molding processes. Dimensional capabilities are expressed at 10%, 50% (average) and 90% total tolerance capabilities. For example, 90% capabilities indicate that 90% of the features measured had less variability than the total tolerance capability limit. These models have been developed from comprehensive dimensional studies of steel castings in the heat treated condition (as received by the customer) without any dimensional upgrading. The variables included in the models are the most significant factors influencing the dimensional variability of steel casting features.

15

Table 3.7 Dimensional capability models for steel casting (inches)

Short Production Series Long Production Series

Green sand (castings

up to 500 lbs.) 90% Capability

6 = 0.2050+0.0020*L1.3

+0.0098*W0.4

50% Capability 6 = 0.0842+0.0020*L

1.3+0.0098*W

0.4

10% Capability 6 = -0.0363+0.0020*L

1.3+0.0098*W

0.4

90% Capability

6 = 0.1710+0.0017*L1.3

+0.0081*W0.4

50% Capability 6 = 0.0701+0.0017*L

1.3+0.0081*W

0.4

10% Capability 6 = -0.0303+0.0017*L

1.3+0.0081*W

0.4

No-Bake (castings up to 2000 lbs.)

90% Capability 6 =0.1410+0.010*L

0.9+0.0002*W

0.8+0.0483*PL

50% Capability 6 =0.0616+0.0087*L

0.9+0.0003*W

0.8+0.0484*PL

10% Capability 6 =-0.0181+0.0073L

0.9+0.0003*W

0.8+0.0485*PL

90% Capability 6 = 0.1180+0.0084*L

0.9+0.0002*W

0.8+0.0403*PL

50% Capability 6 = 0.0513+0.0073*L

0.9+0.0002*W

0.8+0.0403*PL

10% Capability 6 = -0.0151+0.0061*L

0.9+0.0002*W

0.8+0.0404*PL

Shell (castings less than 100 lbs.)

90% Capability 6 = 0.0805+0.0039*L

1.4+0.0195*PL

-0.0018*PL*L1.4

50% Capability 6 = 0.0430+0.0038*L

1.4+0.0196*PL

-0.0018*PL*L1.4

10% Capability 6 = 0.0054+0.0037*L

1.4+0.0198*PL

-0.0018*PL*L1.4

90% Capability 6 =0.0671+0.0032*L

1.4+0.162*PL-0.0015*PL*L

1.4

50% Capability

6 = 0.0358+0.0032*L1.4

+0.164*PL-0.0015*PL*L1.4

10% Capability 6 = 0.0045+0.0031*L

1.4+0.165*PL-0.0015*PL*L

1.4

6 = total tolerance capability, in. PL = 1 if feature across the parting line, otherwise 0 L = feature length, in.

W = casting weight, lbs.

16

Table 3.8 Dimensional capability models for steel castings (mm)

Short Production Series Long Production Series

Green sand (castings less than 230 kg)

90% Capability 6 =5.200+0.0007*L

1.3+0.340*W

0.4

50% Capability 6 = 2.140+0.0007*L

1.3+0.340*W

0.4

10% Capability 6 = -0.922+0.0007*L

1.3+0.340*W

0.4

90% Capability 6 = 4.330+0.0006*L

1.3+0.284*W

0.4

50% Capability 6 = 1.780+0.0006*L

1.3+0.284*W

0.4

10% Capability 6 = -0.768+0.0006*L

1.3+0.284*W

0.4

No-Bake (castings up to 900 kg) 90% Capability 6 =3.590+0.014*L

0.9+0.010*W

0.8+1.230*P

L 50% Capability 6 =1.560+0.012*L

0.9+0.012*W

0.8+1.230*P

L 10% Capability 6 =0.460+0.010*L

0.9+0.014*W

0.8+1.230*P

L

90% Capability 6 = 2.990+0.018*L

0.9+0.009*W

0.8+1.020*PL

50% Capability 6 = 1.300+0.010*L

0.9+0.010*W

0.8+1.020*PL

10% Capability 6 = -0.383+0.008*L

0.9+0.012*W

0.8+1.030*PL

Shell (castings less than 50 kg) 90% Capability 6 =2.040+0.001*L

1.4+0.494*PL-

0.0005*PL*L1.4

50% Capability

6 =1.090+0.001*L1.4

+0.499*PL-

0.0005*PL*L1.4

10% Capability 6 =0.138+0.001*L

1.4+0.504*PL-

0.0005*PL*L1.4

90% Capability 6 = 1.700+0.0009*L

1.4+0.412*PL-0.0004*PL*L

1.4

50% Capability 6 = 0.909+0.0009*L

1.4+0.416*PL-0.0004*PL*L

1.4

10% Capability 6 = 0.115+0.0008*L

1.4+0.420*PL-0.0004*PL*L

1.4

6 = total tolerance capability, mm PL = 1 if feature across the parting line, otherwise 0 L= feature length, mm W = casting weight, kg

These models, from which the steel casting dimensional tolerance guidelines have been based, give a more complete picture of the expected influence of key factor influencing dimensional variability. The correlation coefficients (r

2) for these predictive equations ranged from 0.4-0.7,

indicating that foundry-to-foundry variations dimensional capabilities were also significant. The ISO 8062-based dimensional tolerance guidelines indicated the feature length alone influences the expected dimensional variability for a given molding process and production series. However, as these models indicate, casting weight and whether or not a casting feature crosses the mold parting line also influences feature dimensional variability. The use of these predictive equations for assigning tolerances for steel casting features better reflects the expected process capabilities for the steel casting industry than the simpler SFSA 2000 dimensional tolerance guidelines.

17

3.2.3 Molding Process The specific molding process used to produce a steel casting can be expected to affect the dimensional capabilities. For a given size and shape sand casting shell molding can be expected to be the most dimensionally capable molding process followed by no-bake molding and green sand molding. However, the differences in dimensional capabilities for the various molding processes are less than the within foundry and foundry-to-foundry variation in dimensional capabilities for a given molding process. Therefore, although a given steel foundry may need to use the more repeatable shell molding process to hold close dimensional tolerances, another foundry may be readily able to achieve these close dimensional tolerances using green sand

molding. Figures 3.6-3.8 illustrate the dimensional capabilities of steel foundries for the individual molding processes. They are expressed as 10%, 50%, and 90% capability conformance to ISO 8062 tolerance grades for both short and long production series castings.

a) Short production series b) Long production series

Figure 3.6 Dimensional capabilities of green sand casting producers a) Short production series b) Long production series

Figure 3.7 Dimensional capabilities of no-bake casting producers

18

a) Short production series b) Long production series

Figure 3.8 Dimensional capabilities of shell casting producer

3.2.3 Casting Geometry Features Influencing Dimensional Variability 3.2.3.1 Casting Length and Weight It is more difficult to maintain close feature tolerances in larger castings than on small castings. Both the casting weight and the feature length influence the process capability relative to dimensional tolerances in a nonlinear fashion as shown in the predictive equations shown previously in Table 3.7 and 3.8. As a general guideline, the expected influence of feature length and casting weight on dimensional variability can be more simply estimated,Table 3.9. Table 3.9 Estimate of the effect of feature length and casting weight on dimensional variability

Dimensional Variability and Influence Factor

(in.) (mm.)

Feature length

0.006 in. additional 6 variability per inch of feature length

0.06 mm. additional 6 per mm of feature length

Casting Weight

0.00004 in. additional 6 variability per lb. of casting weight

0.002 mm. additional 6 variability per kg of casting weight

3.2.3.2 Mold Parting Line

Many casting features cross the mold parting line. The expected dimensional variability of these features perpendicular to the parting line includes a component of parting line variability. The expected magnitude of this parting line variability component depends on the molding process, Table 3.10.

19

Table 3.10 Magnitude of parting line variability

Parting Line Dimensional Variability Component

Green Sand Molding

No significant additional variability expected

No-bake Molding

0.040 in. (1 mm) additional 6 variability across the parting line

Shell Molding

0.008 in. (0.2 mm) additional 6 variability across the parting line

The additional variability for no-bake casting features that cross the parting line is particularly significant. This parting line variability can be expected to vary significantly from foundry to foundry depending on the molding and tooling systems in use. The parting line component of dimensional variability for no-bake castings must be considered when selecting feature orientation for close-tolerance features. 3.2.3.3 Dimension Type From a manufacturability standpoint various casting feature types can be described depending on whether they are controlled by the mold alone, by a core only, or by combinations of these, with and without the effect of the mold parting line, Figure 3.9. In particular, features created between the mold and a core are affected by core placement during mold closing and the relative tolerances of the core and it’s mating core print. These additional “degrees of freedom” created by multiple mold pieces create additional feature dimensional variables. Similarly, close tolerance casting features exhibiting less dimensional variability can be expected when these features are created from a single component of mold or core tooling.

A mold to mold across casting E mold to core across casting B mold to mold across mold F core to core across core C mold to mold across mold and casting G mold to core across casting and core D mold to mold across casting/mold/casting H mold to mold across casting/core/casting

Figure 3.9 Schematics representation of different mold relationships for dimension types

C

B A

CASTING MOLD MOLD MOLD CASTING

D

CASTING Core MOLD MOLD CASTING

G

F E

H

20

3.2.4 Foundry Process Factors Influencing Dimensional Variability The ability of a foundry to control casting feature variability is impacted by their ability to control critical aspects of process variability. The role of individual foundry process factors on dimensional variability have been evaluated independent of casting geometry and molding process. Table 3.11 summarizes the influence of foundry process factors on dimensional variability. Major trends from this Table indicated factors that were statistically significant at confidence levels> 90%. Minor trends were also identified even though no strict statistical significance of these variables was established. Also listed are variables that appeared to have no effect on resultant casting dimensional variability independent of casting size, shape and molding process. Table 3.11 Foundry process factor correlations influencing dimensional variability

Factor

Increase 6 dimensional varaibility

Significant Correlations

Daily, instead of monthly, pin and

flask alignment monitoring Very poor pattern condition instead

of good pattern condition Use of separate cope and drag

instead of match plate patterns Use of weighted instead of

clamped molds

Lesser Correlations

Largest casting dimension

Cope or drag height

Green sand compactibility

Use of chills

Use of reclaimed sand for molding

No Correlation

Alloy being cast Pour weight Mold area Casting bounding box Projected area of the casting Use of facing sand Use of mold wash

0.08 in. (2 mm)

0.04 in. (1 mm)

0.03 in. (0.8 mm)

0.02 in. (0.5 mm)

0.0004 in. (mm) additional 6 variability per in. (mm) of largest casting dimension

0.003 in. (mm) additional 6 variability per in. (mm) of cope or drag height

0.02 in. (0.5 mm) additional 6 variability per unit increase in green sand compactibility number

0.02 in. (0.5 mm) additional 6 variability for features impacted by hills

0.01 in. (0.25 mm) additional 6

Variability for no-bake molding compared to new sand

21

3.3 DIMENSIONAL CAPABILITIES – INVESTMENT CASTING

Most, if not all, investment castings are produced in long production series, where more thorough sample casting inspection and comprehensive tooling adjustments are performed prior to casting production. Therefore, only long production series capabilities are indicated in the SFSA 2000 guidelines for investment casting. The SFSA 2000 dimensional tolerance guidelines for steel castings include recommended tolerance guidelines for steel investment castings. These recommendations better reflect the dimensional capabilities of steel investment casting than the recommendations contained in ISO 8062, or in alternative dimensional tolerance guidelines promulgated by the Investment Casting Institute. The capability of investment casters to produce castings to the ISO 8062 casting tolerance grades is shown in Figure 3.10, expressed in terms of their 90%, 50% and 10% conformance. Considerable producer-to-producer variation is observed. This overall dimensional behavior is modeled in Table 3.12.

Figure 3.10 Long production series dimensional capabilities of investment castings

Table 3.12a Long Production Series Dimensional Capability – Investment Castings (in.)

90% Capability 6 = 0.285 + 0.005L + 0.0002W - 0.005PL

50% Capability 6 = 0.083 + 0.0005L + 0.0002W - 0.005PL

10% Capability 6 = 0.0011 + 0.005L + 0.002W - 0.005PL

Where 6 = total tolerance, in. PL = 1 if feature across the parting line, otherwise 0 L = feature length, in. W = casting weight, lbs.

0

2

4

6

8

10

A B C D E F Overall

ISO

CT

GR

AD

ES

10% 10%

10%

10%

10%

10% 10%

50% 50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

90% 90%

90%

90% 90%

90%

90%

22

Table 3.12b Long Production Series Dimensional Capabilities – Investment Castings (mm)

90% Capability 6 = 0.724 + 0.005L + 0.012W – 0.013PL

50% Capability 6 = 0.212 + 0.005L + 0.012W – 0.013PL

10% Capability 6 = 0.029 + 0.005L + 0.012W – 0.013PL

Where 6 = total tolerance, mm PL = 1 if feature across the parting line L = feature length, mm W = casting weight, kg

3.4 GAGING AND DIMENSIONAL UPGRADING

The appropriate dimensional tolerances of as-cast surfaces are a matter for agreement between the producer and purchaser of the castings. However, to minimize the rejection of castings for dimensional reasons the tolerances selected should be comparable to the process capability for the particular set of operating conditions under consideration. Tolerances tighter than the process capability will necessitate that the casting be subject to special processing to upgrade the dimensional characteristics. Table 3.13 lists some of the additional operations or special manufacturing processes that may be performed to provide castings within tighter tolerance limits

than can be expected from standard process capabilities. Table 3.13 – Additional operations employed to provide tighter tolerances

Pattern Upgrading Changes in Construction, mounting and/or material Alteration of patterns after production of sample castings (i.e. movement toward long

production series tolerances) Molding and core making Changes in mold making equipment or molding process Upgrading of coreboxes or adjustments in core processes

Finishing Gage grinding Straighten or press to gage Coining to gage Machine locating points Rough machine to gage Target machine casting Finish machine part

23

3.5 Weight Tolerances

When weight considerations are important to the customer, and weight tolerances are necessary, a weight allowance is necessary to account for variations from average casting weight. Steel casting weight allowances, based on ISO 4990-1986 are summarized in Table 3.14.

Table 3.14 Casting Weight (Mass) Tolerances

Machine Molded Castings ±5% of average casting mass1

Hand Molded Castings ±7% of average casting mass2

All other castings < + 15% of calculated casting mass2

1

Average casting weight based on the average weight of the first five true dimension castings

manufactured. 2

Calculated casting weight based on the casting drawing which includes all casting allowances such as machining allowances. 4 Geometric Tolerances

Geometric tolerances are tolerances that apply to the shape features of a casting. This category of tolerances is used to control form, profile orientation and location. To completely describe the shape of a component and assign tolerances on all aspects of its shape, geometric tolerances are needed for such features as parallelism, concentricity, flatness, etc. Tables 4.1-4.4 show the geometric tolerances that can be expected for steel castings, these values are based on work involved in the development of ISO 8062-2. The reader is referred to the specification for further details regarding the use of ISO 8062-2. The nominal lengths indicated in Table 4.1-4.4 shall be the largest dimension of the considered feature or features. Table 4.5, indicates which CTG from the previous tables should be used depending on the steel casting molding process used.

Table 4.1a - Tolerances on straightness, mm

Total geometrical tolerance mm

1

Casting geometrical tolerance grade (CTG)

4 5 6 7 Over Up to and including

10 0.18 0.27 0.4 0.6

10 30 0.27 0.4 0.6 0.9

30 100 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.4

100 300 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.0

300 1000 0.9 1.4 2.0 3.0

1000 3000 2.0 3.0 4.6

3000 10000 3.0 4.6 6.8

1) When a value is outside the table, individual tolerances shall be indicated.

24

Table 4.1b - Tolerances on straightness, in.

Total geometrical tolerance in

1.


4 5 6 7 8 Over Up to and including

0.4 0.007 0.011 0.016 0.024 0.035

0.4 1.2 0.011 0.016 0.024 0.035 0.055

1.2 4 0.016 0.024 0.035 0.055 0.079

4 12 0.024 0.035 0.055 0.079 0.118

12 40 0.035 0.055 0.079 0.118 0.181

40 120 0.079 0.118 0.181 0.268

120 400 0.118 0.181 0.268 0.343


Table 4.2a - Tolerances on flatness, mm

Raw casting nominal length of the feature, mm Total geometrical tolerance mm

1

*for reference

Over Up to and including


10 4 5 6 7 8

10 30 0.27 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.4

30 100 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.0

100 300 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.0 3.0

300 1000 0.9 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.6

1000 3000 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.6 6.8

3000 10000 3.0 4.6 6.8 10

10000 4.6 6.8 10 15


Table 4.2b - Tolerances on flatness, in.

Raw casting nominal length of the feature, in. Total geometrical tolerance, in1.

Over Up to and including


0.4 4 5 6 7 8

0.4 1.2 0.011 0.016 0.024 0.035 0.055

1.2 4 0.016 0.024 0.035 0.055 0.079

4 12 0.024 0.035 0.055 0.079 0.118

12 40 0.035 0.055 0.079 0.118 0.181

40 120 0.055 0.079 0.118 0.181 0.268

120 400 0.118 0.181 0.268 0.394

0.181 0.591


25

Table 4.3a - Tolerances on circularity, perpendicularity and symmetry.

Raw casting; nominal length of the feature, mm

Total geometrical tolerance, mm1



10 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.0

10 30 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.0 3.0

30 100 0.9 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.6

100 300 1.4 2.0 3 4.6 6.8

300 1000 2.0 3.0 4.6 6.8 10

1000 3000 4.6 6.8 10 15

3000 10000 6.8 10 15 23


Table 4.3b - Tolerances on circularity, perpendicularity and symmetry.

Raw casting; nominal length of the feature, in.

Total geometrical tolerance,in.1


4 5 6 7 Over Up to and including

0.4 0.16 0.024 0.055 0.079

0.4 1.2 0.024 0.035 0.079 0.118

1.2 4 0.035 0.055 0.118 0.181

4 12 0.055 0.079 0.181 0.268

12 40 0.079 0.118 0.268 0.343

40 120 0.181 0.343 0.591

120 400 0.268 0.591 0.906


Table 4.4a - Tolerances on coaxiality

Raw casting; nominal length of the feature mm

Total geometrical tolerance mm1



10 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.0 3.0

10 30 0.9 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.6

30 100 0.4 2.0 3.0 4.6 6.8

100 300 2.0 3.0 4.6 6.8 10

300 1000 3.0 4.6 6.8 10 15

1000 3000 6.8 10 15 23

3000 10000 10 15 23 35


26

Table 4.4b - Tolerances on coaxiality

Raw casting; nominal length of the feature, in.

Total geometrical tolerance in1.



0.4 0.024 0.035 0.055 0.079 0.118

0.4 1.2 0.035 0.055 0.079 0.118 0.181

1.2 4 0.055 0.079 0.118 0.181 0.268

4 12 0.079 0.118 0.181 0.268 0.343

12 40 0.118 0.181 0.268 0.343 0.591

40 120 0.268 0.343 0.591 0.906

120 400 0.343 0.591 0.906 1.378


Table 4.5 – Casting geometrical tolerances grades

Method Steel

Sand cast, hand molding 6 to 8

Sand cast machine molding and shell molding

5 to 7

Investment casting 4 to 6

5. Patterns and Pattern Allowances Patterns are manufactured so that the castings produced from the pattern are typically at the nominal (aim) dimensions of the casting drawing. The pattern and its associated coreboxes must be produced with dimensions that compensate for feature-specific contraction and distortion that takes place during casting, solidification, heat treatment and subsequent processing. This is known as the pattern allowance (or shrink rule). If can be expressed as: Pattern Allowance (PA) = Pattern feature size – Casting feature size x 100% Casting feature size Foundry-to-foundry differences during processing also must be taken into account when selecting the proper pattern allowance. Castings produced from the same pattern by different foundries, or by different sand molding methods such as green sand or no-bake sand will typically not be dimensionally identical. The type of molding method can be expected to influence the effective overall casting contraction of green sand castings. Harder green sand molds produced with high pressure molding machines may require different pattern allowances that are used for similar castings using manual jolt-squeeze molding methods. Pattern wear, as well as the shrinking and swelling of wood pattern materials due to humidity changes, can also be a source of casting dimensional variability. Dimensional variations will be greater from some pattern materials than for others. Table 5.1 contains a listing of common types of pattern materials for steel castings in order of decreasing pattern dependent dimensional variability.

27

Table 5.1 Degree of Variability in Dimensions for Different Pattern Materials

Loose wood pattern Pine pattern, mounted on cope and drag boards Hard wood pattern, mounted on cope and drag boards Plastic pattern, mounted on cope and drag boards Metal pattern, mounted on cope and drag boards Metal matchplate

Greatest variation Least variation

Lowest Cost Highest Cost

Table 5.2 summarizes commonly used pattern allowances used for the production of steel castings. These overly simplified pattern allowances “shrink rules” are only a general “rule-of-thumb” that do not consider these important influences of feature type and mold type on the pattern allowance. Even though these standard, uniform pattern allowance “rules-of-thumb” are widely used, the shrinkage of individual casting features can be expected to deviate significantly from these pattern allowance nominal values.

Table 5.2 General pattern allowance values for common steel casting alloys

Alloy Pattern Allowance

Carbon and low alloy steel 2.08% 1/4 in/ft

High alloy steels 2.60% 5/16 in/ft

The pattern allowance value must account for more than just the shrinkage of the metal during solidification and cooling. The mold itself can be expected to undergo dimensional changes during filling, solidification and cooling. Certain casting features are restrained from contraction during solidification by the presence of the mold, others are not. Also oxide scale removed from the casting surface after cooling and subsequent heat treatment result in casting dimensional changes. The heat produced during the cooling of large castings can cause the sand mold to expand before even solidification begins. All of these factors contribute to casting dimensional changes requiring the use of not a single pattern allowance by different feature-dependent pattern allowance values to assure the conformance of all casting feature dimensions to customer dimensional specifications.

Table 5.3 gives more detailed information on pattern allowance selection for casting features not crossing the mold parting line. These pattern allowance estimates for high and low alloy steels are based on comprehensive studies of pattern allowances measured in production foundries for green sand, no-bake and shell molding.

28

Table 5.3 Pattern Allowance Summary (for features not crossing the mold parting line)

Condition Average Pattern

Allowance 80% Confidence Interval for Pattern Allowances

Low Alloy Steel

Overall 1.96% 1.85 to 2.07%

Green sand molding, overall 1.60% 1.43 to 1.77% Un-restrained features 1.56% 1.15 to 1.97% Partially restrained features 1.74% 1.56 to 1.92% Fully restrained features 1.61% 1.48 to 1.74%

No bake molding, overall 2.39% 2.20 to 2.58% Un-restrained features 2.33% 1.94 to 2.74% Partially restrained features 2.32% 2.06 to 2.59% Fully restrained features 2.03% 1.75 to 2.30%

Shell molding, overall 2.31% 2.10 to 2.51% Un-restrained features 2.87% 2.58 to 3.16% Partially restrained features 2.31% 2.13 to 2.48% Fully restrained features 1.27% 0.91 to 1.63%

High Alloy Steel

Overall

2.92% 2.72 to 3.11%

Green sand molding, overall 4.21% 3.82 to 4.59%

Un-restrained features 3.62% 3.34 to 3.83% Partially restrained features -- -- Fully restrained features 5.37% 4.98 to 5.76%

No bake molding, overall 3.50% 3.08 to 3.92% Un-restrained features 4.04% 3.46 to 4.63% Partially restrained features* -- -- Fully restrained features* -- --

Shell molding, overall 2.58% 2.35 to 2.81% Un-restrained features 2.90% 2.57 to 3.24% Partially restrained features 2.42% 2.29 to 2.54% Fully restrained features 1.57% 1.28 to 1.85%

29

6. Summary

Table 6.1 summarizes the general dimensional and cost considerations for common steel casting methods. It reflects the general capabilities common to the steel foundries. Individual foundries may have even greater dimensional capabilities and lower cost and lead time performance.

Table 6.1 General Comparison of Steel Casting Methods*

Casting requirements

Green sand Chemically bonded

Shell Investment

Surface smoothness

Fair Good Good Excellent

Minimum metal section-mm (in).

6 (0.25) 5 (0.19) 4 (0.16) 2 (0.06)

Total (6 ) tolerance for a 100 mm (4in.) features – mm (in.)

3.4 (0.13) 2.5 (0.10) 1.7 (0.07) 0.8 (0.03)

Added total tolerance-mm (in.) across a parting face

3 (0.12) 4 (0.16) 2 (0.06) No parting -

Intricacy Fair Good Very good Excellent

General Machine Finish allowances **mm (in.)

6 (0.25) Most 5 (0.19)

2 (0.06) Least 0.5 (0.02)

Normalized Pattern costs

100% 80% 250% 175%

Lead time (pattern)

18 weeks 12 weeks 20 weeks 22 weeks

Lead time (existing pattern)

6 weeks 6 weeks 6 weeks 8 weeks

* Values are presented for comparison only and should not be used directly as design tolerances on drawings, or for pattern procurement.

References (1) Steel Casting Handbook, 5

th Edition, SFSA (1980).

(2) Karve, A., J. Chandra, and R. Voigt, "Determining Dimensional Capabilities from Short Run Sample Casting Inspection", AFS Transactions (1998).

30

Appendix: Guidelines for the use of SFSA 2000 Dimensional Tolerances General The tolerance guidelines are provided for information to be used by foundries and customers to address dimensional deviations. A customer can express the dimensional accuracy desired. A foundry can, with reference to the tolerance grade, give information on which tolerance grade or grades it normally attains with different molding methods and for different casting types. It is recommended that the customer ask the foundry about the dimensional accuracy obtained with different molding methods and resources at its disposal. With this knowledge, the designer can decide if closer

tolerances are needed for selected dimensions. Scope This appendix describes the tolerances, which may be achieved on steel castings produced in sand molds and for steel investment castings. Steel sand castings may be produced by molding processes such as green sand, chemically bonded sands, shell and other processes. Purchasing information

The customer should indicate on the drawing the dimensions which are to be subject to the tolerance tables and the tolerance grades to be achieved. The required machining allowance should also be indicated when a machined part drawing is used. Where the purchaser has supplied a drawing which indicates the machined surfaces and the machining allowance, but has not indicated the tolerance grade required for these surfaces, the foundry is free to supply the casting to their normal performance capability.

Tolerance grades Typically, the lowest sand molding tolerance values may be expected in castings produced by the shell process. However, manufacturers may be able to achieve similar tolerances with other molding processes. The lower number tolerance grades are more applicable to shell and no-bake molding methods. Higher number tolerance grades are applicable for many green sand-molding processes where few pattern changes and/or process adjustments can be made.

The tolerance grade specified should also reflect the extent of pattern dimensional re-engineering to center casting feature dimensions within the specified tolerances. The extent of inspection required to achieve the specified tolerance values is indicated by the selection of short production series or long production series tolerance values. Where tighter tolerances than those found in the tables are required, these shall be agreed between the purchaser and supplier.

Inspection The foundry will determine the compliance of the part with the purchasers’ requirements. The SFSA-2000 tolerance grades (Tables A1 to A4) are to be applied to heat treated and shot blasted production steel castings which have not been upgraded by gaging, grinding, coining, pressing or other dimensional upgrading procedures. They express the 90% conformance of foundries in terms of ISO-8062 dimensional tolerance grades.

31

Table A.1 Casting dimensional tolerance grades from ISO 8062-1994. These grade designations also used for SFSA 2000 steel casting tolerances

Raw Casting basic dimensions, mm

Total casting tolerance, mm


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

- 10 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.26 0.36 0.52 0.74 1 2 2 2.8 4.2 - - - -

10 16 0.10 0.14 0.20 0.28 0.38 0.54 0.78 1.1 1.6 2.2 3 4.4 - - - -

16 25 0.11 0.15 0.22 0.3 0.42 0.58 0.82 1.2 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.6 6 8 10 12

25 40 0.12 0.17 0.24 0.32 0.46 0.64 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.6 5 7 9 11 14

40 63 0.13 0.18 0.26 0.36 0.50 0.70 1 1.4 2 2.8 4 5.6 8 10 12 16

63 100 0.14 0.20 0.28 0.40 0.56 0.78 1.1 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.4 6 9 11 14 18

100 160 0.15 0.22 0.30 0.44 0.62 0.88 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.6 5 7 10 12 16 20

160 250 - 0.24 0.34 0.50 0.70 1 1.4 2 2.8 4 5.6 8 11 14 18 22

250 400 - - 0.40 0.56 0.78 1.1 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.4 6.2 9 12 16 20 25

400 630 - - - 0.64 0.90 1.2 1.8 2.6 3.6 5 7 10 14 18 22 28

630 1000 - - - - 1 1.4 2 2.8 4 6 8 11 16 20 25 32

1000 1600 - - - - - 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.6 7 9 13 18 23 29 37

1600 2500 - - - - - - 2.6 3.8 5.4 8 10 15 21 26 33 42

2500 4000 - - - - - - - 4 6.2 9 12 17 24 30 38 49

4000 6300 - - - - - - - - 7 10 14 20 28 35 44 56

6300 10000 - - - - - - - - - 11 16 23 32 40 50 64

32

Table A.2 Casting dimensional tolerances adapted from ISO 8062-1994 (inches) also used for SFSA 2000 steel casting tolerances

Raw Casting basic dimensions,

in.

Total casting tolerance, in.


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

- 0.4 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.17 - - - -

0.4 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.17 - - - -

0.6 1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.24 0.32 0.39 0.47

1 1.6 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.14 0.2 0.28 0.35 0.43 0.55

1.6 2.5 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.16 0.22 0.32 0.39 0.47 0.63

2.5 4 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.17 0.24 0.35 0.43 0.55 0.7

4 6 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.14 0.2 0.27 0.39 0.47 0.63 0.79

6 10 - 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.16 0.22 0.32 0.43 0.55 0.7 0.87

10 16 - - 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.17 0.24 0.35 0.47 0.63 0.79 0.98

16 25 - - - 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.14 0.2 0.28 0.39 0.55 0.7 0.87 1.1

25 40 - - - - 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.43 0.63 0.79 0.98 1.26

40 60 - - - - - 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.28 0.35 0.57 0.7 0.91 1.14 1.46

60 100 - - - - - - 0.1 0.15 0.21 0.32 0.39 0.59 0.83 1.02 1.3 1.65

100 160 - - - - - - - 0.17 0.24 0.35 0.47 0.67 0.95 1.18 1.5 1.93

160 250 - - - - - - - - 0.28 0.39 0.55 0.79 1.1 1.38 1.73 2.21

250 400 - - - - - - - - - 0.43 0.63 0.91 1.26 1.58 1.97 2.52

Table A.3 SFSA 2000 for steel casting tolerance long-production series.


Grades


CT 12-14


CT 10-12

Within process capabilities, but not appropriate for all casting types and sand

molding processes CT 8-10

Investment Casting CT 5-7

33

Table A.4 SFSA 2000 steel casting tolerances for short-production series steel castings


Grades


CT 13-15


CT 11-13


CT 9-11

STEEL

CASTINGS

HANDBOOK

Supplement 7

Welding of High Alloy Castings

Steel Founders' Society of America

2004

Welding of high alloy steel castings

by

E. A. SchoeferConsultant

Steel Founders’ Society of America

Edited by M. BlairSteel Founders’ Society of America

1. IntroductionIron-base and nickel-base high alloys - by definition those containing eight percent ormore of another element - are widely used for construction of industrial processequipment that must resist the deteriorating effect of a corrosive of high temperatureenvironment. Both wrought and cast forms of such alloys may be welded during themanufacture of finished components so the weldability of the alloys often is a matter ofconcern to the user. The same welding processes are applied to wrought and castproducts and, in general, similar techniques and practices are employed. Differencesbetween wrought and cast alloys in chemical composition and microstructure, however,influence the welding characteristics of each form and must be given consideration. Inaddition, the high alloys differ markedly from carbon and low alloy steels in physicalproperties such as electrical resistance, thermal expansion and thermal conductivity. Itis essential, therefore, to employ procedures allowing for all these factors when weldinghigh alloy castings.

1.1 All the casting alloys have equal or better weldability than the correspondingwrought alloys, but there are variations from grade to grade in the ease with whichsatisfactory welds are obtained. The low-carbon, austenitic grades usually areconsidered easier to weld than high-carbon austenitic or straight-chromium ferritic ormartensitic types. Nevertheless, each of the standard alloy compositions can bewelded successfully in the foundry. Using information derived from the extensiveresearch of Alloy Casting Institute and Steel Founders’ Society of America, thefoundryman often is able to tailor the composition balance especially to provide theoptimum weldability. Accordingly, castings are readily welded into fabricated structuresand welding is considered a regular part of the foundry production process.

1.2 Welding is used a procedure for upgrading casting quality during the course ofmanufacture through improvement of surface conditions, or by elimination of shrinkagevoids. It is also used for producing large or complex assemblies where the size of thecompleted structure precludes production as a one-piece castings, or where total qualitywill be improved by dividing the structure into simpler components which can later bewelded int an integral assembly.

1.3 Welds properly made do not impair high alloy castings with respect to their corrosionresistance or their mechanical properties from sub-zero to elevated temperatures.

1

Proven welding techniques that are procedurally correct and metallurgically soundinvolve consideration of the following factors:

a. Characteristics of the alloy typeb. Choice of filler materialc. Preparation of the weld cavity or jointd. The weld process to be usede. Preweld and postweld heat treatmentf. Methods of demonstrating weld quality

All of these topics will be covered in subsequent sections of this discussion or in theaccompanying welding procedure descriptions.

2. Properties of the alloy typesAt the outset it is necessary to review the microstructures and the physical andmechanical properties of the different high alloy types because the effects of exposureto welding temperatures vary among the alloy grades. The microstructures that aredeveloped during welding influence the physical and mechanical properties of thealloys, and they, in turn, influence the soundness of the welds. Four classes of highalloy castings will be discussed: a) Iron-Chromium, b) Iron-Chromium-Nickel, c) Iron-Nickel-Chromium, and d) Nickel-base. The cast alloys are also classified according totheir end use as “corrosion resistant” or “heat resistant” and there are importantdifferences in the alloy compositions used in each group. In the corrosion resistantcategory by far the greatest tonnage of castings is produced in the iron-chromium-nickelclass, with iron-chromium types in second place; whereas in the heat resistant groupthe iron-nickel-chromium alloy types rank almost equally with the iron-chromium-nickelclass. The heat resistant alloys are generally higher in alloy content than the corrosionresistant types and in nearly all cases are substantially higher in carbon content. Thesedifferences make it desirable to consider the corrosion and heat groups separately.

2.1 Corrosion resistant gradesElectrical resistivity of the corrosion resistant alloys is five to ten times higher thancarbon steel. Welding current requirements therefore, are lower than for carbon steeland attention should be given to the amperage and voltage recommendations of thefiller metal manufacturer. Excessive heat input should be avoided because the lowthermal conductivities of the high alloys (about 50 percent less than steel) combinedwith the generally higher thermal expansion coefficients (about 50 percent greater thansteel) tend to create steep temperature gradients and high thermal stresses in the weldzone.

2.1.1 Iron-chromium alloy types are martensitic or ferritic in microstructure depending onthe chromium and carbon content in the composition. They are sub-divided, therefore,into “hardenable” and “non-hardenable” groups.

2.1.1.1 The CA15 and CA40 (11.5 - 14 Cr) hardenable alloys transform to austenite inthe weld and in the heat affected zone of the base metal. Transformation of the

austenite to hard, brittle martensite is essentially completed at about 300oF (149oC) oncooling from welding temperature and will promote weld cracking - the higher thecarbon content the greater the cracking tendency. For this reason castings arepreheated to about 500oF (260oC) and maintained above the martensite transformationtemperature during welding. As soon as possible after welding, and without coolingbelow 300oF (149oC), castings are heated to 1100 - 1450oF (593 - 788oC) and cooled totemper any martensite that has formed and to restore the ductility and impact strengthof the metal. Stray arc strikes can cause hard spots and should be avoided. Thesealloys have coefficients of thermal expansion similar to carbon steel but are sometimeswelded using austenitic, iron-chromium-nickel filler metal which has a coefficient about50 percent greater. In addition to the differences in ductility and hardness, thedifference in expansion characteristics of the base and weld metals should beconsidered before using such filler metal, particularly if the welded structure will besubjected to heating and cooling in service.

2.1.1.2 The CB30 (18 - 22 Cr) and CC50 (26 - 30 Cr) non-hardenable alloys are subjectto rapid grain growth during welding which reduces their ductility and promotescracking. Furthermore, although the alloys are essentially ferritic, it is possible for someaustenite to form and subsequently transform to martensite. Preheating to above 400oF(204oC) sometimes as high as 1300oF (704oC) usually is necessary, therefore to obtainsatisfactory welds. Postweld heat treatment is required to reduce brittleness in the weldzone. The CB30 alloy customarily is heated to 1450oF (788oC) and the CC50 alloy to1650oF (899oC) or higher then air cooled. Rapid cooling through the range 1100 - 750oF(593 - 399oC) is advisable to avoid embrittlement. If conditions of service permit thewelded area to have mechanical properties different from the remainder of the casting,an austenitic filler metal can be used to improve the ductility of the weld deposit. Thisdoes not change the need for pre- and pot-weld heat treatments, however, because thedilution of the base metal with nickel increases the probability of martensite formation. Consideration also must be given to difficulties that might arise from the difference inthermal expansion coefficients of the weld and base metals.

2.1.2 Iron-chromium-nickel alloys with additions of copper (CB7Cu) or copper andmolybdenum (CD4MCu) are high-strength, two-phase austenite-martensite or austenite-ferrite structures.

At elevated temperatures the CB7Cu grade is transformed to austenite most of whichforms martensite on cooling below 300oF (149oC). This is a relatively soft martensite,however because of the low carbon content. Copper, retained in the martensite as asuper-saturated solution, precipitates sub-microscopically if the alloy is reheated to therange 900-1100oF (482-593oC) and subsequently increases the strength and hardnessof the casting. In either the annealed or hardened condition castings can be weldedwithout preheat, although it sometimes desirable to preheat tp 500oF (260oC) whenwelding heavy sections. Sections which require multi-pass welds are handled better inthe annealed condition than after aging since the prolonged heat of welding willintroduce non-uniform hardening characteristics to the weld zone. Thus, such castingsrequire a solution heat treatment in the temperature range 1850 -1950oF (1010 -

1066oC) followed by rapid cooling before being hardened by reheating to theprecipitation temperature. Only the low temperature aging treatment is needed toharden the weld zone on single pass welds.

The CD4MCu alloy has very low carbon content, but the two-phase, austenite-ferritemicrostructure is strengthened by the copper and molybdenum contents. Properties ofthe alloy are influenced critically by the chemical composition balance so it is essentialthat the filler metal used in welding this grade create a weld deposit closely matchingthe base metal. Castings are welded in the solution annealed condition and preheat isnot required. To restore the ductility and maximum corrosion resistance to the weldzone, castings require a postweld solution heat treatment at 2050oF (1121oC) or higher,slow cooling to 1900oF (1038oC) to allow transformation of some ferrite to austenite,followed by rapid cooling to room temperature.

2.1.3 Iron-chromium-nickel alloy types CE30, CF3, CF8, CF20, CF8C, CF3M, CF8M,CG8M, CH20 and CK20 are all austenitic in microstructure. Depending on the balancein the chemical composition among the austenite-promoting elements (nickel, carbon,manganese and nitrogen) and the ferrite-promoting elements (chromium, silicon,molybdenum, and columbium), the structure may vary from wholly austenite to austeniteplus ferrite in the range 0 to 40 percent. In this respect the casting alloys differ from thecorresponding wrought stainless steels which normally are balanced to be whollyaustenitic since partially ferritic alloys have inferior rolling qualitites. The corrosionresistance of the alloys is greatest when the carbon is completely dissolved and thisaccomplished by heating them to 1900oF (1038oC) or higher, followed by rapid coolingthrough the range 1600 to 800oF 871 tp 427oC). If the alloys cool slowly through the“sensitizing” temperature range, there is a danger that the carbon will combine withsome of the chromium and precipitate as chromium carbide. Since a high chromiumcontent is essential to maximum corrosion resistance, any area that has been depletedof chromium by the precipitation of chromium carbide will be subject to increasedcorrosive attack. This is so-called “weld-decay” in which severe corrosion isexperienced in the heat affected zone adjacent to a weld.

When wholly austenitic microstructures such as usually found in wrought alloys areexposed to sensitizing temperatures they suffer from intergranular corrosion because the chromium carbides precipitate along the grain boundaries and thus form acontinuous network along which corrosion can proceed. Due to the presence of someferrite in castings, on the other hand, the carbides precipitate in the discontinuous ferritepools so that intergranular attack is less likely to occur. Nevertheless, to restoremaximum corrosion resistance to the weld zone, the carbides must be redissolved by ahigh temperature heat treatment and a rapid quench. The extra-low carbon content ofalloys CF3 and CF3M can be welded without postweld heat treatment because verylittle chromium carbide can be formed. Chromium depletion is avoided in the CF8Calloy type by the intentional addition of columbium carbides instead of chromiumcarbides.

The presence of ferrite in the microstructure of the austenitic alloys is also helpful inavoiding cracking or microfissuring of welds. Consequently, the CE30, CF3, CF8,CF16F, CF3M, CF8M, CF8C and CG8M grades, which normally contain over 5 percentferrite, are less susceptible to cracking than the wholly austenitic types CH20 and CK20. Because as previously noted, wrought stainless steels of the AISI 300 series aregenerally balanced to have wholly austenitic structures, they are prone to cracking whenwelded so the filler compositions used are usually balanced to a partially ferritic welddeposit and thereby take advantage of the improved resistance to microfissuringprovided by this structure. Since may of the casting alloys are themselves partiallyferritic, these grades can be welded more readily than the wrought types without the useof filler metal, as in the case of the inert gas tungsten welding process often used forfusion of root passes or elimination of small surface discontinuities.

Upper limits on the ferrite contents of castings and weld deposits are frequently setwhen heavy sections are to be welded or where the service temperature may exceed800oF (427oC). High chromium alloys held for appreciable times at elevatedtemperatures may transform partially to the sigma phase with resultant decrease in hightemperature strength and room temperature ductility. This transformation can takeplace after long exposure of alloys that are initially wholly austenitic, but may occur quiterapidly in partially ferritic alloys. Embrittlement and possible cracking of high ferritecontent weld deposits may result form the slow cooling of heavy sections so thatnominal ferrite contents are usually limited to maximum amounts depending onexperience with specific casting configurations. Small amounts of sigma that may formin a ferrite-containing weld of a heavy section will be eliminated, however, throughretransformation to ferrite by a postweld solution heat treatment.

Although there are several methods for estimating the amount of ferrite present in anaustenitic alloy, the one most often used is based on the fact that ferrite is ferro-magnetic whereas austenite is not. Instruments for measuring the magnetic attractionof a weld deposit or casting have assumed to be capable of determining the truepercentage of ferrite present. Recent investigations have shown, however, that nomethod is yet available for the accurate determination of absolute ferrite content. Accordingly, a method has bee approved by the Advisory Subcommittee of the WeldingResearch Council for calibrating magnetic measuring instruments to read in “FerriteNumbers”. (See Item 20 in the Bibliography.) It should be recognized that considerablevariation of indicated ferrite content will occur over the surface of a casting or weldzone, and due allowance should be made for this in any specification. For example, aspread of ferrite number from 4 to 16 should not be unexpected when the nominal valueis 10.

2.1.4 The iron-nickel-chromium and nickel-base alloys CN7M, CW12M, CY40, N12M,M-35, and CZ100 are “austenitic” in microstructure and do not undergo change in phasewhen cooling from welding temperature. They are subject to carbide precipitation,however, and have lowered ductility in the 1200 to 1800oF (649 to 928oC) temperaturerange. Cracking of the weld zone may occur for this reason if there is substantialrestraint, and in such cases preheat is sometimes helpful as indicted on the individual

alloy procedure sheets. Another cause of cracking in high alloys is embrittlement fromcontamination of the weld by lead, sulfur, phosphorous and other elements such asarsenic and antimony. Producers o castings exert great care to ensure low levels ofthese contaminants in the alloys, and similar care must be exercised in keeping weldareas and the heat affected zones clean. Anything that might contribute one or more ofthe detrimental elements-marking crayon, paint, oil and even some degreasingcompounds can be such sources - should be removed by a final washing with alcohol,acetone of hot water before starting to weld. Removal of all traces of molding sand bygrinding the surface in the weld area is desirable for type —35 and sometimes for otheralloys.

Castings are usually welded in the solution annealed condition and are given a postweldheat treatment to restore corrosion resistance and relieve stresses.

2.2 Heat resistant gradesThese have physical properties similar to the corrosion resistant grades so that some ofthe same considerations apply with regard to electrical characteristics and thermallyimposed stresses. The generally higher carbon contents of the heat resistant alloysmakes them stronger at elevated temperatures than the corrosion resistant types andthe extensive carbide networks in the microstructures result in relatively low roomtemperature ductility.

2.2.1 Iron-chromium alloy type HA is a hardenable, pearlitic-martensitic alloy that hasgood oxidation resistance at temperatures up to about 1200oF (649oC). Its behavior inwelding is similar to that described for the CA alloys in Section 2.1.1.1.

Type HC has the same microstructure and welding characteristics as the CC50 alloydiscussed in Section 2.1.1.2. It is especially difficult to weld castings that have been inelevated temperature service because of embrittlement.

2.2.2 Iron-chromium-nickel alloy types HD and HE have two-phase austenite-ferritemicrostructures containing chromium carbides. They have substantially better ductilityas-cast than the iron-chromium HC type but will become embrittled upon long exposureto temperatures around 1500oF (816oC) through formation of the sigma phase. Ductilityof the alloys can be restored by heating them to the range 1800 - 2000oF (982 - 1093oC)and cooling rapidly to below 1200oF (649oC). It is unnecessary to preheat castings forwelding and postweld heat treatment is required only for relief of welding stresses incomplicated sections.

The HF, HH, HI, HK and HL grades, as normally made, have a microstructure ofcarbides in a wholly austenitic matrix. The HH and HI alloys are borderline and unlessbalanced to be wholly austenitic will contain some ferrite. Ferrite-free compositions arepreferred for high temperature strength and less susceptibility to sigma formation. Because increase in carbon content tends to decrease the microfissuring of whollyaustenitic welds, the alloys with carbon at the higher end of the composition range aresomewhat easier to weld than those on the low side. Furthermore, welding filler metal

matching the carbon content of the cast alloys is available and is preferred to the low-carbon, partially ferritic type used for welding corrosion resistant alloys since it provideshigh temperature strength comparable to the base metal.

2.2.3 Iron-nickel-chromium alloys in which the nickel content exceeds the chromium aregrades HN, HT, HU, HW and HX. They are wholly austenitic in microstructure andcontain substantial amounts of carbides but do not form sigma phase under anyconditions. The ratio of silicon to carbon is important to the weldability of these alloys -especially the HT and HU grades. Depending on the actual silicon and carbon contents,a ratio in the general neighborhood of 2:1 is considered to give the best balancebetween weld soundness and ductility. With sufficiently high carbon, the weld is soundat any silicon level but ductility decreases as carbon content increases. Ductility falls offsharply at high silicon-low carbon ratios and welds are badly fissured. Weldingelectrodes and filler metal that create weld deposits having silicon and carbon ion theranges 0.75 to 1.50 percent and 0.40 to 0.55 percent, respectively, are available andare preferred for successful welds. Preheat is not required for welding these alloys ingeneral, but complex shapes and heavy sections of the HN, HT and HU grades haveimproved weldability if preheated to around 400oF (204oC). Contamination of the weldby lead, sulfur or phosphorous is also very detrimental to these alloys and the sameprecautions regarding cleaning of the weld zone should be observed as described forthe high nickel corrosion resistant grades in Section 2.1.4.

2.3 Welding dissimilar metalsWelds between different high alloys or between a high alloy and low alloy or carbonsteel, can be made successfully with most of the heat and corrosion resistant grades. When such welds are attempted, the effects of dilution of the filler metal in the welddeposit must be given attention. The microstructure in the weld zone between a whollyaustenitic and ferritic alloy, for example, will be different from either of the basematerials and will have properties determined by the chemical composition balance ofthe diluted metal. Prediction of the structure to be expected can be obtained form theSchaeffler diagram. (See items 3 and 12 in the Bibliography.) Filler metals of higheralloy content than the high alloy base metal. are often used when welding high alloys tocarbon steel. The use of carbon or low alloy steel filler metal on high alloys must beavoided since brittle, crack-prone welds will result. In order to prevent martensiteformation in the weld zone under conditions of restraint, the low alloy should first be“buttered” with a layer of high alloy weld metal which should subsequently be shaped toprovide the weld groove. The high alloy piece than can be welded to this preparedgroove by using the normal filler metal.

3. Welding as a casting production and utilization processFew processes are more important to the production and utilization of high alloycastings than welding. Although it may be obvious why welding is an important meansfor incorporating castings into composite structures (pipe lines, for example, wheremechanical connections are undesirable), it may seem a misnomer to call welding afoundry “production process”. Welding frequently is looked on as just a repair techniquewhereby defective castings are salvaged. It is implied, therefore, that improved foundry

practices would result in production of defect-free castings and obviate the need forweld repair. Such a viewpoint overlooks the fact that the use of welding in castingproduction is dictated largely by specification requirements of the user and by thecasting design.

3.1 Surface irregularities on castings are inherent in varying degree in the availablemolding processes. The foundry often can offer a choice of manufacturing methodsand, where relative freedom from surface irregularities is desired, the purchaser’sselection may then be based on economic considerations. If warranted by a largequantity of pieces and savings in cost to the purchaser on subsequent manufacturingprocesses in his operation, a casting technique requiring the most costly patternequipment may be selected with the result that little or no welding on the surface of thecastings will be involved. On the other hand, if the least costly molding method ischosen, then welding becomes a production tool for the “cosmetic” improvement ofsurface quality by elimination of excessive irregularities or for the structural rebuilding ofsurface discontinuities. Where surfaces are machined, machining is the production toolfor the improvement of the surface finish, yet it is seldom, if ever, considered a “salvage”or “repair” operation. On occasion, both welding and machining may be required ifrough machining discloses shallow sub-surface voids.

3.2 The relative versatility of the casting process among the various methods forproducing desired shapes, leads many designers into the belief that any configuration,no mater how complex, should be castable with all sections completely free of internalvoids or inclusions. Such is not the case, however, so that if the casting design makesit impossible to feed every portion of the mold effectively, unacceptable shrinkage mustbe corrected by the deposition of weld metal to fill the voids.

3.2.1 Preparation fo welding involves removal of metal inward from the surface of theas-cast section to eliminate the internal shrinkage or non-metallic inclusion. The cavityis then inspected to determine that all “unsound” metal has been removed before thesection is rebuilt with layers of weld beads. This inspection may be visual or it may bespecified to be done by radiographic or dye penetrant examination. What constitutesremoval of porosity or inclusions to “sound” base metal is subject to interpretation andshould be a matter of agreement between the purchaser and the foundry. Visualdetermination that unsound metal has been removed is usually considered sufficient toallow welding to proceed. If dye penetrant or radiographic examination is required thesame criteria of acceptability are often applied to the prepared cavity as those applying(or which would apply, if specified) to the casting a s a whole.

3.2.2 Where design considerations prevent the proper feeding of casting sections, anotherwise uneconomical or impractical configuration may become feasible by weldingtogether several less complex components. When the structure is assembled from twoor more smaller and simpler castings, production of the individual parts can be arrangedfor optimum soundness, and higher over-all quality achieved than possible with a one-piece casting. It is obviously more economical to weld sound cast sections to oneanother in a preplanned fashion than to search for an internal void by non-destructive

inspection, to remove good as-cast metal in order to get to the flaw, and then rebuild thesection with weld metal. The usefulness of cast-weld construction, however, is notconfined to exceptionally large or complex castings. Economies also can be obtained,for example, where a part is too big to be machine-molded in one piece but which canbe divided into two machine-molded castings and then reunited by welding. For largestructures that require machining in only one area, it is sometimes advantageous to castand machine that portion separately and afterward to weld the two parts together.

3.3 Quality of welds in most of the high alloy types is not affected by the size of thesections or the cavity dimensions. Thus the distinction between so-called “minor” and“major” welds has no real significance and is often over-emphasized in purchasespecifications. The strength of properly made welds is equivalent to that of the basemetal (if the filler metal used creates a weld deposit of the same alloy composition) sothat arbitrary limitations on the amount of welding permitted on castings, or time-delaying inspection and approval requirements prior to welding, are both costly andfrequently unnecessary.

4 Welding processes in general use for high alloy castingsCast high alloys can be welded by electric arc, electroslag, and oxyacetyleneprocesses. The great majority of welds are made by arc-welding techniques and ofthese the shielded metal-arc process is the most popular. All the processes provideprotection of the metal from the atmosphere during welding which is essential to ensurequality of the weld. The type of weld to be made and the characteristics of the alloybeing welded, however, are influential in the choice of welding process to be employed.

4.1 detailed descriptions of the equipment used in each process, suggested jointdesigns, and discussions of each welding technique, are contained in equipmentmanufacturers’ literature and in several of the references listed in the appendedbibliography. The appropriate chapters in Volume 6 “Welding and Brazing” of theMetals Handbook, Eight Edition, published by the American Society of Metals, areespecially informative. The following comments, therefore, are confined to theapplication of the processes to high alloy castings.

4.1.1 Shielded metal-arc processUsed for repair and fabrication welding on both corrosion and heat resistant alloy types,this process is adaptable to many of the situations encountered in casting manufactureor assembly. Electrodes are available in small or large quantities for all alloycompositions. It is a manual process that lends itself to wide variation in size andconfiguration of welds and to conditions of shop or filed welding. The slag developedduring welding is a drawback, however, since it may result in weld inclusions and mustbe cleaned carefully from each bead before deposition of the next one. Although incarbon steel weld slags on one bead may sometimes be “floated out” through the nextpass, this cannot be relied on in high alloys. Considerable skill is required of theoperator in control of the arc and weld metal. Electrode coatings must be guardedagainst pick up of moisture in order to minimize pinholing.

4.1.2 Gas metal-arc processKnown frequently as “MIG” welding but currently designated as “GMAW” by theAmerican Welding Society, this process is used mainly for fabrication welding whereadvantage can be taken of the high speed and relatively long periods of welding madepossible by the continuous feeding of filler metal in the form of uncoated wire. Shieldingof the weld by an inert gas practically eliminates development of slag, but slag can beformed by reactions within the molten pool so that cleaning of each weld pass isadvisable. In addition to fabrication welding, the process is used for repair welding ofsome alloy types as noted on the individual welding procedure sheets. The need forprotection of the shielding gas from drafts and reduced portability of the equipmentmake this process less attractive tan shielded metal-arc welding or gas tungsten-arcwelding fo casting repair.

4.1.3 Gas tungsten-arc processLike the gas metal-arc process described earlier, gas tungsten-arc (TIG or GTAW) usesan inert gas to protect the weld zone from the atmosphere but heat for fusion isprovided by an arc between the casting and a non-consumable tungsten electrode. Thus welds can be made merely by fusion of the base metal without the addition of fillermetal, or filler metal, if needed, may be added as bare wire. High heating rates and lowheat inputs are characteristic of the tungsten arc which is especially desirable in weldingin welding corrosion resistant alloys, particularly where postweld heat treatment isinconvenient. For this reason many superficial welds are made by this process. Gastungsten-arc welding is also used for the root pass of fabrication welds because of theexcellent visibility of the weld pool to the operator and the high quality of welds obtained. Subsequent passes often are laid down by other processes where large welds areinvolved. The process suffers from the same disadvantage as the gas metal-arc in thatthe weld zone must be protected from drafts that might dilute the shielding gas andcause inferior weld quality.

4.1.4 Electroslag weldingThis process is used almost exclusively for the production of fabrication welds joiningvery large and heavy-walled castings where considerable quantities of metal arerequired in the joint. Filler metal is added through an electrically conductive molten slagwhich melts the surface of the base metal, and the entire weld pool is retained by water-cooled copper shoes bridging the joint on each side of the pieces being welded. Thisrequires extensive auxiliary equipment for positioning the castings and for automaticallyfeeding the filler metal to the weld. The process is used for high alloys, but because ofits limited application, no welding procedure sheets are being issued.

4.1.5 Oxyacetylene weldingWelding using the flame of a torch burning a mixture of oxygen and acetylene gases toheat the work and simultaneously protect the weld pool from the air can be done onhigh alloy castings. As in the GTAW process, filler metal is added to the weld in theform of bare wire. The process is never advisable for use with the corrosion resistantalloys because of the pick up of carbon from the flame which reduces the corrosionresistance of the weld. This is not a serious factor with high-chromium, heat resistant

alloy types, but oxyacetylene welding has no advantage over electric are welding whichhas almost completely superseded it commercially. 4.2 Individual alloy welding proceduresThe following pages covering individual alloy types provide specific welding procedureinformation for may of the standard grades of corrosion resistant and heat resistantcasting alloys.

Some general comments are in order regarding the production of good welds on highalloy castings and their acceptability. Proper training of welders is essential. Safetyprecautions should be observed. These are covered by American National Standard Z49.1, “Safety in Welding and Cutting”. For many types of construction, compliance mustbe established with the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and the American NationalStandard Code for Pressure Piping both of which are published by the AmericanSociety of Mechanical Engineers. The qualification of welders and welding proceduresnecessary to meet the requirements of these codes are set forth in Section IX of theASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

Care must be taken to keep the coatings on coated electrodes free from moisture. Once the container in which such electrodes are received is opened, the coating mayabsorb water from the atmospheric humidity and a porous weld deposit may result. Several hours exposure to high humidity can raise the coating moisture to a detrimentallevel. For this reason, unused electrodes should be stored at 200oF (93oC) or higher. Electrodes from freshly opened packages are considered best for critical welds.

The coatings on electrodes (for direct current welding) can be either the lime of titaniatype. A large, hot arc pool is characteristic of the lime coatings and the slag freezesquickly. Titania coatings which can be used for either AC or DC welding aredistinguished by small arc puddles and a thin, low viscosity slag. Although welds madewith titania-coated electrodes have generally smoother surfaces than those made withthe lime-coated types, and slag that is easier to remove, lime coatings give better weldpool protection and are more frequently used for welding cast high alloys.

The need for cleanliness for the surfaces of prepared cavities or joints cannot be overemphasized. Cleaning of the entire weld zone before, during and after welding isessential to successful welding of high alloy castings. Contamination of the weld itselfor the adjacent base metal can seriously affect the performance of the casting inservice.

The requirements for postweld heat treatment as set forth in Section 12 of the individualalloy welding procedures should be given careful attention. A weld zone that ismechanically sound may be unfit for its intended service if it has not been restored to amicrostructure having adequate corrosion resistance.

BibliographyFor additional information on the subjects covered in the foregoing review, the reader

will find details in the following references:

1. R.D. Thomas, Jr., “Crack Sensitivity of Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel WeldMetal”, Metal Progress, 50, pp 474 - 479, September, 1946 [Advantages of ferritic lime-coated electrodes, danger of changes in weld metal composition from dilution by basemetal]

2. D. Rozet, H.C. Campbell and R. D. Thomas, Jr., “Effect of Weld Metal Compositionon the Strength and Ductility of 15%Cr - 35%Ni Welds”, Welding Journal, 13, No. 10, pp481-s to 491-s, 1948 [Importance of Si/C ratio]

3. A.L. Schaeffler, “Constitution Diagram for Stainless Steel Weld Metal”, MetalProgress, 56, pp 680 - 680B, November 1949 [Determination of ferrite content fromchemical composition of an alloy]

4. E.M. Anger, W.E. Dundin and G. Thompson “How to Weld High Alloy Castings”, TheWelding Engineer, April, May and September, 1953

5. Anon., “Welding Cracks in Columbium - Bearing Stainless Steel”, Metal Progress,67, pp 109 - 111, May 1955 [cracking in type 347 reduced by 4 - 8 percent ferrite]

6. W. Hirsch and H.W. Fritze, “The Hot Cracking of Austenitic Chromium-Nickel SteelWelds”, Scweissen und Schneiden, 8, No. 3, 1956 [Columbium favors cracking ofaustenite by forming an austenite - FeCb eutectic; cracking does not occur if ferrite ispresent]

7. B.I. Medovar and Yu. B. Malevsky, “The Effect of Chemical Composition ofAustenitic 25-20 Weld Metal on the Gamma-Sigma Transformation”. WeldingProduction (Russian), April 1959 [Increase of carbon to 0.20 percent suppresses sigmaformation]

8. J.C. Borland and R.N. Younger, “Some Aspects of Cracking in Welded Cr-NiAustenitic Steels”, British Welding Journal, January, 1960 [Extensive bibliography onsubject from 1920 to 1959]

9. R.W. Emerson, R.W. Jackson and C.A. Dauber, “Transition Joints BetweenAustenitic and Ferritic Steel Piping for High Temperature Steam Service”, WeldingJournal, 27, No.9, pp 385-ss to 393-s, 1962 [Use of higher alloy filler metal]

10. R.M. Evans, “Joining of Nickel-Base Alloys, DMIC Report 181, December 20, 1962

11. E.A. Schoefer, “ACI Data Sheets”, Steel Founders’ Society of America [Chemical,physical and mechanical properties of corrosion and heat resistant cast alloys]

12. H.C. Campbell, “Identifying Corrosion and Welding Failures in Stainless Steels”,

Materials Protection, NACE, October 1963 [Distinction between failure of a weld due toits corrosion resistance or to its mechanical characteristics]

13. D.M. Haddrill and R.G. Baker, “Microcracking in Austenitic Weld Metal”, BritishWelding Journal, August 1965 [Higher carbon in weld reduces cracking]

14. F.C. Hull, “Effects of Delta Ferrite on the Hot Cracking of Stainless Steel”, WeldingJournal, 46, No.9, pp 399-s to 490-s 1967 [Ferrite-austenite grain boundaries are notwet by last freezing liquid and hence sustain contraction stresses imposed by restraint;whereas austenite-austenite grain boundaries are so wet and, therefore, cannot resistcontraction and cracking results. 5-10 percent ferrite the preferred range]

15. G.E. Linnert, “Weldability of Austenitic Stainless Steel as Affected by ResidualElements”, ASTM Special Technical Publication No. 418, July, 1967 [Possibility of slagformation from reactions within the weld pool]

16. G.E. Linnert, “Welding Characteristics of Stainless Steels”, Metals EngineeringQuarterly, ASM, 7, No. 4, pp 16-41 [Details of welding processes and techniques]

17. R.P. Sullivan, “Fusion Welding of Stainless Steel”, Ibid., pp 16 - 41 [Details ofwelding processes and techniques]

18. K.A. Ebert, “Influencing the Weldability of Austenitic Chromium Nickel Steels byMeans of Their Ferrite Contents”, Schweissen und Schneiden, 20, No.2, 1968 [Ferrite islocation of precipitated phosphorus, silicon, carbon, etc. in preference to austenite grainboundaries and thus reduces crack sensitivity of weld]

19. American Welding Society Specifications for Electrodes: AWS A5.4-69; AWS A5.9-69; AWS A5.11-69; AWS A5.12-69; AWS A5.14-69; also “Terms and Definitions”, AWSA3.0-69

20. W.T. Delong, “Calibration Procedure for Instruments to Measure the Delta FerriteContent of Austenitic Stainless Weld Metal”, published by High Alloys Committee of theWelding Research Council, July 1972

21. American Welding Society Handbook, Section IV, Fifth Edition, 1966, Chapters 64and 65, “Metals and Their Weldability”

22. American Society for Metals Metals Handbook, Vol. 6, Eighth Edition, “Welding andBrazing”, 1971

Shielded Metal-Arc (SMAW)

Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type CA6NM alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members

Section Subject/Procedure

1 Base MetalAlloy type CA6NM (11.5-14 Cr, 3.5-4.5 Ni, .40-1.0 Mo) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS E410 Ni Mo-15 Lime coated electrode is preferred for DC welding. (This rod

should not be used for AC.)AWS E410 Ni Mo-16 Titania coated electrode is preferred for AC welding and may be

used for DC. This type rod is useful for welding positions otherthan vertical-down.

3 PositionWhenever possible, all welding is done in the "flat" position. A ±15° angle of the groovewith the horizontal plane normally is considered flat.

4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dyepenetrant or radiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severitynot in excess of that specified for the castings as a whole, acceptable practice is to weldsuch areas without further preparation (3.2.1).

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. The mating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined sothat a good fit of the welding groove can be obtained. Good practice is to machine drywith no lubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly. Alcohol andacetone are solvents frequently used for cleaning.

6 Preheat TemperatureCA6NM can normally be welded at room temperature (70°F) (21°C). For large welds inheavy or highly stressed sections, castings may be preheated in the range of 212 to300°F (100 to 150°C), and the interpass temperature may be maintained at 500 to 600°F(260 to 315°C) as a guideline. Welding of castings in the heat treated condition ispreferred to welding as-cast metal.

7 Section SizeSection size normally is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. If section thicknessis under ½ inch, it may be desirable to limit electrode size to 1/8 inch maximum. Forsection thicknesses over three inches, preheating may be employed.

8 Cavity DimensionsCavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles upto 90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and aroot radius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root.

9 Welding TechniquesSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two to three times the electrode wire diameter, or twice the gas cup orificediameter. All slag is removed between passes with a hammer and a stainless wire brush,or a needle gun. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, one 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the castingand tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, isgenerally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of thecavity in all directions.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Electrode sizes from 3/32 to 3/16inch may be used with the current and voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer'sspecifications for the particular size rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainlesssteel, the burn-off rate of the electrode is higher than for carbon steel. Arc length shouldbe maintained as short as possible. A short arc length is very important when starting aweld pass since a long arc can sometimes be caused by initial hand recoil and may resultin weld spatter or porosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practice touse small diameter electrodes and low heat to prevent distortion.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelds normally are heated to the range 1100-1150°F (593-620°C) and then air cooled. Incases where a special hardness requirement must be attained, the welded casting isgiven a full reheat treatment followed by tempering.

13 Non-Destructive TestsWelds are tested for quality by one or more of the following methods of inspection: Visual, liquid penetrant, magnetic particle, radiography, ultrasonic, or pressure.

14 SummaryTo produce welds that will satisfy the user's requirements, take the following precautions:

1. Make sure that all defects have been removed to sound base metal (4), and thatsurfaces to be welded are thoroughly cleaned (5 and 9).

2. Use the proper filler metal (2).

3. Use a welding technique (9) which will produce welds free of porosity,undercutting or lack of penetration.


Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof types CA15 and CA40 alloys as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CA15 (11.5-14 Cr, 0.15 max. C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS E410-15 Lime coated electrode is preferred for DC welding. (This rod

should not be used for AC.)AWS E410-16 Titania coated electrode is preferred for AC welding and may be

used for DC. This type rod is useful for welding positions otherthan vertical-down.

3 Position

Whenever possible, all welding is done in the "flat" position. A ±15° angle of the groovewith the horizontal plane normally is considered flat.

4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding, or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dyepenetrant or radiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severitynot in excess of that specified for the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weldsuch areas without further preparation (3.2.1).


6 Preheat TemperatureHeat this alloy to the range 300-600°F (149-315°C) and maintain the metal above 300°F(149°C) during the welding operation. Welds sometimes are made successfully withoutpreheat, especially if the carbon content of the alloy is less than 0.10 percent. In general,preheat is preferred. Heating in the range 600-1100°F (315-593°C) is avoided because itwill result in a loss of ductility and impact strength. Welding of castings in the annealedcondition is preferred to welding of as-cast metal.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. If section thickness isunder ½ inch, it may be desirable to limit electrode size to 1/8 inch maximum. For sectionthicknesses over three inches, preheat temperature should be at the high end of therange.

8 Cavity DimensionsCavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles upto 90° are sometimes used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and aroot radius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two to three times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removed betweenpasses with a hammer and a wire brush, or a needle gun using stainless steel needles. No peening is done unless the welds are large and/or the cavity or weld groove is deep. Ifa defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded inplace. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such asize that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has been preheated in order tominimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld (6 and 7).

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 3/32 to 3/16 inch may be used with the currentand voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for the particularsize rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainless steel, the burn-off rate of theelectrode is higher than for carbon steel. Arc length should be maintained as short aspossible. A short arc length is very important when starting a weld pass since a long arcsometimes can be caused by initial hand recoil and may result in weld spatter or porosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsThis process can be used for welding machined castings by keeping heat to a minimumthrough use of small electrodes, and by cooling to room temperature between passes. Type AWS E309-15 or AWS E310-15 electrodes sometimes are used.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelds usually are heated to the range 1100-1450°F (593-788°C), and then either air orfurnace cooled depending on the specification of mechanical properties for the casting. Insome cases where welds are large or located in critical areas of the casting, they aregiven a full re-heat treatment of heating to 1800°F (982°C) minimum, followed by aircooling and tempering at the specified temperature. Minor, superficial welds sometimesare not post-heat treated when the presence of hard spots resulting from untemperedmartensite in the weld deposits can be tolerated.

13 Non-Destructive TestsWelds are tested for quality by one or more of the following methods of inspection: Visual, dye penetrant, magnetic particle, radiography, pressure, or ultrasonic.





Gas Metal-Arc (GMAW)




2 Filler MetalAWS ER410 - Bare wire is used in this process.

3 PositionAll welding is done in the "flat" position. A ±15° angle of the groove with the horizontalplane normally is considered flat.

4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dyepenetrant or radiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severitynot in excess of that specified for the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weldsuch areas without further preparation (3.2.1).



7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. For sectionthicknesses over two inches, preheat should be above 400°F (204°C).


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result

in defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, is limited to aboutthe diameter of the gas nozzle. No peening is done. It is customary to remove any defects in the weld bygrinding before laying down the next bead. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to befabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such asize that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tack weldingshould be performed after the casting has been preheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating acrack at the tack weld (6 and 7).

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.094inch. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wiresize used are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%)oxygen at a flow rate of 30 to 50 cfh. An alternate mixture of 75 percent argon plus 25percent carbon dioxide at a flow rate of 20 cfh also is used.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsThis process is seldom used to weld machined castings; when it is, AWS ER309 or AWSER310 type electrode wire is used.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelds usually are heated to the range 1100-1450°F (593-788°C), and then either air orfurnace cooled depending on the specification of mechanical properties for the casting. Insome cases where welds are large or located in critical areas of the casting, they aregiven a full re-heat treatment of heating to 1800°F (982°C) minimum, followed by aircooling and tempering at the specified temperature. Minor, superficial welds sometimesare not post-heat treated when the presence of hard spots resulting from untemperedmartensite in the weld deposits can be tolerated.






Gas Tungsten-Arc (GTAW)




2 Filler MetalAWS ER410 - Bare wire is used to weld this alloy.

3 PositionWhenever possible, all welding is done in the "flat" position. A ±15° angle of the groovewith the horizontal plane normally is considered flat. Successful welds can be made bythis process, however, in all positions.

4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished bygrinding. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of thefollowing inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.



7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy.

8 Cavity DimensionsThis process is used mainly for surface welds, hence very little metal excavation isnecessary and dimensions are not critical.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, isnot restricted in extent. Peening may be done between successive passes on deepwelds. If parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed tothe inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, whichshould be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should be

performed after the casting has been preheated in order to minimize the possibility ofinitiating a crack at the tack weld (6).

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc ispreferred over a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arcshould not be struck on a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by themanufacturer's specifications for the electrode size used normally are followed. Wherefiller metal is used, wire sizes range from 1/16 to 3/16 inch. Either helium or argon maybe used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practice,however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelds usually are heated to the range 1100-1450°F (593-788°C), and then either air orfurnace cooled depending on the specification of mechanical properties for the casting. Insome cases where welds are large or located in critical areas of the casting, they aregiven a full re-heat treatment of heating to 1800°F (982°C) minimum, followed by aircooling and then tempering at the specified temperature. Minor, superficial welds oftenare not post-heat treated.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CB7Cu alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy types CB7Cu-1 (15.5-17.0 Cr, 3.6-4.6 Ni, 2.5-3.2 Cu, 0.07 max. C) and CB7Cu-2(14.0-15.5 Cr, 4.5-5.5 Ni, 2.5-3.2 Cu, 0.07 max. C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS E630-15 Lime coated electrode is preferred for DC welding. This rod

should not be used for AC.AWS E630-16 Titania coated electrode is used for AC welding and may be used

for DC.




6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch inthickness, and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 500°F(260°C).

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. Thick sections mayrequire preheat (6) for satisfactory welds.



in defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two and one-half times the electrode diameter. Fully hardened castings arefrequently preheated (6) and welded with low heat and small rods. No peening is done. All slag is removed with a stainless steel wire brush or slagging hammer, or needle gunusing stainless steel needles. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to befabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour ofthe casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed afterwelding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond theedge of the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after the castinghas been preheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tackweld (6 and 7).

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 3/32 to 1/4 inch may be used with theamperage and voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for theparticular size rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainless steel, the burn-offrate of the electrode is higher than for carbon steel. Arc length should be maintained asshort as possible. A short arc length is very important when starting a weld pass since along arc can sometimes be caused by initial hand recoil and may result in weld spatter orporosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practice,however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will besubject to corrosion, it is desirable to quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between eachpass. For small welds on heavy sections, this may not be necessary since the heavymass will tend to cool the weld zone rapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentBoth annealed and aged type CB7Cu castings can be restored to specified hardness bylow temperature postweld hardening treatment in the range 900-1100°F (482-593°C). Butto restore hardenability properties to multiple-pass welds on heavy sections, they areheated to the range 1850-1950°F (1010-1066°C), held until uniformly at temperature,rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air, and followed by the desired agingtreatment. Single-pass welds usually do not require postweld solution heat treatment.

13 Non-Destructive TestsWelds are tested for quality by one or more of the following methods of inspection: Visual, dye penetrant, radiography, or pressure.









2 Filler MetalAWS ER630 Bare wire is used.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dyepenetrant or radiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severitynot in excess of that specified for the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weldsuch areas without further preparation (3.2.1.).





9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two and one-half times the wire diameter. No peening is done. If a defectpenetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch

backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. Thebacking plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that itextends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tackwelding should be performed after the casting has been preheated in order to minimizethe possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld (6 and 7).

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 3/64 to 3/32 inch may be used with the currentand voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for the particularsize rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainless steel, the burn-off rate of theelectrode is much higher than for carbon steel. Arc length should be maintained as shortas possible. A short arc length is very important when starting a weld pass since a longarc sometimes can be caused by initial hand recoil and may result in weld spatter orporosity. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%) oxygen at a flow rate of 30to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use smallrods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will be subject to corrosion,quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between each pass. For small welds on heavysections, this may not be necessary since the heavy mass will tend to cool the weld zonerapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentBoth annealed and aged type CB7Cu castings can be restored to specified hardness bylow temperature postweld hardening treatment in the range 900-1100°F (482-593°C). Butto restore hardenability properties to multiple-pass welds on heavy sections, they areheated to the range 1850-1950°F (1010-1066°C), held until uniformly at temperature,rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air, and followed by the desired agingtreatment. Single pass welds usually do not require postweld heat treatment.










2 Filler MetalAWS ER630 Bare wire is used. For repair of small surface

irregularities, welds are sometimes made without the useof any filler metal.

3 Position

All welding is done in the "flat" position. A ±15° angle of the groove with the horizontalplane normally is considered flat.






9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used, but very littleweaving is done. No peening is done. Because no slag is formed during the welding

operation, interpass cleaning is not necessary. If parts to be fabricated fit together poorly,a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded inplace. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such asize that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has been preheated in order tominimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld (6 and 7).

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc ispreferred over a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arcshould not be struck on a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by themanufacturer's specifications for the electrode size used are normally followed. Wherefiller metal is used, wire sizes range from 1/16 to 3/16 inch. Either helium or argon maybe used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 15 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use smallrods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will be subject to corrosion,quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between each pass. For small welds on heavysections, this may not be necessary since the heavy mass will tend to cool the weld zonerapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentBoth annealed and aged type CB7Cu castings can be restored to specified hardness bylow temperature postweld hardening treatment in the range 900-1100°F (482-593°C). Butto restore hardenability properties to multiple-pass welds on heavy sections, they areheated to the range 1850-1950°F (1010-1066°C), held until uniformly at temperature,rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air, and followed by the desired agingtreatment. Single pass welds usually do not require postweld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CD4MCu alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CD4MCu (24.5-26.5 Cr, 4.75-6 Ni, 1.75-2.25 Mo, 2.75-3.25 Cu, 0.04 max. C)static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalLime coated electrodes that will deposit weld metal of the CD4MCu composition areavailable and are used. The weld deposit should approximate the base metal becausethe properties of this alloy are influenced critically by the chemical composition, however,some minor variation in composition may be necessary to obtain the desiredmicrostructure.

3 PositionAll welding is done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groove with the horizontalplane normally is considered flat.


5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. The mating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined sothat a good fit of the welding groove can be obtained. Good practice is to machine drywith no lubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly.

6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CD4MCu alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two to three times the electrode wire diameter. No peening is done. All slag isremoved between passes with a hammer and/or a stainless steel wire brush. If a defect

penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inchbacking plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. Thebacking plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that itextends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. This alloycannot be welded satisfactorily to other metals.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Electrode sizes from 3/32 to 3/16inch may be used with the current and voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer'sspecifications for the particular size rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainlesssteel, the burn-off rate of the electrode is much higher than for carbon steel. Arc lengthshould be maintained as short as possible. A short arc length is very important whenstarting a weld pass since a long arc can sometimes be caused by initial hand recoil andmay result in weld spatter or porosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use smallrods and low heat to avoid distortion.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CD4MCu castings, they areheated to 2050°F (1121°C) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, furnace cooledto 1900°F (1038°C), and then rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CD4MCu alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CD4MCu (24.5-26.5 Cr, 4.75-6 Ni, 1.75-2.25 Mo, 2.75-3.25 Cu, 0.04 max. C)static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalSmall defects and root passes are sometimes welded by fusion of the base metal only,without the addition of any filler metal. When filler metal is used, it is frequently cast rod ofthe CD4MCu composition. The weld deposit should approximate the base metal becausethe properties of this alloy are influenced critically by the chemical composition, however,some minor variation in composition may be necessary to obtain the desiredmicrostructure.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects usually are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal isaccomplished by grinding. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use ofone or more of the following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationThis process is not being used for fabrications of type CD4MCu castings.

6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CD4MCu alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. This alloy cannot bewelded satisfactorily to other metals.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc ispreferred over a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arcshould not be struck on a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by themanufacturer's specifications for the electrode size used are normally followed. Wherefiller metal is used, wire sizes range from 1/16 to 3/16 inch. Either helium or argon may

be used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CD4MCu castings, they areheated to 2050°F (1121°C) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, furnace cooledto 1900°F (1038°C), and then rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CF8 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CF8 (18-21 Cr, 8-11 Ni, 0.08 max. C) static and centrifugal castings.Also types CF3 (17-21 Cr, 8-12 Ni, 0.03 max. C) and

CF16F (18-21 Cr, 9-12 Ni, 1.5 max. Mo, 0.20-0.35 Se, 0.16 max. C).

2 Filler MetalAWS E308-15 Lime-coated electrode is preferred for DC welding. (This rod

should not be used for AC.) Used for types CF8 and CF16F.AWS E308L-15 Lime-coated electrode is preferred for DC welding. (This rod

should not be used for AC.) Used for type CF3.AWS E308-16 Titania-coated electrode is used for AC welding and may be used

for DC.




6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CF8 alloy.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. When sections areunder ½ inch in thickness, use an electrode no larger than 1/8 inch.



in defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two to four times the electrode wire diameter. No peening is done. All slagshould be removed between passes with a hammer and/or a stainless steel wire brush, ora needle gun using stainless steel needles. If a defect penetrates through the casting, orif parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the insidecontour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should beremoved after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inchbeyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 3/32 to 1/4 inch may be used with the currentand voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for the particularsize rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainless steel, the burn-off rate of theelectrode is much higher than for carbon steel. Arc length should be maintained as shortas possible. A short arc length is very important when starting a weld pass since a longarc can sometimes be caused by initial hand recoil and may result in weld spatter orporosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use smallrods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will be subject to corrosion,quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between each pass. For small welds on heavysections, this may not be necessary because the heavy mass will tend to cool the weldzone rapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CF8 castings, they are heated to1900°F (1038°C) (2000°F [1093°C] for CF16F and CF20) minimum, held until uniformly attemperature, and then rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds whichhave been made to improve the appearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjectedto corrosive attack in service may not require postweld heat treatment. Type CF3castings may not require postweld heat treatment.






Gas Metal-Arc (GMAW) Process





2 Filler MetalAWS ER308L Bare wire is used for CF3.AWS ER308 Bare wire is used for CF8 and CF16F.







9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to about ½ inch, or not in excess of the diameter of the gas nozzle. No peening isdone. Beads are cleaned between passes with a stainless steel wire brush. If a defectpenetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inchbacking plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. Thebacking plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it

extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.094inch. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wiresize used are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%)oxygen at a flow rate of 30 to 50 cfh. An alternate mixture of 75 percent argon plus 25percent carbon dioxide at a flow rate of 20 cfh is also used, but may affect the corrosionresistance of the weld adversely on multipass welds.








Gas Tungsten-Arc (GTAW) Process





2 Filler MetalAWS ER308L Bare wire is used for CF3. Small defects and root passes are

sometimes welded by fusion of the base metal only, without theaddition of any filler metal.

AWS ER308 Bare wire is used for CF8.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairMinor, superficial defects are occasionally welded without any preparation other thansandblasting. Defects usually are removed, however, before attempting repair. Removalnormally is accomplished by grinding. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured bythe use of one or more of the following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, orradiography.

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationThis process is seldom used for fabrication of composite castings. It is more frequentlyused for combining wrought and cast components. Parts to be joined are ground ormachined to provide a groove when placed together. Good practice is to machine drywith no lubricant and to clean the parts thoroughly before assembly. A good fit of themating parts is essential for production of good welds.


7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. When sectionthickness is under 1/4 inch, use a copper back-up strip for through welds.


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited; very little weaving is done in this process. No peening is done and, because noslag is formed during the welding operation, interpass cleaning usually is unnecessary. Ifa defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in

place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such asize that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc ispreferred over a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arcshould not be struck on a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by themanufacturer's specifications for the electrode size used are normally followed. Wherefiller metal is used, wire sizes range from 1/16 to 3/16 inch. Either helium or argon maybe used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.









Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CF8M alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CF8M (18-21 Cr, 9-12 Ni, 2-3 Mo, 0.08 max. C) static and centrifugal

castings.Also types CF3M (17-21 Cr, 9-13 Ni, 2-3 Mo, 0.03 max. C) and

CG8M (18-21 Cr, 9-13 Ni, 3-4 Mo, 0.08 max. C).

2 Filler MetalAWS E308 Mo-15 Lime-coated electrode is preferredAWS E316-15 for DC welding. (This rod shouldAWS E317-15 * not be used for AC.)

AWS E316L-15 Used for welding type CF-3M alloy.AWS E308 MoL-15

AWS E308 Mo-16 Titania-coated electrode is used forAWS E316-16 AC welding and may be used for DC.AWS E317-16 *



* For welding type CG8M castings.


6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CF8M alloy.


8 Cavity DimensionsCavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up

to 90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and aroot radius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two to three times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removed betweenpasses with a hammer and/or a stainless steel wire brush, or a needle gun using stainlesssteel needles. No peening is done on most welds, but occasionally light peening of thebead edges may prove beneficial. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts tobe fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contourof the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removedafter welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyondthe edge of the cavity in all directions.


11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use smallrods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will be subject to corrosion, it isdesirable to quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between each pass. For small weldson heavy sections, this may not be necessary because the heavy mass will tend to coolthe weld zone rapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CF8M castings, they are heatedto 1900°F (1038°C) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, and then rapidly cooledby quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds which have been made to improve theappearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjected to corrosive attack in servicemay not require postweld heat treatment. Type CF3M castings may not require postweldheat treatment.











CG8M (18-21 Cr, 9-13 Ni, 3-4 Mo, 0.08 max. C).

2 Filler MetalAWS ER308 MoL Bare wire is used for CF3M.AWS ER316L

AWS ER316 Bare wire is used for CF8M.AWS ER308 Mo

AWS ER317 Bare wire is used for type CG8M.







9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or

weld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to about ½ inch, or not in excess of the diameter of the gas nozzle. No peening isdone. Beads are cleaned between passes with a stainless steel wire brush. If a defectpenetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inchbacking plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. Thebacking plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that itextends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.063inch. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wiresize used are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%)oxygen at a flow rate of 30 to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practice,however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will besubject to corrosion, quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between each pass. Forsmall welds on heavy sections, this may not be necessary because the heavy mass willtend to cool the weld zone rapidly.












CG8M (18-21 Cr, 9-13 Ni, 3-4 Mo, 0.08 max. C).

2 Filler MetalAWS ER308 MoL Bare wire is used for CF3M.AWS ER316L

AWS ER316 Bare wire is used for CF8M.AWS ER308 Mo

AWS ER317 Bare wire is used for type CG8M.

Small defects and root passes are sometimes welded by fusion of the base metal only,without the addition of any filler metal.



5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationThis process is seldom used for fabrication of composite castings. It is sometimes usedfor the root pass with subsequent passes laid down by some other process. Morefrequently, it is used for combining wrought and cast components. Parts to be joined areground or machined to provide a groove when placed together. A good fit of the matingparts is essential for production of good welds. Good practice is to machine dry with nolubricant and to clean the parts thoroughly before assembly.




9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited; very little weaving is done in this process. Interpass cleaning usually is notrequired because no slag is formed unless coated electrodes (even with the coatingremoved) have been used as filler metal. Any cleaning should be done with a stainlesssteel wire brush. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the castingand tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, isgenerally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of thecavity in all directions.


11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use smallrods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will be subject to corrosion, it isdesirable to quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between each pass. For small weldson heavy sections, this may not be necessary because the heavy mass will tend to coolthe weld zone rapidly.








Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CK20 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CK20 (23-27 Cr, 19-22 Ni, 0.20 max. C) static and centrifugal castings.


should not be used for AC.)AWS E310-16 Titania-coated electrode is used for AC welding and may be used

for DC.




6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CK20 alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two to three times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removed betweenpasses with a hammer and/or a stainless steel wire brush, or a needle gun using stainlesssteel needles. No peening is done on most welds, but light peening of each pass issometimes helpful in producing sound welds. If a defect penetrates through the casting,

or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to theinside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which shouldbe removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.



12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CK20 castings, they are heatedto 2000°F (1093°C) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, and then rapidly cooledby quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds which have been made to improve theappearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjected to corrosive attack in servicemay not require postweld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CK20 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CK20 (23-27 Cr, 19-22 Ni, 0.20 max. C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ER310 Bare wire is preferred in this process.

Small defects and root passes are sometimes welded by fusion of the base metal only,without the addition of any filler metal.



5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationThis process is seldom used for fabrication of composite castings. It is sometimes usedfor the root pass with subsequent passes laid down by some other process. Morefrequently, it is used for combining wrought and cast components. Parts to be joined areground or machined to provide a groove when placed together. A good fit of the matingparts is essential for production of good welds. Good practice is to machine dry with nolubricant and to clean the parts thoroughly before assembly.

6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CK20 alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Stringer bead placement is used. Beads are cleaned between passeswith a stainless steel wire brush if required because of slag formation. No peening isdone. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit togetherpoorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tackwelded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generallyof such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all

directions.



12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CK20 castings, they are heatedto 2000°F (1093°C) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, and then rapidly cooledby quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds which have been made to improve theappearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjected to corrosive attack in servicemay not require postweld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CN7M alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CN7M (19-22 Cr, 27.5-30.5 Ni, 2-3 Mo, 3-4 Cu, 0.07 max. C) static andcentrifugal castings.


should not be used for AC.)AWS E320-16 Titania-coated electrode is used for AC welding and may be used

for DC.




6 Preheat TemperatureNormally, this alloy is not preheated; however, if the extent of the weld is substantial, thealloy may be preheated to 400-600°F (204-315°C).



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to four times the electrode wire diameter. Interpass temperature is kept as low aspossible. All slag is removed with chisel, hammer, and/or stainless steel wire brush.

Beads are lightly peened at edges first, then at center. If a defect penetrates through thecasting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formedto the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, whichshould be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. If preheating is done, tackwelding should be performed after the casting has been preheated in order to minimizethe possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 3/32 to 3/16 inch may be used with the currentand voltage on the low side of the range suggested by the electrode manufacturer'sspecifications for the particular size rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainlesssteel, the burn-off rate of the electrode is much higher than for carbon steel. Arc lengthshould be maintained as short as possible. A short arc length is very important whenstarting a weld pass since a long arc can sometimes be caused by initial hand recoil andmay result in weld spatter or porosity.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CN7M castings, they are heatedto 2050°F (1121°C) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, and then rapidly cooledby quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds which have been made to improve theappearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjected to corrosive attack in servicemay not require postweld heat treatment.










2 Filler MetalAWS ER-320 Bare wire is used in this process.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairThis process is not being used for repair welding of castings.




8 Cavity DimensionsGood fitting, well prepared joints are essential, but dimensions are not critical.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Special attention ispaid to directing the arc into the side walls and root of the joint. No peening is done. Beads are cleaned between passes with a stainless steel wire brush.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.094inch. For root passes, the smaller size wires are used. Currents and voltages suggestedby the manufacturer's specifications for the wire size used are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%) oxygen at a flow rate of 30 to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsThis process is not being used to weld machined castings.




1. Make sure that surfaces to be welded are thoroughly cleaned (5 and 9).







2 Filler MetalAWS ER320 Bare wire is used in this process.

Small defects and root passes sometimes are welded by fusion of the base metal only,without the addition of any filler metal.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding, sandblast, or machining, or by some combination ofthese operations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one ormore of the following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationThis process is not being used for fabrication of castings.

6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CN7M alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited. Beads are cleaned with a stainless steel wire brush. No peening is done.










Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CW12M alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CW12M (15.5-20 Cr, 16-20 Mo, 7.5 max. Fe, 5.25 max. W, 2.5 max. Co, 0.12max. C, balance Ni) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENiCrMo-4-15 Lime coated electrode is used.AWS ENiCrMo-5-15


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, grinding, or machining, or by some combination of these operations. Defectremoval to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of the followinginspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dye penetrant orradiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severity not inexcess of that specified for the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weld suchareas without further preparation (3.2.1).

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. The mating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined sothat a good fit of the welding groove can be obtained. It is considered good practice tomachine dry with no lubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly.




9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two and one-half times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removedbetween passes with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. Light peening of thefirst pass is sometimes helpful in producing a sound weld. If a defect penetrates throughthe casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is

formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate,which should be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends to aminimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.


11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practice,however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will besubject to corrosion, it is desirable to quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between eachpass. For small welds on heavy sections this may not be necessary since the heavymass will tend to cool the weld zone rapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CW12M castings, they areheated to 2150oF (1177oC) minimum, held for two hours or until uniformly at temperature,and then rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds which have beenmade to improve the appearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjected tocorrosive attack in service may not require post weld heat treatment


14 SummaryIn order to produce welds that will satisfy the user's requirements, take the followingprecautions:





Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CW12M alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CW12M (15.5-20 Cr, 16-20 Mo, 7.5 max. Fe, 5.25 max. W, 2.5max. Co, 0.12 max. C, balance Ni) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENiCrMo-4 Bare wire is used.AWS EniCrMo-5AWS EniCrMo-7Small defects and root passes are sometimes welded by fusion of thebase metal only, without the addition of any filler metal.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, grinding, or machining, or by some combination of these operations. Defectremoval to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of the followinginspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dye penetrant orradiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severity not inexcess of that specified for the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weld suchareas without further preparation (3.2.1).

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationThis process is not being used for the fabrication of castings.

6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CW12M alloy.


8 Cavity DimensionsThe process is used mainly for surface welds, hence very little metal excavation isnecessary and dimensions are not critical.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Beads are cleanedwith hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush if any slag is present. No peening is done.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. A non-consumable electrode madeof thoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc ispreferred over a “scratch start” to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arcshould not be struck on a carbon block. Amperage and voltage suggested by theelectrode manufacturer's specifications for the electrode size used are normally followed.Where filler metal is used, wire sizes range from 1/16 to 3/16 inch. Either helium or argonmay be used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practice,however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will besubject to corrosion, it is desirable to quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between eachpass. For small welds on heavy sections this may not be necessary since the heavymass will tend to cool the weld zone rapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type CW12M castings, they areheated to 2150oF (1177oC) minimum, held for two hours or until uniformly at temperature,and then rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds which have beenmade to improve the appearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjected tocorrosive attack in service may not require post weld heat treatment


14 SummaryIn order to produce welds that will satisfy the user's requirements, take the followingprecautions:





Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CY40 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CY40 (14-17 Cr, 11 max. Fe, balance Ni, 0.40 max. C) static and centrifugalcastings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENiCrFe-1 Coated electrodes of the types listed are used for DC welding.







9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to two and one-half times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removedbetween passes with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. No peening is done. Ifthe casting will be exposed to high temperature in service, remove all traces of slag fromthe finished weld area. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to befabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour ofthe casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after

welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond theedge of the cavity in all directions.



12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded type CY40 castings are heated to 1900°F (1038°C) minimum, held until uniformlyat temperature, and then rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds maynot require postweld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CY40 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CY40 (14-17 Cr, 11 max. Fe, balance Ni, 0.40 max. C) static and centrifugalcastings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ERNiCrFe-5 Bare wire is used.



4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished bysandblasting and grinding, or by some combination of these operations. Defect removalto sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of the following inspectionprocesses: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.


6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CY40 alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Beads are cleanedwith hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush if any slag is present. No peening is done.



12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded type CY40 castings are heated to 1900°F (1038°C) minimum, held until uniformlyat temperature, and then rapidly cooled by quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds maynot require postweld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type CZ100 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type CZ100 (95 min. Ni, 3 max. Fe, 1.00 max. C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENi-1 A coated electrode with 0.10 max. carbon.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding, or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.


6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type CZ100 alloy. For complicated castings where highstresses may be developed in welding, preheat of 200-300°F (93-149°C) sometimes isdesirable.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. If sections are under½ inch in thickness, however, use small electrodes and keep the heat low.

8 Cavity DimensionsCavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 80° should bemaintained between the sides of the cavity, and a root radius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should beprovided to allow full access to the root.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to three times the electrode wire diameter. When breaking the arc, it should beshortened and the rate of travel increased to avoid crater oxidation. All slag is removedbetween passes and from the completed weld with a hammer and/or stainless steel wirebrush, or a needle gun using stainless steel needles. Light peening of the first pass ishelpful, but no peening is done on later passes. If a defect penetrates through thecasting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formedto the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, whichshould be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of

3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should beperformed after the casting has been preheated in order to minimize the possibility ofinitiating a crack at the tack weld.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 1/8 or 5/32 inch may be used with the currentand voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for the particularsize rod. Arc length should be maintained as short as possible. A short arc length is veryimportant when starting a weld pass since a long arc can sometimes be caused by initialhand recoil and may result in weld spatter or porosity.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentNo postweld heat treatment is given to welded type CZ100 alloy.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type N-12M alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type N-12M (26-33 Mo, 6 max. Fe, balance Ni, 0.12 max. C) static and centrifugalcastings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENiMo-1-15 Lime coated electrode is used.



5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. The mating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined sothat a good fit of the welding groove can be obtained. Good practice is to machine drywith no lubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly. Cleanliness isespecially important in welding this alloy. Minimum weld restraint is arranged.

6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated: however, if section size is over 3/4 inch in thickness,and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 800-1000°F (427-538°C).

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy (6).


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to three times the electrode wire diameter. Stringer beads usually are preferred. All slag is removed between passes with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. Light peening of the first pass is sometimes helpful in producing a sound weld. If a defectpenetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inchbacking plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. Thebacking plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it

extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tackwelding should be performed after the casting has been preheated in order to minimizethe possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 1/8 to 5/32 inch may be used with theamperage and voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for theparticular size rod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainless steel, the burn-offrate of the electrode is much higher than for carbon steel. Arc length should bemaintained as short as possible. A short arc length is very important when starting a weldpass since a long arc can sometimes be caused by initial hand recoil and may result inweld spatter or porosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practicehowever, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded area will besubject to corrosion, it is desirable to quench the weld zone with a wet cloth between eachpass. For small welds on heavy sections this may not be necessary since the heavymass will tend to cool the weld zone rapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type N-12M castings, they are heatedto 2100oF (1149oC) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, and then rapidly cooledby quenching in water, oil or air.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type N-12M alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type N-12M (26-33Mo, 6 max. Fe, balance Ni, 0.12 max. C) static and centrifugalcastings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ERNiMo-1 Bare wire is used.AWS ERNiMo-7



4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, grinding, or machining, or by some combination of these operations. Defectremoval to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of the followinginspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.


6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type N-12M alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Stringer bead placement is used. No peening is done. Any slag oroxide present is removed by chipping or brushing with a stainless steel wire brush.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc ispreferred over a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arcshould not be struck on a carbon block. Amperages and voltages suggested by themanufacturer's specifications for the electrode size used are normally followed. Wherefiller metal is used, wire sizes range from 1/16 to 3/16 inch. Either helium or argon maybe used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, it is goodpractice, however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion. If the welded areawill be subject to corrosion, it is desirable to quench the weld zone with a wet clothbetween each pass. For small welds on heavy sections, this may not be necessarybecause the heavy mass will tend to cool the weld zone rapidly.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentTo restore maximum corrosion resistance to welded type N-12M castings, they are heatedto 2100oF (1149oC) minimum, held until uniformly at temperature, and then rapidly cooledby quenching in water, oil or air. Small welds that have been made to improve theappearance of casting surfaces that will not be subjected to corrosive attack in service,may not require postweld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type M-35 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type M-35 (26-33 Cu, 3.5 max. Fe, balance Ni, 0.35 max. C) static and centrifugalcastings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENiCu-7 Electrode is preferred for welding this alloy.




6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type M-35 alloy. For complicated castings where high stressesmay be developed in welding, preheat of 200-300°F (93-149°C) is sometimes desirable.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. For sections under ½inch in thickness, small electrodes and low current are used to keep temperature as lowas possible.


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to three times the electrode wire diameter. Stringer beads are preferred. All slagis removed between passes with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. No peeningis done. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit togetherpoorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tackwelded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generallyof such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in alldirections. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has been preheated in

order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.



12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentNo postweld heat treatment is used for type M-35 castings.






4. Grind surface area around the groove or cavity to be welded to remove silica frommolding sand to prevent surface cracking around weld-base metal interface.


Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type M-35 alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type M-35 (26-33 Cu, 3.5 max. Fe, balance Ni, 0.35 max. C) static and centrifugalcastings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ERNiCu-1 Bare wire is used.AWS ERNiCu-7



4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, grinding, or machining, or by some combination of these operations. Defectremoval to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of the followinginspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.


6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type M-35 alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Agitation of themolten puddle is avoided, and the puddle plus the hot end of filler metal wire is kept withinthe shielding gas at all times. Care is taken to prevent air contamination of the shieldinggas from drafts.

10 Electrical CharacteristicsWelding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made of thoriatedtungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc is preferred over a"scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arc should not be struckon a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications

for the electrode size used are normally followed. Where filler metal is used, wire sizesrange from 1/16 to 1/8 inch. Either helium or argon may be used for the inert shieldinggas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentNo postweld heat treatment is used for type M-35 castings.

13 Non-Destructive TestsWelds are tested for quality by one or more of the following methods of inspection: Visual,dye penetrant, radiography, or pressure.




3. Use a welding technique (9) which will produce welds free of porosity, undercuttingor lack of penetration.

4. Grind surface area around the groove or cavity to be welded to remove silica frommolding sand to prevent surface cracking around weld-base metal interface.


Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in weldingof type HC alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HC (26-30Cr, 4max. Ni, 0.50max.C) static and centrifugal castings.

NOTE: This alloy is considered extremely difficult to weld because of low ductility andtendency toward cleavage type fractures. Several re-welds may be required.

2 Filler MetalAWS E446-15 Lime coated electrodes are preferred for welding type HC castings.

AWS E310-15 Lime coated electrodes are alsoAWS E312-15 used where improved ductility of AWS E329-15 the weld is required.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. The mating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined so thata good fit of the welding groove can be obtained. It is considered good practice to machinedry with no lubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly.

6 Preheat TemperaturePreheat temperatures from 400-600°F (204-313°C) are used in welding this alloy.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy. If section thickness is 1/4inch or less, preheat is sometimes omitted but on heavier sections preheat is required. Although successful welds are made with low preheat temperatures, itmay be necessary to go to the high end of the range to obtain good welds. When thedepth of a defect exceeds 15 percent of the wall thickness, attempts to repair by weldingare often considered to be useless.

8 Cavity Dimensions Cavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up to90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and a rootradius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root. (Refer toSecs. 6 and 7)

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to three times the electrode wire diameter. Staggered stringer beads are used onheavy sections. All slag is removed between passes with a hammer and/or wire brush. Generally, peening is not done but a light peen after each pass is sometimes helpful. Ifparts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the insidecontour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should beremoved after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inchbeyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after thecasting has been preheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at thetack weld.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made,however, using AC. Electrode sizes from 1/8 to 3/16 inch may be used with the currentand voltage suggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for the particular sizerod. Due to the high electrical resistance of stainless steel, the burn-off rate of theelectrode is much higher than for carbon steel. Arc length should be maintained as shortas possible. A short arc length is very important when starting a weld pass since a longarc can sometimes be caused by initial hand recoil and may result in weld spatter orporosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (see Sec. 9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is goodpractice, however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelds are usually heated to the range 1550-1900°F (843-1038°C) and then cooled rapidly.

13 Non-Destructive TestsWelds are tested for quality by one or more of the following methods of inspection: Visual,dye penetrant, radiography or pressure.


1. Make sure that all defects have been removed to sound base metal (4) and thatsurfaces to be welded are thoroughly cleaned (5 and 9).


3. Use a welding technique (9) which will produce welds free of porosity, undercutting orlack of penetration.


Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HC alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HC (26-30Cr, 4max. Ni, 0.50max.C) centrifugal castings.

NOTE: This alloy is considered extremely difficult to weld because of low ductility andtendency toward cleavage type fractures.

2 Filler MetalThis process is used mainly for root passes which are welded by fusion of the base metalwithout the addition of any filler metal. Subsequent passes are laid down by the shield metal-arc process (SMAW).

3 PositionAll welding is done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groove with the horizontal planenormally is considered flat.

4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished by arc-air,chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of these operations. Defectremoval to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of the following inspectionprocesses: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. Themating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined so that a goodfit of the welding groove can be obtained. It is considered good practice to machine dry withno lubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly.

6 Preheat TemperaturePreheat temperatures from 400-600°F (204-313°C) are used in welding this alloy.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy. (See procedure for shieldedmetal-arc welding of type HC alloy.)

8 Cavity Dimensions Cavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up to90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and a rootradius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or weldgroove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result indefective welds. If parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate isformed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, whichshould be removed after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed afterthe casting has been preheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the

tack weld.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding normally is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc is preferredover a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arc should not bestruck on a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer'sspecifications for the electrode size used are normally followed. Either helium or argon maybe used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 15 to 25 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelds are usually heated to the range 1550-1900°F (843-1038°C) and then cooled rapidly.

13 Non-Destructive TestsWelds are tested for quality by one or more of the following methods of inspection: Visual, dyepenetrant, radiography or pressure.

14 SummaryIn order to produce welds that will satisfy the user's requirements, it is customary to take thefollowing precautions:

1. Make sure that all defects have been removed to sound base metal (4) and that surfacesto be welded are thoroughly cleaned (5 and 9).

2. Use a welding technique (9) which will produce welds free of porosity, undercutting or lackof penetration.


Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HF alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HF (19-23Cr, 9-12Ni, 0.20-0.40C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS E308-15 Lime coated electrodes are used AWS E310-15 (0.30C) for DC welding of this alloy. AWS E330-15 (These rods should not be used

for AC)

AWS E308-16 Titania coated electrodes are AWS E309-16 preferred for AC welding and may

be used for DC.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dyepenetrant or radiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severitynot in excess of that specified for the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weldsuch areas without further preparation. (See Introduction, welding (3.2.1).

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. The mating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined so thata good fit of the welding groove can be obtained. Good practice is to machine dry with nolubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly.

6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch inthickness, and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F(93-204°C). Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) is often used beforewelding of aged castings.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy. Heavy sections mayrequire preheat or postheat. (6 and 12)


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to three times the electrode wire diameter. Sometimes stringer beads are usedexclusively, or are used for root passes with weave beads use for later passes. Nopeening is done. All slag is removed between passes and from finished weld withhammer, grinder and/or wire brush. Residual slag is very corrosive to the alloy at hightemperature. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, isgenerally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of thecavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has beenpreheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.



12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentIn general no post-weld heat treatment is given to type HF alloy, but when section sizeexceeds one inch castings may be stress relieved at 1600°F (871°C) after welding.










2 Filler MetalAWS ER310 (0.30C) Bare wire is used.

3 PositionThis process is being used mainly for fabrication of tubes positioned horizontally on rolls.

4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairThis process is not being used for repair welding of castings.





9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Stringer beads are used on the root pass, then weave beads onsubsequent filler passes. Beads are cleaned between passes by wire brushing. Nopeening is done.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.062inch. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wiresize used are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus 2-5 percent oxygen ata flow rate of 30 to 50 cfh.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings may be stress relieved by heat to 1600°F (871°C) and held for one hour.










2 Filler MetalThis process is used mainly for root passes which are welded by fusion of the base metalwithout the addition of any filler metal. Subsequent passes are laid down by the shieldmetal-arc process (SMAW).




6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type HF alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, isgenerally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of thecavity in all directions.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding normally is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc ispreferred over a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arcshould not be struck on a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by themanufacturer's specifications for the electrode size used are normally followed. Eitherhelium or argon may be used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flowof 20 to 50 cfh.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentUsually no postweld heat treatment is required.






Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HH alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HH (24-28CR, 11-14Ni, 0.20-0.50C) static and centrifugal castings. Also types HE (26-30Cr, 8-11Ni, 0.20-0.50C) and HI (26-30Cr, 14-19Ni, 0.20-0.50C)

2 Filler MetalAWS E309-15HC Lime coated, high carbon electrode is preferred for DC welding. (Shouldnot be used for AC)

AWS E309-16HC Titania coated, high carbon electrode is used for AC welding and may beused for DC.

AWS E312-15 or AWS E310-15HC are used for welding alloy types HE and HI.

3 PositionAll welding usually is done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groove with thehorizontal plane normally is considered flat (8).



6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch inthickness, and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F(93-204°C). Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by furnace orair cooling is often used before welding of aged castings.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy. When sections are under½ inch in thickness, good practice is to use an electrode no larger than 1/8 inch diameter.

8 Cavity Dimensions Cavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up to90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and a rootradius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root. For largedefects, a vertical uphill welding position is sometimes used.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to three times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removed between passes andfrom finished weld with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. Residual slag is verycorrosive to the alloy at high temperature. No peening is done. Any undercuts or roughspots in beads are faired in by grinding before next pass. Interpass temperatures are heldto 300°F (149°C). If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, isgenerally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of thecavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has beenpreheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.


11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; it is good practice,however, to use small rods and low heat to avoid distortion.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of alloy types HH, HE and HI usually are not given any post-weld heattreatment. In some cases where welds are large or located in critical areas ofgeometrically complicated castings, they are given a heat treatment of 3-4 hours at 1900-2050°F (1038-1121°C) and either furnace cooled or air cooled.










2 Filler MetalAWS ER309 Bare wire is used with composition modified to match carbon content of theHH alloy.

AWS ER310 Bare wire is used for types HE and HI.


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography.


6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch inthickness, and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F(93-204°C). Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by air orfurnace cooling is often used before welding of aged castings.


8 Cavity Dimensions Cavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up to90° are sometimes used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and a rootradius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to the diameter of the gas nozzle. Maximum bead thickness is held to 1/8 inch. Alloxides are cleaned from beads by hammer and/or wire brush. No peening is done. If adefect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16

inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generally of such a size thatit extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.094inch. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wiresize used are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%)oxygen at a flow rate of 30 to 50 cfh. An alternate mixture of 75 percent argon plus 25percent carbon dioxide at a flow rate of 20 cfh is also used but may affect that corrosionresistance of the weld adversely on multipass welds.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of alloy types HH, HE and HI usually are not given any post-weld heattreatment. In some cases where welds are large or located in critical areas ofgeometrically complicated castings, they are given a heat treatment of 3-4 hours at 1900-2050°F (1038-1121°C) and either air cooled or furnace cooled.










2 Filler MetalThis process is used mainly for root passes which are welded by fusion of the base metalwithout the addition of any filler metal. Subsequent passes are laid down by the shield metal-arc process. (See procedure for that process.)


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished by arc-air,chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of these operations. Defectremoval to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more of the following inspectionprocesses: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dye penetrant or radiographicinspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severity not in excess of that specifiedfor the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weld such areas without furtherpreparation (3.2.1).

5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. Themating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined so that a goodfit of the welding groove can be obtained. It is considered good practice to machine dry withno lubricant. Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly.

6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type HH alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or weldgroove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result indefective welds. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generallyof such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in alldirections.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding normally is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made ofthoriated tungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc is preferredover a "scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arc should not bestruck on a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer'sspecifications for the electrode size used are normally followed. Either helium or argon maybe used for the inert shielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.








Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HK alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HK (24-28CR, 18-22Ni, 0.20-0.60C) static and centrifugal castings. Also types HL (28-32Cr, 18-22Ni, 0.20-0.60C),HN (19-23Cr, 23-27Ni, 0.20-0.50C) and HP

2 Filler MetalAWS E310-15HC Lime coated, high carbon electrode is preferred for DC welding. (Shouldnot be used for AC)

AWS E310-16HC Titania coated, high carbon electrode is used for AC welding and may beused for DC.

AWS E330-15HC Lime coated electrode is used for welding alloy type HN. The carboncontent of the electrode used is matched to that of the base metal as closely as possible.

HP

3 PositionAll welding usually is done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groove with thehorizontal plane normally is considered flat (8).



6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch inthickness, and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F(93-204°C). Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by furnace orair cooling is often used before welding of aged castings.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy. Changes in weldingtechnique sometimes are made when section thickness exceeds one inch (8 and 9).

8 Cavity Dimensions Cavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up to

90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and a rootradius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root. For largedefects, castings may be preheated (6) and a vertical uphill welding position is sometimesused.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to three times the electrode wire diameter. On heavy sections, the sides of thecavity or groove are "buttered" with stringer beads before the central portion of the weld iscompleted. Very little peening is done. All slag is removed between passes and fromfinished weld with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. Residual slag is verycorrosive to the alloy at high temperature. Any undercuts or rough spots in beads arefaired in by grinding before next pass. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if partsto be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contourof the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed afterwelding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edgeof the cavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has beenpreheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.



12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of alloy types HK usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment. Forlarge welds and heavy sections it is sometimes desirable to give a stress relief treatment ofone hour at 1600°F (871°C) minimum and either air cool or furnace cool.









1 Base MetalAlloy type HK (24-28CR, 18-22Ni, 0.20-0.60C) static and centrifugal castings. Also types HL (28-32Cr, 18-22Ni, 0.20-0.60C), HN (19-23Cr, 23-27Ni, 0.20-0.50C), and HP

2 Filler MetalAWS ER310HC Bare wire with carbon content matched to that of the base metal asclosely as possible.

AWS ER330HC Bare wire is used for welding type HN.

HP


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairThis process is not being used for repair of casting defects.


6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch inthickness, and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F(93-204°C). Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by air orfurnace cooling is often used before welding of aged castings.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to filler passes after stringer bead root pass. Beads are carefully cleaned betweenpasses with a stainless steel wire brush. No peening is done.

10 Electrical Characteristics

Welding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.062inch. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wiresize used are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%)oxygen at a flow rate of 30 to 50 cfh.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of type HK alloy usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment. Forlarge welds and heavy sections it is sometimes desirable to give a stress relief treatment ofone hour at 1600°F (871°C) minimum.









1 Base MetalAlloy type HK (24-28CR, 18-22Ni, 0.20-0.60C) static and centrifugal castings. Also types HL (28-32Cr, 18-22Ni, 0.20-0.60C), HN (19-23Cr, 23-27Ni, 0.20-0.50C), and HP

2 Filler MetalAWS ER310HC Bare wire is used for filler passes on multipass welds. Root passes areusually made by fusion of the base metal without the addition of any filler metal. Subsequent passes are laid down by this or by the shielded metal-arc process (SMAW). Carbon content of wire is matched to that of the base metal.

AWS ER330HC Bare wire is used for welding type HN.

HP


4 Base Metal Preparation for RepairDefects are removed before attempting any repair. Defect removal is accomplished byarc-air, chipping, gouging, grinding or machining, or by some combination of theseoperations. Defect removal to sound base metal is assured by the use of one or more ofthe following inspection processes: Visual, dye penetrant, or radiography. Where dyepenetrant or radiographic inspection of a prepared cavity discloses shrinkage of a severitynot in excess of that specified for the casting as a whole, acceptable practice is to weldsuch areas without further preparation(3.2.1).


6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type HK alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or

weld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to 3/8 inch. No peening is done. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or ifparts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the insidecontour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should beremoved after welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inchbeyond the edge of the cavity in all directions.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made of thoriatedtungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc is preferred over a"scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arc should not be struckon a carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specificationsfor the electrode size used are normally followed. Where filler metal is used, wire size is1/16 inch. Either helium or argon may be used for the inert shielding gas, but argon ispreferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use lowheat to avoid distortion.








Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HT alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HT (15-19CR, 33-37Ni, 0.35-0.75C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS E330-15 Lime coated electrodes is modified to deposit weld metal with carboncontent approximately matching the composition of the base metal are preferred.

3 PositionWhenever possible, all welding is done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groovewith the horizontal plane normally is considered flat. (8)



6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch inthickness, and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F(93-204°C). Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by furnacecooling is often used before welding of aged castings.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy. When sections are under½ inch in thickness, good practice is to use an electrode no larger than 1/8 inch diameter. For sections thicker than 3/4 inch, preheat may be helpful (6).

8 Cavity Dimensions Cavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up to90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and a rootradius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root. For largedefects, a vertical uphill welding position is sometimes used.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, is

limited to three times the electrode wire diameter. Sides of the cavities are sometimes"buttered" to minimize dilution of weld deposit by base metal. Any undercuts or roughspots in beads are faired in by grinding before next pass. No peening is done. All slag isremoved between passes and from finished weld with a hammer and/or stainless steel wirebrush. Residual slag is very corrosive to the alloy at high temperature. Interpasstemperatures are held to 300°F (149°C). Inspection of weld quality during course of workis desirable (13). If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, isgenerally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of thecavity in all directions. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has beenpreheated in order to minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.


11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use smallrods and low heat to avoid distortion. Weld beads are peened to counteract contraction.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of alloy types HT usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment. Insome cases where welds are large or located in critical areas of geometrically complicatedcastings, they are heat treated for 3-4 hours at 1900-2100°F (1038-1149°C) and furnacecooled.










2 Filler MetalAWS ER330 Bare wire with composition modified to deposit weld metal approximatelymatching the carbon content of the base metal.





7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. In welding sectionsover ½ inch thick the type of weld bead is changed (9).


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity orweld groove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may resultin defective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, islimited to sections thicker than ½ inch. Parts to be welded are carefully tacked to maintaingood fit and matching of groove lands.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 1/16 inch. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wire sizeused are normally followed. Shielding gas is usually 100 percent argon at a flow rate of 30to 35 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsThis process is not being used for welding of machined castings.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of type HT alloy usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment. Insome cases where welds are large or located in critical areas of geometrically complicatedcastings, they are heat treated for 3-4 hours at 1900-2100°F (1038-1149°C) and furnacecooled.










2 Filler MetalThis process is used mainly for root passes which are welded by fusion of the base metalwithout the addition of any filler metal. Subsequent passes are laid down by the shieldedmetal-arc process (SMAW).



5 Base Metal Preparation for FabricationParts to be fabricated by welding are shaped to provide a groove when placed together. Themating areas are either cast to shape and then ground, or ground or machined so that a goodfit of the welding groove can be obtained. Good practice is to machine dry with no lubricant.Components are thoroughly cleaned before assembly.

6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type HT alloy.




10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made of thoriatedtungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc is preferred over a"scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arc should not be struck ona carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for theelectrode size used are normally followed. Either helium or argon may be used for the inertshielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.









Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HU alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HU (17-21CR, 37-41Ni, 0.35-0.75C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS E330-15 Lime coated electrodes modified to deposit weld metal with carbon contentapproximately matching the composition of the base metal.

3 PositionAll welding is done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groove with the horizontal planenormally is considered flat (8).



6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch in thickness,and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F (93-204°C).Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) is often used before welding.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy. When sections are under½ inch in thickness, good practice is to use an electrode no larger than 1/8 inch diameter. Forsections thicker than 3/4 inch, preheat may be helpful (6).

8 Cavity Dimensions Cavity dimensions are not critical. A minimum included angle of 30° (included angles up to90° sometimes are used) should be maintained between the sides of the cavity, and a rootradius of 3/16 to 1/4 inch should be provided to allow full access to the root. For large defects,a vertical uphill welding position is sometimes used.

9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or weldgroove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result indefective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, is limitedto three times the electrode wire diameter. Sides of the cavities are sometimes "buttered" to

minimize dilution of weld deposit by base metal. Any undercuts or rough spots in beads arefaired in by grinding before next pass. No peening is done. All slag is removed betweenpasses and from finished weld with a hammer, stainless steel wire brush, or needle gun usingstainless steel needles. Residual slag may be corrosive to the alloy at high temperature.Interpass temperatures are held to 300°F (149°C). Inspection of weld quality during courseof work is desirable (13). If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricatedfit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generallyof such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in alldirections. Tack welding should be performed after the casting has been preheated in orderto minimize the possibility of initiating a crack at the tack weld.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding normally is done using DC reverse polarity. Successful welds can be made, however,using AC. Electrode sizes from 3/32 to 3/16 inch may be used with the current and voltagesuggested by the electrode manufacturer's specifications for the particular size rod. Due tothe high electrical resistance of stainless steel, the burn-off rate of the electrode is muchhigher than for carbon steel. Arc length should be maintained as short as possible. A shortarc length is very important when starting a weld pass since a long arc can sometimes becaused by initial hand recoil and may result in weld spatter or porosity.

11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use small rodsand low heat to avoid distortion. Weld beads are peened to counteract contraction.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of alloy types HU usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment. Insome cases where welds are large or located in critical areas of geometrically complicatedcastings, they are heat treated for 3-4 hours at 1900-2050°F (1038-1121°C) and furnacecooled.










2 Filler MetalAWS ER330 Bare wire with composition modified to deposit weld material approximatelymatching the carbon content of the base metal.

3 PositionAll welding is done in the "flat" position. A ±15° angle of the groove with the horizontal planenormally is considered flat.



6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch in thickness,and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F (93-204°C).Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by furnace cooling is oftenused before welding.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered unimportant in welding this alloy. In welding sections over½ inch thick the type of weld bead is changed (9).


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or weldgroove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result indefective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, is limitedto sections thicker than ½ inch. Parts to be welded are carefully tacked to maintain good fitand matching of groove lands.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC reverse polarity. Wire diameter range is from 0.035 to 0.063 inch.Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for the wire size usedare normally followed. Shielding gas is usually argon plus two percent (2%) oxygen at a flowrate of 30 to 50 cfh.

11 Technique for Welding Machined Castings

This process is not being used for welding of machined castings.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of type HU alloy usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment. In somecases where welds are large or located in critical areas of geometrically complicated castings,they are heat treated for 3-4 hours at 1900-2050°F (1038-1121°C) and furnace cooled.










2 Filler MetalThis process is used mainly for root passes which are welded by fusion of the base metalwithout the addition of any filler metal. Subsequent passes are laid down by the shieldedmetal-arc or gas metal-arc processes. (See procedure for those processes.) When gastungsten-arc process is used for entire weld AWS ER330(high carbon), bare wire is used forfiller metal.




6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type HU alloy.



9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or weldgroove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result indefective welds. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricated fittogether poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generallyof such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in all

directions.

10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made of thoriatedtungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc is preferred over a"scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arc should not be struck ona carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for theelectrode size used are normally followed. Where filler metal is used, wire sizes range from1/16 to 3/16 inch. Either helium or argon may be used for the inert shielding gas, but argonis preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of type HU alloy usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HW alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HW (10-14CR, 58-62Ni, 0.35-0.75C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENiCr-1 and AWS EniCrFe-1 Lime coated electrodes are preferred. AWS E330-15 Lime coated electrode is also used.

3 PositionWelding is usually done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groove with the horizontalplane normally is considered flat. Successful welds can be made in all positions.



6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch in thickness,and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F (93-204°C).Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by furnace cooling is oftenused before welding.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy.


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or weldgroove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result indefective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, is limitedto three times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removed between passes and fromfinished weld with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. Light peening of each passbefore laying down next pass is sometimes helpful. If a defect penetrates through the casting,

or if parts to be fabricated fit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the insidecontour of the casting and tack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removedafter welding, is generally of such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond theedge of the cavity in all directions.


11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use small rodsand low heat to avoid distortion.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of alloy types HW usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment. Insome cases where welds are large or located in critical areas of the casting, they are givena stress relief treatment of heating to 1750°F (955°C) for two hours.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HX alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HX (15-19CR, 64-68Ni, 0.35-0.75C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalAWS ENiCrFe-1 Lime coated electrode is preferred.AWS e330-15HC Lime coated electrode is also used.

3 PositionWelding usually is done in the "flat" position. A ± 15° angle of the groove with the horizontalplane normally is considered flat.



6 Preheat TemperatureNormally this alloy is not preheated; however, if the section size is over 3/4 inch in thickness,and the extent of the weld substantial, the alloy may be preheated to 200-400°F (93-204°C).Prior solution annealing at 1800-2100°F (982-1149°C) followed by furnace cooling is oftenused before welding of aged castings.

7 Section SizeSection size usually is considered important in welding this alloy.


9 Welding TechniqueSurfaces to be welded should be dry and cleaned to remove any residue from cavity or weldgroove preparation or other previous operations. Lack of attention to this may result indefective welds. Either stringer or weave bead placement is used. Weaving, if any, is limitedto three times the electrode wire diameter. All slag is removed between passes and fromfinished weld with a hammer and/or stainless steel wire brush. Residual slag may becorrosive to the alloy at high temperature. Interpass temperatures held to 200°F (93°C)

maximum is sometimes helpful. Light peening of each pass before laying down next pass issometimes desirable. If a defect penetrates through the casting, or if parts to be fabricatedfit together poorly, a 3/16 inch backing plate is formed to the inside contour of the casting andtack welded in place. The backing plate, which should be removed after welding, is generallyof such a size that it extends a minimum of 3/16 inch beyond the edge of the cavity in alldirections.


11 Technique for Welding Machined CastingsNo special technique (9) is necessary for welding machined castings; however, use small rodsand low heat to avoid distortion.

12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of alloy types HX usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment.







Procedure followed by experienced producers of high alloy castings in welding of type HX alloy as reported in a survey of SFSA members


1 Base MetalAlloy type HX (15-19CR, 64-68Ni, 0.35-0.75C) static and centrifugal castings.

2 Filler MetalThis process is used mainly for root passes which are welded by fusion of the base metalwithout the addition of any filler metal. Subsequent passes are laid down by the shieldedmetal-arc process (SMAW).




6 Preheat TemperatureNo preheat is required for type HX alloy.




10 Electrical Characteristics Welding is done using DC straight polarity. A non-consumable electrode made of thoriatedtungsten (EWTh-2) is used. A high frequency method of starting the arc is preferred over a"scratch start" to avoid tungsten contamination of the weld. The arc should not be struck ona carbon block. Currents and voltages suggested by the manufacturer's specifications for theelectrode size used are normally followed. Either helium or argon may be used for the inertshielding gas, but argon is preferred with a flow of 20 to 50 cfh.


12 Post-Weld Heat TreatmentWelded castings of type HX alloy usually are not given any post-weld heat treatment.






STEEL

CASTINGS

HANDBOOK

Supplement 8

High Alloy Data Sheets

Corrosion Series


2004

Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Fe

min. 11.5 3.5 0.4 max. 0.060 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 14.0 4.5 1.0 bal

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 29.0Density, lb/in3 0.278Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.78Melting point, approximate oF 2750Magnetic permeability Ferromagnetic

Thermal conductivity Mean coefficient of Btu/(ft.h. oF) Linear thermal expansion

: in./(in. oF)______________________ _______________________

At 212 oF 14.5 70 - 212 oF 6.0At 1000 oF 16.7 70 - 1000 oF 7.0

Mechanical properties at room temperature

Representative Minimum tensiletensile properties & toughnessair cooled from requirements>1900 oF ASTM A743,temper at 1100- A7571150 oF_______________ ______________

Tensile strength, ksi 120.0 110.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 100.0 80.0Elongation, in 2in., % 24 15Reduction of area, % 60 35Brinell hardness (HBW) 268 -Charpy V-notch, @ -100 oF, ft.lbs - 20/12

(A757)A

Toughness and impact properties

Impact, Charpy V-notch - see Fig.1Fracture toughness, Kic - see Fig.2

At elevated temperatures

Short time elevated temperature properties - see Fig.3

Creep rupture properties - see Table 1 and Figs. 4 - 6______________________

A 20 ft.lb average on three specimens, 15 ft.lb minimum allowed on onespecimen only

Corrosion Resistant Type CA6NM (UNS J91540)

Description

Type CA6NM is an iron-chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy that ishardenable by heat treatment. It issimilar in general corrosion resistance totype CA15, but the addition of nickel andmolybdenum to the CA6NM compositionimproves its resistance to attack by seawater. Although the tensile strengthproperties of CA6NM are comparable tothose of CA15, the impact strength isabout twice as high, as is the resistanceto damage from cavitation effects.Heavy sections and complex structuresare cast in CA6NM with less difficultythan experienced with the CA15 alloy,and for cast-weld construction, or wherefield welding is involved, type CA6NMoffers the advantage of not requiring apreheat. A major application of the alloyhas been in large hydraulic turbinerunners for power generation.

The alloy normally is used in thenormalized and tempered condition inwhich the microstructure is essentially100 percent martensite. CA6NM cancontain appreciable amounts of retainedaustenite because this structure providesthe optimum combination of strength,ductility, hardness, and toughness.Variations in heat treatment can beselected to enhance one or more ofthese properties. Improved corrosionresistance, particularly resistance tosulfide stress corrosion, can be obtainedwith a lower carbon as in grade CA6NMClass B (ASTM A487). A lower carboncontent, as in grade CA6NM Class B,permits heat treating to a lowermaximum hardness (and strength) whichresults in improved corrosion resistance,particularly resistance to sulfide stresscorrosion cracking.

Castings of type CA6NM alloy have goodmachining and welding properties ifproper techniques are employed. Thealloy is magnetic and has a coefficient ofthermal expansion slightly less than thatof carbon steel. Thermal conductivity is

about 45 percent less than carbon steel but almost 60 percent greater than the CF alloy types. Electricalresistivity is about five times that of carbon steel.

Heat Treatment

The alloy is hardened by heating between 1900 and 1950°F (1038 to 1066°C) followed by cooling in eitherair or oil. After the castings have cooled below the martensite finish temperature, which varies with thecompositional balance, they should be tempered as soon as possible. Depending on strength requirements,the alloy is tempered at 600°F (316°C) or more commonly in the range of 1100 to 1150°F (593 to 621°C).Tempering in the vicinity of 900°F (482°C) should be avoided because lower toughness will result. Some re-austenitization may occur if tempering temperatures above 1200°F (649°C) are employed, and upon cooling,the microstructure may contain untempered martensite. Double tempers are employed to achieve hardnessvalues below 22 HRC for castings intended for wet H2S environments. A typical double temper heat treatmentwould consist of a 1250°F (677°C) temper followed by a 1125°F (607°C) temper.

Highest strength and hardness are obtained by tempering at 600°F (316°C); however, impact strength isreduced by 50 percent and ductility is reduced to about 12 percent. Holding times for austenitizing andtempering will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat allsections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples oftypical applications where type CA6NM alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical, Marine, Oilfield, Petroleum Refining, Pollution Control, Power Plant.

Castings Casings, compressor impellers, diaphragms, diffusers, discharge spacers, Francis runners,hydraulic turbine parts, impulse wheels, packing housings, propellers, pump impellers, suction spacers, valvebodies and parts.

Corrosives Boiler feed water [250°F (115°C)], sea water, steam, sulfur, water to 400°F (204°C).

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagentsare helpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion datasurveys published by the NACE to determine whether type CA6NM is suitable for the particular corrosiveinvolved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible onoperating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCA6NM. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.

Design Considerations

Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CA6NM alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Complex designs involving light and heavysections are successfully made in this alloy, but drastic changes in section should be avoided as far aspossible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfacesto be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.

Fabricating Considerations

Dimensional tolerances for rough castings are influenced by the quality of pattern equipment provided. Ingeneral, overall dimensions and locations of cored holes can be held to 1/16 inch per foot.

Welding Welds in light sections and in unstressed areas can be made without preheating. Welding in theheat treated condition is generally preferred. For welding very heavy sections or highly stressed regions,castings may require preheating in the range of 212 to 350°F (100 to 176°C) and should be maintained at 300to 500°F (176 to 260°C) during welding as a guideline. After welding, cool to at least 212°F (100°C) or belowthe martensite finish temperature prior to re-tempering at 1100 to 1150°F (593 to 621°C). Cooling throughthe range of 1100 to 950°F (593 to 266°C) should be as rapid as possible to avoid loss in toughness.

Welding procedure utilizing SMAW technique is described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CA6NM alloy. Thework-hardening rate of this grade is much lower than the iron-chromium-nickel types, but it is advisable in allcases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigidmachines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountingsshould provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chipsare stringy but not abrasive. Chip curlers are recommended for carbide tools.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it most importantto have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work.

Information on the procedures for specific machining operations is contained in SFSA Steel CasingsHandbook, 6th Edition, Chapter 26.

Casting designations, specifications, and corresponding wrought alloy

Cast ASTM: A743 (CA6NM), A757 (E3N), A487 (CA6NM), A352 (CA6NM).

Wrought A-182, Grade F6NM.

Table 1 Creep-Rupture Properties for CA6NMB

[Air cooled from above 1900°F (1038°C);Tempered at 1100-1150°F (593-621°C)]

Rupture strength, ksioF oC 104

hrs105

hrs

800 427 54.5 41.0

850 454 39.0 29.0

900 482 28.0 20.0

950 510 19.7 14.3

1000 538 14.2 10.1

Creep strength, ksi

oF oC 0.1%/1000 hrs. 0.01%/1000 hrs.

800 427 41.0 31.0

850 454 29.6 22.5

900 482 22.0 16.3

950 510 16.0 11.8

1000 538 11.8 --

B "The Elevated Temperature Properties of Alloy CA6NM", G.V. Smith, CAST METALS FORSTRUCTURAL AND PRESSURE CONTAINMENT APPLICATIONS, ASME 1979.

Chemical composition, %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Fe

min. 11.5 max. 0.15 1.00 1.50 0.04 0.04 14.0 1.0 0.51 bal 1Mo not intentionally added

Physical propetiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 29.0Density, lb/in3 0.275Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.56Melting point, approximate oF 2750Magnetic permeability (at H = 100 Oersted) 500


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 14.5 70 - 212 oF 5.5At 1000 oF 16.7 70 - 1000 oF 6.4

70 - 1300 oF 6.7

Mechanical properties at room temperature Minimum

Representative values tensileair cooled from 1800 oF requirements

ASTM A743Tempered at, oF 600 1100 1200 1450

_______________________________ _________

Tensile strength, ksi 200 135 115 100 90Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 150 115 100 75 65Elongation, in 2 in % 7 17 22 30 18Reduction of area, % 25 55 55 60 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 390 260 225 185 a

Charpy, keyhole,ft.lbs 15 10 20 35 -

a 241 max. unless otherwise specified

At elevated temperaturesShort-time elevated temperature tensile properties - See Fig. 1

Corrosion Resistant Type CA15 (UNS J91150)

Description

Type CA15 is an iron-chromium alloycontaining the minimum amount ofchromium necessary to make the metalvirtually rustproof, and is similar to theoriginal "stainless steel" used for cutlery.In addition to good atmosphericcorrosion resistance, the alloy providesexcellent resistance to corrosion orstaining by many organic media inrelatively mild service.

The alloy has a high hardenability so thata wide range of hardness (144 to about400 BHN) and other mechanicalproperties may be obtained even inheavy sections. In the annealedcondition, the ferrite matrix containsagglomerated carbide particles.Depending on the temperature of heattreatment, the hardened alloy exhibits apearlitic to martensitic structure thatresults in a tough, erosion resistantmaterial.

Castings of type CA15 alloy have fairlygood machining and welding propertiesif proper techniques are employed. Forimproved machinability, this grade issometimes made with the addition ofselenium. The alloy is magnetic and hasa coefficient of thermal expansion lessthan that of carbon steel.

Heat Treatment

To obtain maximum softness, castings oftype CA15 alloy may be annealed at1450°F (788°C) minimum, usually 1550to 1650°F (843 to 899°C), and slowlyfurnace cooled. The alloy is hardened byheating to 1800 to 1850°F (982 to1010°C), and cooling in oil or air. Afterhardening, castings should be temperedas soon as possible at 600°F (316°C)maximum, or in the range 1100 to1500°F (593 to 816°C). Tempering inthe vicinity of 900°F (482°C) should beavoided because low impact strength will result. Highest strength and hardness is obtained by tempering at600°F (316°C) or below, and the alloy has best corrosion resistance in this fully hardened condition. Whentempered above 1100°F (593°C), castings have improved ductility and impact strength, but corrosion resistance

is somewhat decreased. Poorest corrosion resistance results from tempering around 1100°F (593°C). Holdingtimes for hardening and tempering will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should besufficiently long to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CA15 alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aircraft, Architecture, Chemical Processing, Food Processing, Marine, Oil Refining, Metallurgical,Power Plant, Pulp and Paper.

Castings Burning torch gas distributor heads, bushings and liners, catalyst trays, fittings, furnace burner tipsand pilot cones, gears, hydrafiner parts, impellers, jet engine components, letters, plaques, pump casings,railings, shafts, ship propellers, skimmer ladles, stuffing boxes, turbine blades, valve bodies, valve trim.

Corrosives Abrasive chemicals, alkaline liquors, ammonia water, atmosphere, boiler feed water, brass dross,coke oven gas, corrosive oils at high pressures and temperatures, food products, oxidizing acids, pulp, sodiumcarbonate, sodium nitrate, steam.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion datasurveys published by the NACE to determine whether type CA15 is suitable for the particular corrosiveinvolved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible onoperating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCA15. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CA15 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Some difficulty is encountered in running thinsections, however, and designs involving appreciable changes in section should be avoided. This applies tothe casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Unless thehardness and strength attainable with CA15 (or physical properties such as expansion coefficient or heatconductivity) are required, consideration should be given to other grades when designs are intricate. Normallyused patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.



Welding Type CA15 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Castings should be heated in the range 400 to 600°F (204 to316°C) before welding. After welding, cool to not less than 300°F (149°C), heat to 1125 to 1400°F (607 to760°C), hold until uniform temperature throughout, then air cool.

Welding procedures utilizing SMAW, GMAW and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CA15 alloy. The work-hardening rate of this grade is much lower than the iron-chromium-nickel types, but it is advisable in all casesthat the tool be kept continually entering into the metal. The alloy should not be too soft; hardness of about 225BHN is recommended. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results.Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Bothhigh speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are stringy but not abrasive.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it most importantto have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oil containing active sulfurand about 8 to 10 percent fatty oil is recommended for high speed steel tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids areprimarily coolants and are most useful for high speed operation with carbide tools.

Information on the procedures for specific machining operations is contained in SFSA Steel Casings Handbook,6th Edition, Chapter 26.


Cast ASTM: A217 (CA15), A426 (CFCA15), A743 (CA15), A487 (CA15), SAE 60410, MIL-S 16993A(1), AMS5351B.

Wrought AISI 410.

Chemical composition, %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Fe

min. 0.20 11.5 max. 0.40 1.00 1.50 0.04 0.04 14.0 1.0 0.51 bal

1Mo not intentionally added

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 29.0Density, lb/in3 0.275Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.56Melting point, approximate oF 2750Magnetic permeability (at H = 100 Oersted) 500


: in./(in. oF)______________________ _______________________

At 212 oF 14.5 70 - 212 oF 5.5At 1000 oF 16.7 70 - 1000 oF 6.4

70 - 1300 oF 6.7

Mechanical properties at room temperature Minimum

Representative values tensileair cooled from 1800 oF requirements

ASTM A743Tempered at, oF 600 1100 1200 1450

_______________________________ _________

Tensile strength, ksi 200 135 115 100 90Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi

150 115 100 75 65Elongation, in 2 in % 7 17 22 30 18Reduction of area, % 25 55 55 60 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 390 260 225 185 2692 Charpy, keyhole, 1 2 4 3 -

ft.lbs

2 Maximum

Corrosion Resistant Type CA40 (UNS J91153)

Description

Type CA40 is an iron-chromium alloysimilar to type CA15, but its highercarbon content permits hardening thisgrade to a maximum of about 500 BHN.Corrosion resistance and othercharacteristics are about the same asfor the lower carbon CA15 alloy.

Heat Treatment

To obtain maximum softness, castingsof type CA40 alloy may be annealed at1450°F (788°C) minimum, usually 1550to 1650°F (843 to 899°C), and slowlyfurnace cooled. The alloy is hardenedby heating to 1800 to 1850°F (982 to1010°C), and cooling in oil or air. Afterhardening, castings should be temperedas soon as possible at 600°F (316°C)maximum, or in the range 1100 to1500°F (593 to 816°C). Tempering inthe vicinity of 900°F (482°C) should beavoided. Highest strength and hardnessis obtained by tempering at 600°F(316°C) or below, and the alloy has bestcorrosion resistance in this fullyhardened condition. When temperedabove 1100°F (593°C), castings haveimproved ductility and impact strength,but corrosion resistance is somewhatdecreased. Poorest corrosionresistance results from temperingaround 1100°F (593°C). Holding timesfor hardening and tempering will varywith the thickness of casting sectionsinvolved, but should be sufficiently longto heat all sections to a uniformtemperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consumingindustries, cast parts, and corrosivematerials are useful as examples oftypical applications where type CA40alloy has been employed successfully;they are not comprehensive, nor arethey intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Food Processing, Glass, Oil Refining, Power Plants, Pulp and Paper.

Castings Choppers, cutting blades, cylinder liners, dies, grinding plugs, hot oil plungers, flow control, molds,pump parts, casings, impellers, pump sleeve, shredder sleeves, steam turbine parts, valve trim, seat rings, andwedges.

Corrosives Air, abrasives, dilute oxidizing acids, food products, glass, oxidizing atmosphere to 1200°F, sourcrude oil (hot, high pressure), steam.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion datasurveys published by the NACE to determine whether type CA40 is suitable for the particular corrosiveinvolved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible onoperating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCA40. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CA40 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Some difficulty is encountered in running thinsections, however, and designs involving appreciable changes in section should be avoided. This applies tothe casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Unless thehardness and strength attainable with CA40 (or physical properties such as expansion coefficient or heatconductivity) are required, consideration should be given to other grades when designs are intricate. Normallyused patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.



Welding Type CA40 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Castings should be heated in the range 400 to 600°F (204 to316°C) before welding. After welding, cool to not less than 300°F (149°C), heat to 1125 to 1400°F (607 to760°C), hold until uniform temperature throughout, then air cool.

The welding procedures outlined for alloy CA15 are applicable to alloy CA40. Welding procedures utilizingSMAW, GMAW and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CA40 alloy. The work-hardening rate of this grade is much lower than the iron-chromium-nickel types, but it is advisable in all casesthat the tool be kept continually entering into the metal. Hardness of about 225 BHN is recommended. Slowfeeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mountedand supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide toolsmay be used successfully. Chips are stringy and abrasive to tools.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it most importantto have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oil containing active sulfur

and about 8 to 10 percent fatty oil is recommended for high speed steel tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids areprimarily coolants and are most useful for high speed operation with carbide tools.


Casting designations, specifications, and corresponding wrought alloyThe American Iron and Steel Institute wrought alloy designation is listed only for the convenience of those whowant to determine corresponding wrought and cast grades. Because the cast chemical composition rangesare not the same as the wrought composition ranges, buyers should use cast alloy designations for properidentification of castings.

Cast ASTM: A743 (CA40), SAE 60420.

Wrought AISI 420.

Chemical composition, %C Mn Si P S Cr

CB7Cu-1 min. 15.50 max. 0.07 0.70 1.00 0.035 0.03 17.70

CB7Cu-2 min. 14.00 max. 0.07 0.70 1.00 0.035 0.03 15.50

Ni Cu Cb1 N FeCB7Cu-1 min. 3.60 2.50 0.20

max. 4.60 3.20 0.35 0.05 bal

CB7Cu-2 min. 4.50 2.50 0.20max. 5.50 3.20 0.35 0.05 bal

1Cb not added when alloy is to be hardened by 900oF aging treatment

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 28.52

Density, lb/in3 0.280Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.77Melting point, approximate oF 2750Magnetic permeability (at H = 100 Oersted) ferromagnetic

2See Fig.1 for effect of temperature on modulus


: in./(in. oF)______________________ _______________________

Aged at 900 oF 1100oFAt 212 oF 9.9 70 - 200 oF 6.0 6.6At 500 oF 11.3 70 - 400 oF 6.1 6.9At 860 oF 13.0 70 - 600 oF 6.3 7.1At 900 oF 13.1 70 - 800 oF 6.5 7.2


Representative values air cooled from 1925 oF

Aged at, oF 900 925 1025 1075 1100 1150________________________________________

Tensile strength, ksi 187 189 165 155 145 140Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi

161 165 158 141 132 120Elongation, in 2 in % 10 11 14 14 15 16Reduction of area, % 21 26 35 35 39 42Brinell hardness (HBW) 412 412 350 319 315 307Impact, Charpy V

ft.lbs 7 12 22 27 30 37

Minimum requirements - ASTM A747

Aged at, oF 900 925 1025 1075 1100 1150________________________________________

Tensile strength, ksi 170 175 150 145 135 125Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi

145 150 140 115 110 97Elongation, in 2 in % 5 5 9 9 9 10Reduction of area, % - - - - - -Brinell hardness (HBW) 412 412 350 319 315 307Impact, Charpy V

ft.lbs - - - - - -

at Elevated temperatures - see Fig.2

Corrosion Resistant Type CB7Cu(UNS J92110 [CB7Cu-2]) (UNS J92180 [CB7Cu-1])

Description

Type CB7Cu is a high strength, precipitationhardenable iron-chromium-nickel-copperalloy having corrosion resistanceintermediate between the non-hardenableaustenitic type CF alloys and the hardenablemartensitic type CA grades. Castings of typeCB7Cu have good resistance to atmosphericcorrosion and many aqueous corrodentsincluding sea water, food products, andpaper mill liquors. Because of the range ofmechanical properties attainable, the alloyfinds wide application in service requiringboth corrosion resistance and high strengthat temperatures up to 600°F (316°C). It isespecially useful where machining is involvedsince the work can be done when castingsare in the solution annealed condition.Subsequent precipitation hardening to thedesired mechanical strength may then beconducted at relatively low temperature sothat there is little danger of cracking,distortion or oxidation of the machinedsurfaces.

As shown in the table of properties, the broadalloy type covers two sub-grades differingonly in chromium and nickel contents.Although the mechanical properties areessentially the same for both grades, the 15Cr, 4 Ni type CB7Cu-2 retains ductilitysomewhat better than the 17 Cr, 4 Ni type asthickness increases. For this reason, it isuseful for parts with heavy sections. In thesolution annealed state, the microstructure ofthe alloy consists of martensite formed uponcooling the casting from the solutiontemperature at which the original as-caststructure was austenite containing dissolvedcopper. This copper remains in themartensite as a super-saturated solution but,if the alloy is later reheated to the range 900-1150°F (482-621°C), it precipitates sub-microscopically and substantially increasesthe strength and hardness of the casting.

Castings of type CB7Cu alloy have goodmachining and welding properties if propertechniques are employed. The alloy has alow coefficient of thermal expansion similar to

the type CA alloys. Electrical resistance is about five times that of carbon steel and thermal conductivity is 40percent less. Because the alloy is ferromagnetic, magnetic particle testing is sometimes used for non-destructive inspection. If minor amounts of non-magnetic retained austenite occur in the form of stringers, orif untransformed ferrite stringers are present, false linear indications may be obtained. (The type CB7Cu-2 isless susceptible than the type CB7Cu-1 alloy to ferrite stringer formation.) Such stringers do not in any wayaffect the soundness of the casting. It is preferable to use dye penetrant or fluorescent dye inspection insteadof magnetic particle for testing this alloy.

Heat Treatment

Type CB7Cu castings are supplied in either the solution annealed or hardened condition, depending on thedesire of the user. Solution annealing consists of heating the castings to 1925°F (1050°C) ± 50°F (30°C),holding them for 30 minutes per inch of the heaviest section (30 minutes minimum), and then cooling them tobelow 90°F (30°C).

To ensure complete transformation of austenite, it is occasionally necessary to cool the castings in dry ice.Prior to solution annealing, castings sometimes are specified to be given a homogenizing heat treatmentconsisting of heating the castings to 1900°F (1040°C) minimum, holding them 1.5 hours minimum, and thencooling them to below 90°F (30°C). Castings of type CB7Cu alloy are intended to be used only in theprecipitation hardened condition, but may be supplied in the solution annealed condition if machining is to bedone prior to hardening. Precipitation hardening involves heating the solution annealed castings: a) at 900°F(480°C) for 1 hour; b) at 925°F (495°C) for 1.5 hours; or c) at 1025°F (550°C), 1075°F (580°C), 1100°F (595°C)or 1150°F (620°C) for 4 hours. After the required time at temperatures the castings are air cooled. Becauseof the expansion that occurs when austenite transforms to martensite, it is advisable to avoid steep thermalgradients in castings when they are cooling from the solution annealing temperature. Lack of attention to thismay result in cracking of the surfaces that cooled earliest on the casting.

A dimensional change also takes place upon hardening and should be given consideration when large castingsin the solution annealed condition are to be machined to close tolerances prior to hardening. This change isa contraction of 0.0004 to 0.0006 inch per inch.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CB7Cu alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor arethey intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aerospace, Aircraft, Chemical, Food Processing, Gas Turbine, Marine, Petrochemical, Pulp andPaper.

Castings Airframe components, centrifuge bowls, compressor impellers, food machinery parts, machine toolparts, propeller shafts, pump impellers, rotors, screw flights, valve bodies, discs, and trim.

Corrosives Air, ethylene glycol-water (-65 to 200°F), food products, pulp liquor, sea water, water (up to400°F).

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion datasurveys published by the NACE to determine whether type CB7Cu is suitable for the particular corrosiveinvolved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible onoperating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloys

CB7Cu-1 and CB7Cu-2. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used foreither specification or design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained fromappropriate technical associations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CB7Cu alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Complex designs involving light and heavysections are successfully made in this alloy, but drastic changes in section should be avoided as far aspossible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfacesto be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.



Welding Type CB7Cu castings can be welded by shielded metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gasmethods. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment of both corrosion resistanceand mechanical properties caused by carbon pick-up. In either the annealed or overaged condition (i.e.,1000°F or over), castings can be welded without preheat, although it is sometimes desirable to preheat to500°F (260°C) when welding heavy sections. Sections which require multiple-pass welds are handled betterin the annealed condition than after aging because the prolonged heat of welding will introduce non-uniformhardening characteristics to the weld zone. Thus, after welding, such castings may require a solution heattreatment in the temperature range 1875-1975°F (1024-1079°C) followed by rapid cooling before beinghardened by reheating to the precipitation temperature. Only the aging treatment is needed to harden the weldzone on single pass welds. Castings having a copper content near the high end of the copper range may sufferunderbead cracking when welded. Accordingly, when castings are intended to be welded, it is desirable tohave the copper content below 3.00 percent.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CB7Cu alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardeningthe surface from rubbing or scraping. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary forbest results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximumstiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Type CB7Cu castings can bemachined in either the annealed or hardened condition. An advantage of this alloy is that it can be machinedin the annealed condition and later hardened by a low temperature heat treatment with minimal scaling ordistortion.


Localized heating such as resulting from heavy grinding or abrasive wheel cutting may cause castings to crack.For this reason, cold sawing is preferred for cutting, and care should be taken to avoid overheating duringgrinding operations.


Casting designations, specifications, and corresponding wrought alloyThe wrought alloy designation is listed only for the convenience of those who want to determine correspondingwrought and cast grades. Because the cast chemical composition ranges are not the same as the wroughtcomposition ranges, buyers should use cast alloy designations for proper identification of castings.

Cast ASTM: A747 (CB7Cu-1 and CB7Cu-2); AMS 5398B.

Wrought 17-4PH; 15-5PH.

Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Fe

min. 18 max. 0.30 1.00 1.50 0.04 0.04 21 2.0 bal



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 12.8 70 - 212 oF 5.7At 1000 oF 14.5 70 - 1000 oF 6.5

70 - 1300 oF 6.7

Mechanical properties at room temperatureRepresentative Minimum tensilevalues1 requirementsAnnealed at 1450 oFF.C. to 1000 oF ASTM A743then A.C._______________ ______________

Tensile strength, ksi 95.0 65.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 60.0 30.0Elongation, in 2in., % 15 -Brinell hardness (HBW) 195 2

Charpy V-notch, @ -100 oF, ft.lbs -Toughness and impact properties________________________________

1 Values may vary considerably depending on composition balance and heattreatment2241 max unless otherwise specified

Corrosion Resistant Type CB30 (UNS J91803)

Description

Type CB30 is an iron-chromium alloysufficiently high in chromium content toprovide excellent resistance tocorrosion by nitric acid, alkalinesolutions, and many organic chemicals.Maximum corrosion resistance isobtained when the carbon content isheld below 0.20 percent, but the alloy isnormally made with carbon 0.20 to 0.30percent in order to improve castability.

The alloy maintains predominantlyferritic structure, and even at the highercarbon levels only a small amount offerrite transforms at elevatedtemperature to austenite for subsequentchange to martensite upon cooling.Thus, in contrast to the hardenableCA15 grade, the CB30 type ispractically non-hardenable by heattreatment. By balancing thecomposition toward the low end of thechromium and the high end of the nickeland carbon ranges, however, thehardening characteristics of the alloyare increased. In this case, the gradecorresponds more nearly to the wroughtalloy AISI type 431, whereas normallythe properties of the alloy correspond tothose of AISI type 442.

Castings of the type CB30 alloy havefair ductility, but poor impact strength.They are readily machinable and can bewelded successfully if proper techniqueis employed. The alloy is magnetic andhas a lower coefficient of thermalexpansion than carbon steel.

Heat Treatment

Type CB30 castings are normallysupplied in the annealed condition. Annealing consists of heating to 1450°F (788°C) minimum, furnace coolingto about 1000°F (538°C), then air cooling. Holding time at temperature will vary with the thickness of castingsections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CB30 alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are they

intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Food Processing, Heat Treating, Oil Refining, Ore Roasting, Power Plants.

Castings Furnace brackets and hangers, pump parts, rabble arms, tube supports, valve bodies, valve parts.

Corrosives Food products, hot ore, nitric acid, oil, oxidizing atmospheres to 1400°F (760°C), steam, sulfuratmospheres.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion datasurveys published by the NACE to determine whether type CB30 is suitable for the particular corrosiveinvolved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible onoperating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCB30. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CB30 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Some difficulty is encountered in running thinsections, however, and designs involving appreciable changes in section should be avoided. This applies tothe casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Iftoughness is an important requirement, consideration should be given to one of the CF, CH or CK gradesunless the greater thermal expansion of these alloys cannot be tolerated. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.



Welding Type CB30 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Castings should be heated in the range 600 to 800°F (316 to427°C) before welding. After welding, cool to 150°F (666°C) or lower, heat to 1450°F (788°C) minimum, holduntil uniform temperatures throughout, then air cool.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CB30 alloy. The work-hardening rate of this grade is much lower than the iron-chromium-nickel types, but it is advisable in all casesthat the tool be kept continually entering into the metal. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machinesare necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings shouldprovide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips areshort and brittle.




Cast ASTM: A743 (CB30); SAE 60442.

Wrought AISI 442.


min. 26 max. 0.50 1.00 1.50 0.04 0.04 30 4.0 bal



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 12.6 70 - 212 oF 5.9At 1000 oF 17.9 70 - 1000 oF 6.4


Representative values Minimum tensileAnnealed at 1450 oF requirementsF.C. to 1000 oFthen Air Cool ASTM A743As Cast(a)1____(b)2___(b)2_ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 70.0 95.0 97.0 55.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 65.0 60.0 65.0 -Elongation, in 2in., % 2 15 18 -Brinell hardness (HBW) 212 193 210 -Impact, Izod V-notch, ft.lbs. 2 45 - -________________________________

1(a) Under 1.0% Ni2(b) Over 2.0% Ni with 0.15% N min.

Corrosion Resistant Type CC50 (UNS J92615)

Description

Type CC50 is an iron-chromium alloycontaining about 28 percent chromiumand up to 4 percent nickel. It providesexcellent resistance to dilute sulfuric acidin mine waters, mixed nitric and sulfuricacids, and oxidizing acids of all types.

The alloy has a ferritic structure at alltemperatures and for this reason cannotbe hardened by heat treatment. Theductility and impact strength are very lowunless some nickel is present. In theCC50 type containing over 2 percentnickel, substantial improvement in thestrength and ductility is obtained byincreasing the nitrogen content to 0.15percent or more.

Castings of the type CC50 alloy arereadily machinable. They can be weldedsuccessfully if proper technique isemployed. The alloy is magnetic andhas a lower coefficient of thermalexpansion than carbon steel.

Heat Treatment

Type CC50 castings are normallysupplied in the annealed condition.Annealing consists of heating to 1450°F(788°C) minimum followed by air orfurnace cooling. Holding time attemperature will vary with the thicknessof casting sections involved, but shouldbe sufficiently long to heat all sections toa uniform temperature throughout.Heating in the range 850 to 950°F (454to 510°C) will result in a significant lossof ductility and toughness.

Applications

The following lists of consumingindustries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typical applications where type CC50alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are they intended as guides to alloyselection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Manufacturing, Mining, Pulp and Paper, Synthetic Fibre Manufacturing.

Castings Bushings, cylinder liners, digester parts, pump casings and impellers, valve bodies, valve seats.

Corrosives Acid mine water, alkaline liquors, nitric acid, sulfurous liquors.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion datasurveys published by the NACE to determine whether type CC50 is suitable for the particular corrosiveinvolved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible onoperating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCC50. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CC50 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Some difficulty is encountered in running thinsections, however, and designs involving appreciable changes in section should be avoided. This applies tothe casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Iftoughness is an important requirement, consideration should be given to one of the CF, CH or CK gradesunless the greater thermal expansion of these alloys cannot be tolerated. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.



Welding

Type CC50 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Metal-arc ismost frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment of corrosionresistance caused by carbon pick-up. Castings should be heated in the range 400 to 1300°F (204 to 704°C)before welding. After welding, heat to 1550 to 1900°F (879 to 1038°C), hold until uniform temperaturethroughout, then air cool.

The welding procedures outlined for alloy HC are applicable to alloy CC50. Welding procedures utilizingSMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CC50 alloy. The work-hardening rate of this grade is much lower than the iron-chromium-nickel types, but it is advisable in all casesthat the tool be kept continually entering into the metal. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machinesare necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings shouldprovide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips areshort and brittle. Local overheating caused by dull tools or excessive speed may result in cracking the work.



Cast ASTM: A743 (CC50); SAE 60446.

Wrought AISI 446.

Corrosion Resistant Types

Duplex Stainless Steels; CD4MCu (UNS J93370), CD4MCuN (UNS J93372), CD3MCuN (J93373),CE8MN (UNSJ93371), CD3MN (UNSJ92205),

Super Duplex Stainless Steels; CE3MN (UNS93404), CD3MWCuN (J93380)

Description

This data sheet includes both duplex stainless steels and super duplex stainless steels. The difference betweenduplex stainless steels (DSS) and super duplex stainless steels (SDSS) is a function of the Pitting ResistanceNumber (PREN). The PREN is a function of the chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen content. For SDSS thePREN is generally 40 or higher.

It should be recognized that the ferrite balance of duplex alloys must be controlled to avoid cracking duringprocessing and welding. To this end nitrogen levels must be controlled. ASTM has addressed this issue byintroducing CDMCuN into A890. Although CD4MCu still exists in A890 it is strongly recommended thatCD4MCuN be substituted for this grade.

Type CD4MCuN is an iron-chromium-nickel-copper-molybdenum alloy having corrosion resistance in manymedia superior to the CF8 and CF8M types, but having about double the yield strength of those alloys.Combining good ductility with high hardness, castings of type CD4MCuN alloy have excellent resistance toenvironments involving abrasion or erosion-corrosion. The alloy also shows exceptional resistance to stress-corrosion cracking in chloride-containing solutions or vapors, and is usefully employed in handling bothoxidizing and reducing corrodents.

As cast, these alloys have a two-phase, ferrite plus austenite structure. Because of the low carbon content(0.04 percent maximum), there are only small amounts of chromium carbides distributed throughout the matrix,but for maximum corrosion resistance, these must be dissolved by suitable heat treatment. Generally thesealloys are used only in the solution annealed condition, aging of these grades will result in a loss of ductilityand toughness. Elevated temperature applications in the range 500 to 950°F (260 to 510°C) should be avoided

Chemical composition - %

ASTM A890 C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Cu W N Fe UTS YS Elong.

CD4MCu1 min. 24.5 4.75 1.75 2.7 ksi ksi %max. 0.04 1 1 0.04 0.04 26.5 6 2.25 3.3 bal 100 70 16

CD4MCuN1 min. 24.5 4.7 1.7 2.7 0.1max. 0.04 1 1 0.04 0.04 26.5 6 2.3 3.3 0.25 bal 95 65 25

CD3MCuN1 min. 24 5.6 2.9 1.4 0.22max. 0.03 1.2 1.1 0.03 0.03 26.7 6.7 3.8 1.9 0.33 bal 95 65 25

CE8MN1 min. 22.5 8 3 0.1max. 0.08 1 1.5 0.04 0.04 25.5 11 4.5 0.3 bal 90 60 25

CD6MN1 min. 24 4 1.75 0.15max. 0.06 1 1 0.04 0.04 27 6 2.5 0.25 bal 100 75 18

CD3MN1 min. 21 4.5 2.5 0.1max. 0.03 1.5 1 0.04 0.02 23.5 6.5 3.5 1 0.3 bal 100 65 25

CE3MN2 min. 24 6 4 0.1max. 0.03 1.5 1 0.04 0.04 26 8 5 0.3 bal 100 70 16

CD3MWCuN2 min. 24 6.5 3 0.5 0.5 0.2max. 0.03 1 1 0.03 0.025 26 8.5 4 1 1 0.3 bal 100 65 25

1DSS2SDSS

because long time heating atthis range will result in aserious loss of ductility andtoughness.

Castings of these types havegood machining and weldingcharacteristics. Thermalexpansion of this alloy is about20 percent greater than forcarbon steel, but about 30percent less than for the CFalloy types. Thermalconductivity and electricalresistivity are comparable tothe CF alloys and are roughlyfive times the values for carbonsteel. The alloys areferromagnetic.

Heat TreatmentFor complete solution ofcarbides and maximumcorrosion resistance, castingsshould be heated for asufficient time to be uniformly atthe temperatures shown inTable 1, and quenched in water, oil or air. The temperature from which castings are quenched should be asclose to the high side of the previously stated range as is consistent with avoidance of cracking for the castingconfiguration involved. Time to attain solution temperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections, andshould be sufficiently long to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout.

The solution treatment temperature shown in Table 1 have been shown to be adequate in dissolving allcarbides and intermetallic precipitates. The lower hold temperatures mentioned in Table 1 do not appear toimpart any improvement in processing capability or properties of these grades.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where these alloys has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Marine, Municipal Water Supply, Naval, Paint, Petroleum Refining, PowerPlant, Pulp and Paper, Soap Manufacturing, Textile, Transportation.

Castings Compressor cylinders, digester valves, feed screws, impellers, liners, pump casings, runway lightfixtures (aircraft carriers, airports), safety valves, seal rings (centrifugal pumps), valve parts.

Corrosives Concentrated brine, fatty acids, potable water, pulp liquors at 220°F (104°C), sea water, steam,sulfuric acid [15-30% at 140-160°F (60-71°C)], sulfuric acid [35-40% at 185°F (85°C) plus 5% organics],titanium dioxide plus sulfuric acid solution, titanium sulfate.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be made

Physical properties CD4MCu

Modulus of elasticity, psi x 106 29.0Density, lb/in3 0.28Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.75Melting point, approximate oF 2700Magnetic permeability Ferromagnetic


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 8.8 70 - 212 oF 6.3At 1000 oF 13.4 70 - 600 oF 6.6

70 - 1000 oF 6.970 - 1200 oF 7.0

Additional properties at room temperature, CD4MCu

Representative valuesWater quenchedFrom 1900 oF__________________

Tensile strength, ksi 108.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 81.5Elongation, in 2in., % 25Reduction of Area, % 45Brinell hardness (HBW) 253Charpy V-notch see figs.1a and 1bat Elevated temperatures see fig.2

to an experienced high alloy foundry and to corrosion data surveys published by the NACE to determinewhether DSS and SDSS alloys are suitable for the particular corrosive involved, and the designer shouldprovide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditions before reaching adefinite decision to use this alloy.

The methods in ASTM A923 may be used to determine the presence of detrimental intermetallic precipitatesin various duplex stainless steels.

The mechanical properties are taken from ASTM. The physical property data presented in tabular andgraphical form are representative for the alloy CD4MCu. These data are neither average nor minimum values,and should not be used for either specification or design purposes. Specification and/or design information maybe obtained from appropriate technical associations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily. Somewhat lighter sections are feasibledepending on casting design and pattern equipment. This alloy permits designs involving intricate shapes.Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thickness should be maintained as far aspossible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfacesto be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.


Dimensional tolerances for rough castings are influenced by the molding method and by the quality of patternequipment provided. In general, overall dimensions and locations of cored holes can be held to 1/16 inch perfoot.

Welding DSS and SDSS castings can be welded with shielded metal-arc and inert-gas arc methods. Matchedor overmatched filler metals may be used. Preheating is not required. Matched fillers have a compositionwhich is similar to the base metal and will require post weld heat treatment in accordance with Table 1.Overmatched fillers have approximately 2% more nickel than the base metal to balance the ferrite content dueto the high cooling rates of the weld metal. Overmatched rods are particularly suitable for conditions wherepostweld heat treatment may not be possible such as very large castings of field welds. Having said this it isnot uncommon for foundries to carry out a post weld heat treatment on welds made with overmatching fillers.This requirements for post weld heat treatment is often made by customers and specifications.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on DSS and SDSS castings. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardeningthe surface.

Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Because chips are tough andstringy, chip curler tools are recommended.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it most importantto have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oil containing active sulfurand about 8 to 10 percent fatty oil is recommended for high speed tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids areprimarily coolants and are most useful for high speed operation with carbide tools.

Information on the procedures for specific machining operations is contained in SFSA Steel CastingsHandbook, 6th Edition, Chapter 26.

Casting designations, specifications, and corresponding wrought alloysThe American Iron and Steel Institute wrought alloy designations are listed only for the convenience of thosewho want to determine corresponding wrought and cast grades. Because the cast chemical compositionranges are not the same as the wrought composition ranges, buyers should use cast alloy designations forproper identification of casting

Cast (ASTM) Wrought (UNS)

A890 - CD4MCu, CD4MCuN,A995 - CD4MCuN

S32550

A890 - CD3MCuN

A890, A995 - CE8MN,

A890, A995 - CD3MN, S39205

A890, A995 - CE3MN S32750

A890, A995 - CD3MWCuN S32760

Table 1: Heat treatment Requirements

Grade Heat Treatment

CD4MCu, CD4MCuN, CD3MCuN

Heat to 1900°F (1040°C) minimum, hold for sufficient time to heat castinguniformly to temperature, quench in water or rapid cool by other means.

CE8MNHeat to 2050°F (1120°C) minimum, hold for sufficient time to heat castinguniformly to temperature, quench in water or rapid cool by other means.

CD6MNHeat to 1950°F (1070°C) minimum, hold for sufficient time to heat castinguniformly to temperature, quench in water or rapid cool by other means.

CD3MN Heat to 2050°F (1120°C) minimum, hold for sufficient time to heat castinguniformly to temperature and water quench, or the casting may be furnacecooled to 1850°F (1010°C) minimum, hold for 15 min minimum and thenwater quench. A rapid cool by other means may be employed in lieu of waterquench.

CE3MN Heat to 2050°F (1120°C) minimum, hold for sufficient time to heat casting totemperature, furnace cool to 1910°F (1045°C) minimum, quench in water orrapid cool by other means.

CD3MWCuN Heat to 2010°F (1100°C) minimum, hold for sufficient time to heat castinguniformly to temperature, quench in water or cool rapidly by other means.


min. 26 8 max. 0.30 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 30 11 bal Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 25.0Density, lb/in3 0.277Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.14Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.85Melting point, approximate oF 2650Magnetic permeability > 1.5 Thermal conductivity Mean coefficient of

Btu/(ft.h. oF) Linear thermal expansion: in./(in. oF)

____________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 8.5 70 - 1000 oF 9.6At 600 oF 10.5 70 - 1200 oF 9.9At 1000 oF 12.4 70 - 1400 oF 10.2At 1200 oF 13.5 70 - 1600 oF 10.5 Mechanical properties at room temperature

Representative values Minimum tensileAs Water quench from requirementsCast 2000 oF to 2050 oF ASTM A743____________________ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 95.0 97.0 80.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 65.0 45.0 63.0 40.0Elongation, in 2in., % 15 18 10Brinell hardness (HBW) 190 190 -Charpy, Keyhole, ft. lbs 20 7

Ratio of Yield and Tesile Strength at Elevated Temperature to Room Temperature Strength

Ferrite # 6-8 Ferrite # 40-52Tensile Yield Tensile Yield

Temperature Strength Strength Strength StrengthoC oF Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio 21 70 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 50 122 0.965 0.937 0.965 0.952100 212 0.908 0.835 0.908 0.875150 302 0.859 0.750 0.878 0.802200 392 0.824 0.688 0.863 0.745250 482 0.800 0.650 0.860 0.720300 572 0.781 0.627 0.858 0.711350 662 0.766 0.604 0.853 0.707400 752 0.752 0.583 0.840 0.703450 842 0.731 0.561 0.813 0.695500 932 0.702 0.538 0.745 0.670550 1022 0.655 0.511 0.635 0.597600 1112 0.580 0.485 0.500 0.487

Corrosion Resistant Type CE30 (UNS J93423)

Description

Type CE30 is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy high in chromium but containingsufficient nickel to provide better strengthand ductility than can be obtained withthe high chromium CC50 type. The alloyis particularly resistant to sulfurous acidand sulfites in the paper industry, dilutesulfuric acid with sulfurous acid, andsulfuric with nitric acid.

(Please note that the composition of theheat resistant alloy, type HE, having acarbon content range of 0.20 percent to0.50 percent and a manganese content of2.00 percent max., overlaps that ofcorrosion resistant alloy, type CE30).

In the as-cast condition, the alloy has atwo-phase, austenite plus ferrite structurecontaining carbides. The high chromiumcontent and the duplex structure permit afairly high carbon content without seriousloss of corrosion resistance when thealloy is exposed to temperatures in thecarbide precipitation range, 800 to1600°F (427 to 871°C). For this reason,the alloy is useful where castings cannotbe heat treated effectively, or where theymust be welded without subsequent heattreatment.

Long exposure in the range 800-900°F(427-482°C) and 1500-1600°F (816-871°C), however, will result in asignificant loss of toughness. This loss oftoughness increases with increasingferrite content. On the other hand,resistance to stress-corrosion cracking bychlorides and by polythionic acidincreases with increasing ferrite content.

Type CE30 cannot be hardened by heattreatment, but the ductility and corrosionresistance can be improved somewhat byquenching the alloy from about 2000°F(1093°C).

A modification of the CE30 alloy havingthe composition balanced to obtain ferrite

contents within the range of 5 to 20 percent is being used in oil refinery applications at temperatures around825°F (440°C). This "controlled ferrite" grade is designated CE30A. This modified grade is more resistant tostress-corrosion cracking by polythionic acid and some chlorides.

Castings of the type CE30 alloy have good machining and welding properties. The alloy is magnetic, but notstrongly so. Thermal expansion is about 50 percent greater than that of carbon steel or the iron-chromium, CA,CB, and CC types, and is comparable to the CF grades.

Heat Treatment

Type CE30 castings are used in the as-cast condition for many applications. For maximum corrosion resistanceand improved ductility, however, castings should be heated in the range 2000-2050°F (1093-1121°C), and thenquenched in water, oil or air to hold as great a portion of the carbides in solution as possible. Holding time attemperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat allsections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CE30 alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Mining, Oil Refining, Pulp and Paper, Synthetic Fibre Manufacturing.

Castings Digester necks and fittings, fittings, circulating systems, fractionating towers, piping, pump bodies andcasings, valve bodies and parts.

Corrosives Acid mine water, caustic soda, hot nitric acid, hot oil products, organic acids, polythionic acid, sulfiteliquors.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CE30 is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, and thedesigner should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCE30. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CE30 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CE30 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings shouldbe quenched from 2000 to 2050°F (1093 to 1121°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Lime coatedelectrodes of similar composition (AWS E312-15) are recommended for arc welding.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CE30 alloy. It is importantin all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surfacefrom rubbing or scraping. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results.Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both highspeed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips curlers are recommended.



Casting designations, specifications, and corresponding wrought alloyThe American Iron and Steel Institute wrought alloy designation is listed only for the convenience of those whowant to determine corresponding wrought and cast grades. Because the cast chemical composition ranges arenot the same as the wrought composition ranges, buyers should use cast alloy designations for properidentification of castings.

Cast ASTM: A743 (CE30).

Wrought AISI 312.

Also, practices for estimating ferrite content in cast alloys are found in ASTM A799 and A800.


min. 17 8 max. 0.03 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 21 12 bal

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 25.0Density, lb/in3 0.277Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.14Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.85Melting point, approximate oF 2650Magnetic permeability 1.2 to 3.0


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 9.2 70 - 212 oF 9.0At 1000 oF 12.1 70 - 1000 oF 10.0


Representative values Minimumtensile

Water quench from requirementsAbove 1950 oF ASTM A743_______________ ____________

CF3 CF3A CF3 CF3A

Tensile strength, ksi 77.0 87.0 70.0 77.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 36.0 42.0 30.0 35.0Elongation, in 2in., % 60 50 35 35Brinell hardness (HBW) 140 160 - -Charpy V-notch, ft.lbs 110 100 - -

Corrosion Resistant Type CF3 (UNS J92500)

Description

Type CF3 is an iron-chromium-nickel alloyof the same family as types CF8 and CF20,but with the carbon content restricted to0.03 percent maximum. Its corrosionresistance is equal to or better than typeCF8 so it is used in similar applications, butparticularly in those where post-weld heattreatment is inconvenient or impossible.Damaged ship propellers made of thisductile alloy, for example, can bestraightened and repair welded withoutsubsequent heat treatment with noimpairment of corrosion resistance.Accordingly, type CF3 is widely used inriverboat service.

As cast, the alloy has an austenite structurecontaining about 5 to 20 percent ferrite inthe form of discontinuous pools, but withvirtually no chromium carbides. For thisreason, the CF-3 grade is suitable for use inmany corrodents without the necessity forheat treatment. To be sure of maximumcorrosion resistance, however, a solutionheat treatment is desirable. If the heattreated alloy is later exposed totemperatures around 1200°F (649°C) forrelatively short times, as would occur in theheat-affected zone of a weld, any chromiumcarbides that are formed would precipitatein the ferrite pools, thereby avoiding anytendency toward intergranular corrosion inservice and eliminating the need for furtherheat treatment. A "controlled ferrite" grade,CF3A, has its chemical compositionbalanced so as to obtain the minimumferrite content necessary to ensure meetingthe high mechanical properties specified forthis grade, which has been used extensivelyin nuclear power plant construction. TheCF3A alloy is not considered suitable forservice temperatures above about 650°F (343°C). At sub-zero temperatures, impact strength of type CF3 isessentially the same as shown for the CF8 grade.

In general, the effect of ferrite on the room-temperature yield and tensile strengths of the type CF3 is the sameas that shown for the type CF8. However, because of the lower carbon content of type CF3, the strength valuesof this type will fall in the lower part, or just below, the "band" of values shown for type CF8. At equal levels offerrite content, additions of nitrogen result in a significant increase of yield and tensile strengths from roomtemperature to about 1200°F (649°C). Appropriate ASTM specifications for the CF3 alloy with nitrogen are beingprepared.

Castings of the CF3 alloy types have good machining and welding characteristics. Thermal expansion is about50 percent greater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types CA, CB, and CC.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), heat conductivity is 30 to 50 percent less and, above about 1600°F (871°C), theheat conductivities of these materials are nearly equal. Conversely, the electrical resistance of CF3 is five timesgreater than that of carbon steel and of the iron-chromium alloys below about 1600°F (871°C), but, above thistemperature, the electrical resistance of these materials is nearly the same.

The alloy is weakly magnetic, with magnetism most pronounced in the CF3A grade. Magnetic permeability ofthe as-cast alloy may change after heat treatment, depending on the thickness of section and castingconfiguration.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CF3 alloy should be heated in the range 1900 to 2050°F (1038to 1121°C), and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides and sigma phase.Holding time at temperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficientlylong to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CF3 alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Beverage, Brewery, Distillery, Food, Heavy Water Manufacturing, Marine, Nuclear Power,Petroleum, Pipe Line, Soap and Detergent.

Castings Bowls, discharge cases, impellers, propellers, pump casings, retaining rings, suction manifolds, tubes,valve bodies and parts.

Corrosives Brackish water, phosphate solutions, pressurized water at 570°F., sea water, steam.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CF3 is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, and thedesigner should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCF3. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CF3 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CF3 castings can be welded by shielded metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gasmethods. Shielded metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because ofpossible impairment of corrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required. Post-weldheat treatment usually is unnecessary for type CF3 castings, but, after welding, quenching from above 1900°F(1038°C) may be desirable for surfaces that will be exposed to severe corrosive attack. Lime coated electrodesof similar composition (AWS E308L-15) are recommended.

The welding procedures outlined for alloy CF8 are applicable to alloy CF3. Welding procedures utilizing SMAW,GMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CF3 alloy. It is importantin all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface.Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel andcarbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler tools arerecommended.




Cast ASTM: A351 (CF3, CF3A); A451 (CPF3, CPF3A); A743, A744 (CF3).

Wrought AISI 304L.



min. 17 9 2.0 max. 0.03 1.50 1.50 0.04 0.04 21 13 3.0 bal

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 28.0Density, lb/in3 0.28Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.12Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.82Melting point, approximate oF 2600Magnetic permeability 1.5 - 3.0


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 9.2 -325 - 70 oF 8.1At 1000 oF 12.1 -260 - 70 oF 8.2

-150 - 70 oF 8.670 - 212 oF 9.070 - 1000 oF 10.070 - 1200 oF 10.2



Water quench from requirementsabove 1900 oF ASTM A743____________________ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 80.0 90.0 70.0 80.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 38.0 45.0 30.0 30.0Elongation, in 2in., % 55 45 30 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 150 170 - -Charpy V-notch, ft lbs 120 100 - -

Corrosion Resistant Type CF3M (UNS J92800)

Description

Type CF3M is an iron-chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy of the same family astype CF8M, but with the carbon contentrestricted to 0.03 percent maximum. Thisextra-low carbon limit makes the alloy usefulin applications requiring field welding wherepost-weld heat treatment is inconvenient orimpossible. Corrosion resistance of CF3Mand general fields of application for the alloyare essentially the same as those of theCF8M grade, and equal to or better thanthat of the corresponding wrought grade.

As normally produced, the CF3M alloy hasan austenitic microstructure containingdiscrete ferrite pools amounting to about 5percent to 20 percent by volume. Whenexposed to welding temperatures, theseferrite pools provide a preferred location forprecipitation of any carbides that may form,and thus reduce the sensitivity of the alloyby intergranular corrosion caused by grainboundary precipitates. Furthermore, the lowcarbon content of the alloy limits theformation of significant amounts ofchromium carbide in any event, so post-weld heat treatment is not required.

The combination of molybdenum and lowcarbon content tends to unbalance thecomposition in the direction of high ferrite inthe alloy microstructure unless the amountsof chromium and nickel are adjusted so asto maintain the ferrite at a low level.Because an increase in ferrite content isaccompanied by an increase in mechanicalstrength, a "controlled ferrite" grade ofCF3M is made, under the designation ofCF3MA. In this grade, the chemicalcomposition is balanced to obtain a ferritecontent sufficiently high to meet minimumyield strength specifications that are about 25 percent higher than for the normal CF3M type. Thermal instabilityof the microstructure at these high ferrite levels makes the CF3MA alloy generally unsuitable for operation attemperatures above 800°F (427°C).

Castings of the CF3M alloy types have good machining and welding characteristics. Thermal expansion is about50 percent greater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types CA, CB, and CC.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), heat conductivity is 30 to 50 percent less and, above about 1600°F (871°C), theheat conductivities of these materials are nearly equal. Conversely, the electrical resistance of CF3M is five

times greater than that of carbon steel and of the iron-chromium alloys below about 1600°F (871°C), but, abovethis temperature, the electrical resistance of these materials is nearly the same.

The alloy is weakly magnetic, with magnetism most pronounced in the CF3MA grade. Magnetic permeabilityof the as-cast alloy may change after heat treatment, depending on the thickness of section and castingconfiguration.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CF3M alloy should be heated in the range 1900 to 2050°F (1038to 1121°C), and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides and sigma phase.Holding time at temperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficientlylong to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CF3M alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical, Copper Mining, Food Processing, Paper Mill, Petroleum, Pipe Line, Power Plant (FossilFuel, Hydro, Nuclear), Water Supply.

Castings Mixer parts, pump casings and impellers, tubes, valve bodies and parts.

Corrosives Acetic acid, calcium carbonate, calcium lactate, potable water, sea water, steam, sulfites.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CF3M is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, andthe designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCF3M. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CF3M alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CF3M castings can be welded by shielded metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Shielded metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possibleimpairment of corrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required. Post-weld heattreatment usually is unnecessary for type CF3M castings, but, after welding, quenching from above 1900°F(1038°C) may be desirable for surfaces that will be exposed to severe corrosive attack. Lime coated electrodesof similar composition (AWS E316L-15) are recommended.

The welding procedures outlined for alloy CF8M are applicable to alloy CF3M. Welding procedures utilizingSMAW, GMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CF3M alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardeningthe surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work shouldbe firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steeland carbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler tools arerecommended.




Cast ASTM: A351 (CF3M, CF3MA); A451 (CPF3M); A743, A744 (CF3M).

Wrought AISI 316L.



min. 18 8 max. 0.08 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 21 11 bal Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 See Fig. 1Density, lb/in3 0.28Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.12Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.762Melting point, approximate oF 2600Magnetic permeability 1.0 - 1.3 Thermal conductivity Mean coefficient of

Btu/(ft.h. oF) Linear thermal expansion: in./(in. oF)

______________________ ______________________ At 212 oF 9.2 -325 - 70 oF 8.1At 1000 oF 12.1 -260 - 70 oF 8.2

-150 - 70 oF 8.670 - 212 oF 9.070 - 1000 oF 10.070 - 1200 oF 10.2

Mechanical properties at room temperature Representative values Minimum tensile

Water quench from requirementsabove 1900 to 2050 oF ASTM

A743 __________________ ____________

CF8 CF8A CF8 CF8A Tensile strength, ksi 77.0 95.0 70.0 77.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 37.0 45.0 35.0 35.0Elongation, in 2in., % 55 50 30 35Brinell hardness (HBW) 140 156 - -Impact see fig 2


Ferrite # 2-4 Ferrite # 18-23 Ferrite # 33-38TensileYield TensileYield TensileYield

Temperature Strength Strength StrengthoC oF Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio 21 70 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 50 122 0.945 0.911 0.945 0.931 0.945 0.931100 212 0.865 0.783 0.865 0.828 0.865 0.828150 302 0.812 0.671 0.812 0.738 0.812 0.738200 392 0.790 0.590 0.790 0.665 0.790 0.665250 482 0.787 0.541 0.787 0.620 0.787 0.620300 572 0.782 0.520 0.782 0.605 0.782 0.605350 662 0.778 0.509 0.778 0.595 0.778 0.595400 752 0.772 0.495 0.772 0.585 0.772 0.585450 842 0.733 0.478 0.746 0.570 0.762 0.570500 932 0.675 0.458 0.705 0.546 0.735 0.546550 1022 0.588 0.430 0.640 0.512 0.687 0.512600 1112 0.490 0.392 0.550 0.462 0.620 0.462

Creep - Rupture Properties

Estimated EstimatedTemperature Rupture stress, ksi Limiting creep stress, ksi

oF 100h 1000h 0.01%/h 0.001%/h

1000 38.4 31.3 36.4 31.61200 19.4 14.6 9.6 -


Description

Type CF8 is an iron-chromium-nickel alloyhaving good strength and ductility, andexcellent resistance to a wide variety ofcorrodents. The alloy is especially useful inresisting attack by strongly oxidizing mediasuch as boiling nitric acid. Castings of typeCF8 alloy have excellent sub-zero properties,retaining high impact strength attemperatures below -400°F (-240°C), asshown in Fig. 2. Corrosion resistance of thecast alloy is equal to or better than thecorresponding grade of wrought alloy.

As cast, the alloy has a predominantlyaustenitic structure containing chromiumcarbides and varying amounts of ferritedistributed throughout the matrix. Thecarbides must be put into solution by heattreatment to provide maximum corrosionresistance. If the heat treated material is laterexposed to temperatures in the range 800 to1600°F (427 to 871°C), carbides will bereprecipitated; this takes place quite rapidlyaround 1200°F (649°C). Castings thus"sensitized", as in welding, must be solutionheat treated again to restore full corrosionresistance. Type CF8 alloy cannot behardened by heat treatment, but ductility isimproved.

The alloy, as normally produced, containsabout 10 percent ferrite which takes the formof discrete pools in the microstructure. Thisferrite is helpful in avoiding intergranularcorrosion in castings exposed totemperatures in the sensitizing range, sincecarbides are precipitated in the discontinuousferrite pools rather than in the grainboundaries. It also reduces the tendency forthe cracking or microfissuring of welds that isexperienced with wholly austenitic alloys. Athigher ferrite contents, the strength of thealloy and its resistance to stress corrosioncracking are substantially increased. For thisreason, the composition is balanced in the"controlled ferrite", CF8A, grade to obtainconsiderably higher minimum tensileproperties at both room and elevatedtemperatures up to about 800°F (427°C) thanthe ordinary CF8 type. The CF8A alloy is not

considered suitable for service temperatures above about 800°F (427°C). At sub-zero temperatures, alloycompositions balanced to have low ferrite contents have the best impact properties. When non-magneticcastings are needed for an application, compositions can be balanced to be wholly austenitic, but the producermust be notified of this requirement.

At equal levels of ferrite content, additions of nitrogen result in a significant increase of yield and tensilestrengths from room temperature to about 1200°F (649°C). Appropriate ASTM specifications for the CF8 alloywith nitrogen are being prepared.

Castings of the CF8 type have good machining and welding characteristics. Thermal expansion is about 50percent greater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types CA, CB, and CC.

Thermal expansion is about 50 percent greater than that of carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types CA, CB,and CC. Below about 1600°F (871°C), heat conductivity is 30 to 50 percent less; above about 1600°F (871°C),the thermal conductivity of these materials is nearly equal. Conversely, below about 1600°F (871°C), electricalresistivity is 30 to 50 percent greater than that of carbon steel or the iron-chromium alloys, but above about1600°F (871°C), the electrical resistivity of these materials is about the same.

The alloy varies from non-magnetic to slightly magnetic depending on the composition. Magnetic permeabilityis not appreciably affected by heat treatment.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CF8 alloy should be heated in the range 1900 to 2050°F (1038to 1121°C), and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides and sigma phase.Holding time at temperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficientlylong to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications


Industries Aircraft, Aerospace, Architectural, Beverage and Brewing, Brass Mill, Chemical Processing,Electronic Food Processing, Marine, Military and Naval, Nuclear Power, Oil Refining, Oxygen Manufacturing,Pharmaceutical, Photographic, Plastics, Power Plant, Pulp and Paper, Sewage, Soap Manufacturing, Steel Mill,Synthetic Fibre, Textile.

Castings Architectural trim, Army kitchen fittings, autoclaves, blast furnace bushings, catapult parts, computerparts, cooling gauge, cryogenic valves and fittings, dye padder rolls, engine mountings, fan parts, filter pressplates and frames, fittings, flanges, guide roller sleeves, hardware, headers, cream pasteurizer, heating coils,Kier and Kier lid, marine fittings, mixing agitators and propellers, mixing kettles, oil burner throat rings, packingrings, periscope tubes, pumps, pump sleeves, radar tubing, redlers, retaining rings, milk coolers, rotary strainers,sanitary fittings (dairy), scrubber castings, shaft sleeves, spray nozzles, stuffing boxes, valve bodies and trim.

Corrosives Adipic acid, antibiotics and drugs, bleaching compounds, copper sulfate 190°F (88°C), dye, fattyacids, film developer, fruit juices, gasoline, hot air, hot water, hydrocarbons, hypo, liquid oxygen, mixed H2SO4-HNO3, nicotinic acid, nitric acid (hot and concentrated), organic liquids and acids, organic salts, potassiumsulfate 1000°F (538°C), sea water, sewage, sodium carbonate, sodium sulfite, steam, sub-zero gases, sulfurdioxide at -20°F (-29°C) 60 psi, 50% sulfuric acid, vinegar, white liquor.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be made

to the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CF8 is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, and thedesigner should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.






Welding Type CF8 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment of corrosionresistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings should be quenchedfrom 1900 to 2050°F (1038 to 1121°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Lime coated electrodes ofsimilar composition (AWS E308-15) are recommended.

Welding procedures utilizing SMAW, GMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CF8 alloy. It is importantin all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface.Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel andcarbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler tools arerecommended.




Cast ASTM: A743 (CF8); A351, A743, A744 (CF8, CF8A); A451 (CPF8, CPF8A); SAE 60304; MIL-S-867(Ships) Class I.

Wrought AISI 304.


Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Cb Fe

min. 18 9 8 x C max. 0.08 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 21 12 1.01 bal

Or Cb - Ta 9 x C min., 1.1 max.

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 28Density, lb/in3 0.28Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.12Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.71Melting point, approximate oF 2600Magnetic permeability 1.2 - 1.8


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 9.3 70 - 212 oF 9.3At 1000 oF 12.8 70 - 1000 oF 10.3


Representative values Minimum tensileWater quench from requirementsabove 1900 to 2050 oF ASTM

A743__________________ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 77.0 70.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 38.0 30.0Elongation, in 2in., % 39 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 149 -Charpy, keyhole, ft lbs 30


Tensile YieldTemperature Strength StrengthoC oF Ratio Ratio

21 70 1.000 1.000 50 122 0.924 0.922100 212 0.851 0.845150 302 0.811 0.791200 392 0.788 0.750250 482 0.772 0.719300 572 0.762 0.692350 662 0.752 0.671400 752 0.742 0.655450 842 0.731 0.639500 932 0.713 0.627550 1022 0.680 0.614600 1112 0.630 0.601



oF 100h 1000h 0.001%/h

1000 51.6 43.0 43.01200 27.0 19.5 19.5

Corrosion Resistant Type CF8C (UNS J92710)

Description

Type CF8C is an iron-chromium-nickel-columbium alloy especially useful for fieldwelding, or for service involving longexposure to elevated temperatures. It is amodification of the CF8 type to whichcolumbium (or columbium plus tantalum) isadded to prevent grain boundaryprecipitation of chromium carbides whenthe material is heated in the range 800-1600°F (427-871°C). The alloy is normallyused for the same types of service as typeCF8, and provides approximatelyequivalent corrosion resistance.

In the heat treated condition, this alloy hasan essentially austenitic structure withsmall amounts of ferrite (5-20%) distributedthroughout the matrix in the form ofdiscontinuous pools. When exposed totemperatures in the range 800-1600°F(427-871°C) for short times (as in welding),or for long times (as in elevatedtemperature service), precipitation ofchromium carbides does not occur if thecarbon has been intentionally combined incolumbium carbides through prior heattreatment. This circumstance prevents thedepletion of chromium along the grainboundary network, and the alloy, therefore,is protected against intergranular corrosionattack. There is no advantage in using thisalloy instead of type CF8 if castings can beconveniently solution heat treated afterwelding, or where there is no danger ofexposure to temperatures above 800°F(427°C) in service.

Castings of the CF8C type have goodmachining and excellent weldingcharacteristics. Thermal expansion isabout 50 percent greater than carbon steelor iron-chromium alloy types CA, CB, andCC.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), heatconductivity is 30 to 50 percent less and,above about 1600°F (871°C), the heatconductivities of these materials are nearlyequal. Conversely, the electricalresistance of CF8C is five times greater

than that of carbon steel and of the iron-chromium alloys below about 1600°F (871°C), but, above thistemperature, the electrical resistance of these materials is nearly the same.

The alloy is slightly magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Type CF8C castings can be used as-cast, but they are normally supplied in the heat treated condition. Heattreatment consists of heating in the range 1950-2050°F (1066-1121°C) followed by quenching in water, oil orair to ensure complete solution of any chromium carbides that might have formed in the casting process. A"stabilizing" treatment at 1600 to 1650°F (871 to 899°C) following the solution treatment will cause thepreferential precipitation of columbium carbides, and is desirable if castings are for service in the 800 to 1500°F(427 to 816°C) temperature range. Holding times at heat treatment temperatures will vary with the thicknessof casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat all sections to a uniform temperaturethroughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CF8C alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aircraft, Nuclear, Chemical Processing, Marine, Oil Refining, Plastics.

Castings Aircraft shroud assemblies, autoclaves, chemical tubing, digesters, engine exhaust fittings, filter pressplates, fittings (welding), glands, inlet ring for tank exhaust, jet engine parts, marine fittings, port plates, pumpparts, return bends for welding, rotors, tank parts, valve bodies.

Corrosives Hydrogen sulfide gas, petroleum products at high temperatures and pressures, plastics, productsof combustion of high octane gasoline.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CF8C is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, andthe designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCF8C. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CF8C alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 11/32 inch per foot.



Welding Type CF8C castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings may bequenched from 1950 to 2050°F (1066 to 1121°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Postweld heattreatment usually is not necessary. Lime coated electrodes of similar composition (AWS E347-15) arerecommended.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CF8C alloy. It is importantin all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface.Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel andcarbide tools may be used successfully. This alloy is somewhat easier to machine than the CF8 type, but thechips are tough and chip curler tools are recommended.




The American Iron and Steel Institute wrought alloy designation is listed only for the convenience of those whowant to determine corresponding wrought and cast grades. Because the cast chemical composition ranges arenot the same as the wrought composition ranges, buyers should use cast alloy designations for properidentification of castings.

Cast ASTM: A351, A743, A744 (CF8C); A451 (CPF8C); AMS 5363B; SAE 60347; MIL-S-867 (Ships) ClassII.

Wrought AISI 347.


Effect of Ferrite Content on 0.2% Yield--CF8C #1

Lower limit Upper limit

% Ferrite ksi % Ferrite ksi

- - 0 36.875

5 30.625 5 40.313

10 33.750 10 43.438

15 36.563 15 46.250

2 38.438 20 48.125

25 40.000 25 49.375

30 41.563 30 50.313

Effect of Ferrite Content on Tensile Strength of CF8C #2

Lower limit Upper limit

% Ferrite ksi % Ferrite ksi

0 60.313 0 72.344

5 71.563 5 77.500

10 75.938 10 81.563

15 79.375 15 85.000

20 82.188 20 87.344

25 84.063 25 88.907

30 85.782 30 90.000


CF8M min. 18 8 2.0 max. 0.08 1.50 2.001 0.04 0.04 21 11 3.0 bal

CF12M min. 18 8 2.0

max. 0.12 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 21 11 3.0 bal 1 Si limited to 1.50 max for CF8M in ASTM A351



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 9.2 70 - 212 oF 8.9At 1000 oF 12.1 70 - 1000 oF 9.7


Representative values Minimum tensileWater quench from requirementsabove 1950 to 2100 oF2 ASTM

A7433

__________________ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 80.0 70.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 42.0 30.0Elongation, in 2in., % 50 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 156 - 170 -Charpy, keyhole, ft lbs See fig 12 Type CF12M quenched from above 2000 oF3Applies to type CF8M only; CF12M not covered by ASTM A743


Ferrite # 3-10 Ferrite # 16-20Tensile Yield Tensile Yield

Temperature Strength Strength Strength StrengthoC oF Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio

21 70 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 50 122 0.932 0.895 0.968 0.930100 212 0.867 0.772 0.920 0.839150 302 0.831 0.692 0.880 0.773200 392 0.812 0.639 0.855 0.720250 482 0.809 0.600 0.849 0.680300 572 0.807 0.571 0.845 0.651350 662 0.802 0.547 0.842 0.628400 752 0.797 0.527 0.839 0.607450 842 0.785 0.510 0.830 0.586500 932 0.765 0.491 0.795 0.568550 1022 0.728 0.475 0.740 0.548600 1112 0.663 0.460 0.663 0.528



oF 100h 1000h 0.01%/h 0.001%/h

1000 47.2 42.5 45.2 41.21200 24.6 18.2 13.0 -

Corrosion Resistant Type CF8M (UNS J92900) and CF12M

Description

Type CF8M is an iron-chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy differing only in carboncontent. It is a modification of the CF8type to which molybdenum is added toenhance general corrosion resistance andto provide greater strength at elevatedtemperatures. The alloy has goodresistance to reducing corrosive media,and is substantially more resistant to pittingcorrosion than the CF8 grade whenexposed to chlorides as in sea water.Although not quite so resistant to stronglyoxidizing corrodents such as boiling nitricacid, the molybdenum containing alloy ismore stably passive than the CF8 typeunder weakly oxidizing conditions.Corrosion resistance of the cast alloy isapproximately equal to, or better than,corresponding types of wrought alloys.

In the heat treated condition, this alloy hasa predominantly austenitic structure withsmall amounts of ferrite (15-25%)distributed throughout the matrix in theform of discontinuous pools. When heatedin the range 800 to 1600°F (427 to 871°C)(such as would occur in a weldingoperation), these pools provide a preferredlocation for carbides to precipitate, thustending to reduce susceptibility of the alloyto intergranular corrosion caused byprecipitation of carbides at austenite grainboundaries. The amount of ferrite presentdecreases as carbon content of the alloy isincreased. By suitable balancing of thecompositions, the alloy can be madewholly austenitic and non-magnetic. Atoperating temperatures of 1200°F (649°C)or higher, ferrite may transform to thebrittle sigma phase. Maximum corrosionresistance, however, is associated with lowcarbon and high chromium contents, andfor this reason, the partially ferritic CF8Mtype is usually employed at operatingtemperatures below 1000°F (538°C).

Castings of the CF8M type have goodmachining and welding characteristics.Thermal expansion is about 50 percent

greater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types CA, CB, and CC.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), heat conductivity is 30 to 50 percent less and, above about 1600°F (871°C), theheat conductivities of these materials are nearly equal. Conversely, the electrical resistance of CF8M is fivetimes greater than that of carbon steel and of the iron-chromium alloys below about 1600°F (871°C), but, abovethis temperature, the electrical resistance of these materials is nearly the same.

The alloys are ductile and are the strongest of the 19 Cr, 9 Ni types.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CF8M and CF12M alloys should be heated in the range 1950to 2100°F (1066 to 1149°C) and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides andsigma phase. Holding time at temperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but shouldbe sufficiently long to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout. The low side of the range may beused for type CF8M castings.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CF8M alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aircraft, A.E.C., Chemical Processing, Electronic, Fertilizer, Food Processing, Guided Missile,Marine, Mining, Oil Refining, Pharmaceutical, Photographic, Plastics, Power Plant, Soap, Synthetic Fibre,Synthetic Rubber, Textile.

Castings Agitators, blast plates, centrifuges, evaporator parts, filter press plates and frames, fittings, jet enginecomponents, mixing propellers, pump parts, radar masts, rolls, spool heads, spray nozzles, high pressure steamvalves, valve bodies and parts.

Corrosives Acetones, acetic acid, alkaline carbonate, amyl-acetate, ash-laden water, benzene, hexachloride,black liquor, bleaching compounds, blood plasma, chloride solutions, copper refining electrolyte, crudemethacrylic acid, dyes (hot), fatty acids, high sulfur mine waters, hydrocarbon vapors, hydrogen peroxide,phosphoric acid [to 85%, to 200°F (93°C)], riboflavin syrup, salt water, slurries (phosphoric plus sulfuric andhydrofluoric acids), steam at high pressures and temperatures, sulfate and sulfite liquors, sulfuric acid (diluteor concentrated, oleum), sulfurous acid, vinyl alcohol.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CF8M is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, andthe designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCF8M. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CF8M alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designs

involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CF8M castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings shouldbe quenched from 1950 to 2100°F (1066 to 1149°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Postweld heattreatment may be omitted provided castings will not be exposed to highly corrosive solutions. Lime coatedelectrodes of similar composition (AWS E316-15) are recommended.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CF8M and CF12M alloys.It is important in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results.Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both highspeed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler toolsare recommended.





Cast ASTM: A351, A743, A744 (CF8M); A451 (CPF8M); SAE 60316; MIL-S-867 (Ships) Class III.

Wrought AISI 316.


Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Se Fe

min. 18 9 0.20max. 0.16 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 21 12 1.50 0.35 bal



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 9.4 70 - 212 oF 9.0At 1000 oF 12.1 70 - 1000 oF 9.9


Representative values Minimum tensileWater quench from requirementsabove 2000 oF ASTM A743__________________ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 77.0 70.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 40.0 30.0Elongation, in 2in., % 52 25Brinell hardness (HBW) 150 -Charpy, keyhole, ft lbs 75

Corrosion Resistant Type CF16F (UNS J92701)

Description

Type CF16F is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy similar to types CF8 and CF20, towhich small amounts of selenium, eitherwith or without molybdenum, andphosphorus have been added to improvemachinability. Corrosion resistance of thisalloy is somewhat inferior to the CF20type, but it is adequate for manypurposes.

As cast, this alloy has an austeniticstructure containing chromium carbidesand varying amounts of ferrite (0-15%)distributed throughout the matrix. Thecarbides must be put into solution by heattreatment to provide maximum corrosionresistance. Complex selenides, which arepresent in both the as-cast and heattreated material, contribute a free-machining quality to these alloys byserving as chip breakers. If the heattreated material is later exposed totemperatures in the range 800 to 1600°F(427 to 871°C), carbides will bereprecipitated; this takes place quiterapidly around 1200°F (649°C). Castingsthus "sensitized", as in welding, must besolution heat treated again to restore fullcorrosion resistance. Type CF16F cannotbe hardened by heat treatment, butductility is improved.

Castings of the CF16F type have excellentmach in ing and good weld ingcharacteristics. Thermal expansion andother physical properties are similar to theCF8 grade.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CF16F alloy should be heated in the range 1950 to 2050°F (1066to 1121°C) and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides. Holding time attemperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat allsections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CF16F alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Architectural, Chemical Processing, Explosives Manufacturing, Food and Dairy, Marine, Oil Refinery,Pharmaceutical, Power Plants, Pulp and Paper, Textile.

Castings Bearings, bushings, fittings, flanges, machinery parts, pump casings, valves.

Corrosives Atmosphere, bleaching compounds, caustic salts, food products, hydrocarbon vapors, sulfite liquor,sulfurous acid.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CF16F is generally recommended for the particular corrosiveinvolved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible onoperating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCF16F. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CF16F alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding

Type CF16F castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Metal-arc ismost frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment of corrosionresistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings should be quenchedfrom 2000 to 2100°F (1093 to 1149°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Lime coated electrodes ofsimilar composition (AWS E308-15 or E308L-15) are recommended.

The welding procedures outlined for alloy CF8 are applicable to alloy CF16F. Welding procedures utilizingSMAW, GMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed readily on castings of CF16F alloy. It is important inall cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface.Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel andcarbide tools may be used successfully. Chips tend to free themselves more readily from the tool and breakmore easily than is the case with other CF grades.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it most importantto have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oil containing active sulfur

without a fatty base oil is recommended for high speed steel tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids are primarilycoolants and are most useful for high speed operation with carbide tools.




Cast ASTM: A743 (CF16F); SAE 60303 and 60303a.

Wrought AISI 303.



min. 18 8 max. 0.20 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 21 11 bal

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 28Density, lb/in3 0.28Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.12Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.779Melting point, approximate oF 2575Magnetic permeability 1.01


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 9.2 70 - 212 oF 9.6At 1000 oF 12.1 70 - 1000 oF 10.4



Tensile strength, ksi 77.0 70.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 36.0 30.0Elongation, in 2in., % 50 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 163 -Charpy, keyhole, ft lbs 60 -


Description

Type CF20 is an iron-chromium-nickel alloycontaining a maximum of 0.20 percentcarbon. The alloy serves satisfactorily inmany types of oxidizing corrosion servicewhere its superior ductility and impactstrength make it more useful than the iron-chromium type CB30. Providingconsiderably better corrosion resistancethan the iron-chromium type CA15, theCF20 alloy is, in general, similar to the lowcarbon CF8 grade except that it is used forless severe operating conditions.

As cast, the alloy has an austeniticstructure containing chromium carbides.The carbides must be put into solution byheat treatment to provide maximumcorrosion resistance. If the heat treatedmaterial is later exposed to temperatures inthe range 800 to 1600°F (427 to 871°C),carbides will be reprecipitated; this takesplace quite rapidly around 1200°F (649°C).Castings thus "sensitized", as in welding,must be solution heat treated again torestore full corrosion resistance. TypeCF20 alloy cannot be hardened by heattreatment.

Castings of the CF20 type have goodmachining and welding characteristics.Thermal expansion is about 50 percentgreater than carbon steel or iron-chromiumalloy types CA, CB, and CC.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), heatconductivity is 30 to 50 percent less and,above about 1600°F (871°C), the heatconductivities of these materials are nearlyequal. Conversely, the electrical resistance of CF-20 is five times greater than that of carbon steel and of theiron-chromium alloys below about 1600°F (871°C), but, above this temperature, the electrical resistance of thesematerials is nearly the same.

In contrast to the CF8 type, the higher carbon content of the CF20 alloy makes it virtually non-magnetic.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CF20 alloy should be heated in the range 2000 to 2100°F (1093to 1149°C) and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides. Holding time attemperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat allsections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications


Industries Architectural, Chemical Processing, Explosives Manufacturing, Food and Dairy, Marine, Oil Refinery,Pharmaceutical, Power Plants, Pulp and Paper, Textile.

Castings Circuit breaker parts, cylinder liners and sleeves, pumps, return bends, rolls, street markers, valvebodies and parts.

Corrosives Atmosphere, bleaching compounds, caustic salts, food products, hydrocarbon vapors, sulfite liquor,sulfurous acid.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CF20 is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, and thedesigner should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.






WeldingType CF20 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Metal-arc ismost frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment of corrosionresistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings should be quenchedfrom 2000 to 2100°F (1093 to 1149°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Lime coated electrodes ofsimilar composition (AWS E308-15) are recommended.

The welding procedures outlined for alloy CF8 are applicable to alloy CF20. Welding procedures utilizing SMAW,GMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CF20 alloy. It is importantin all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface.Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly

mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel andcarbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler tools arerecommended.





Cast ASTM: A743 (CF20); SAE 60302.Wrought AISI 302.


min. 18 9 3.0 max. 0.08 1.50 1.50 0.04 0.04 21 13 4.0 bal



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 9.4 70 - 212 oF 8.9At 1000 oF 12.1 70 - 1000 oF 9.7



Tensile strength, ksi 82.5 75.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 44.0 35.0Elongation, in 2in., % 45 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 176 -Charpy V-notch, ft lbs 80 -

Corrosion Resistant Type CG8M (UNS J93000)

Description

Type CG8M is an iron-chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy with excellent resistanceto corrosion by reducing media. Except forits higher molybdenum content, the CG8Malloy is similar to the widely used CF8Mgrade. The addition of approximately onepercent more molybdenum, however,increases the resistance of the alloy tosulfurous and sulfuric acid solutions, and tothe pitting action of halogen compounds.Thus, it is preferred to CF8M inapplications where improved resistance tosuch corrodents is required. It is notsuitable for use in nitric acid or otherstrongly oxidizing environments.

After heat treatment, the normalmicrostructure of the alloy consists of anaustenitic matrix in which 15 to 35 percentof ferrite is distributed in the form ofdiscontinuous pools. This ferrite contentgives the alloy considerable resistance tostress corrosion cracking, and highstrength at room and elevatedtemperatures. It should be noted that longexposure to temperatures above 1200°F(649°C) may cause the alloy to becomeembrittled from transformation of someferrite to the sigma phase.

Castings of the CG8M alloy type havegood mach in ing and we ld ingcharacteristics. Thermal expansion isabout 50 percent greater than carbon steelor the iron-chromium alloy types CA, CB,and CC.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), heatconductivity is about 30 percent less and, above about 1600°F (871°C), the heat conductivities of thesematerials are nearly equal. Conversely, the electrical resistance of CG8M is five times greater than that ofcarbon steel and of the iron-chromium alloys below about 1600°F (871°C), but, above this temperature, theelectrical resistance of these materials is nearly the same.

The alloy is ductile and retains good strength at temperatures in the 600 to 800°F (316 to 427°C) range.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CG8M alloy should be heated in the range 1950 to 2050°F (1065to 1121°C) and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides and sigma phase.Holding time at temperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently

long to heat all sections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CG8M alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Heavy Water Manufacturing, Nuclear, Petroleum, Pipe Line, Power, Pulp and Paper, Printing,Textile.

Castings Dyeing equipment, flow meter components, propellers, pump parts, valve bodies and parts.

Corrosives Dye solutions, ink, Mississippi River water, sulfite liquor.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CG8M is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, andthe designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCG8M. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CG-8M alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CG-8M castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Shielded metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possibleimpairment of corrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after weldingcastings should be quenched from above 1950°F (1065°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Limecoated electrodes of similar composition (AWS E317-15) are recommended.

The welding procedures outlined for alloy CF8M are applicable to alloy CG8M. Welding procedures utilizingSMAW, GMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CG8M alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardeningthe surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work shouldbe firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel

and carbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler tools arerecommended.





Cast ASTM: A743, A744 (CG8M).

Wrought AISI 317.


min. 22 12 max. 0.20 1.50 2.00 0.04 0.04 26 15 bal



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 8.2 70 - 212 oF 8.6At 600 oF 10.1 70 - 600 oF 8.7At 1000 oF 12.0 70 - 1000 oF 9.5




Corrosion Resistant Type CH20 (UNS J93402)

Description

Type CH20 is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy similar to type CE30, but withsomewhat higher nickel and lowerchromium and carbon contents.Mechanical properties of this alloy liebetween those of the CE30 and the CF8types: it is more ductile than CE30 but notas strong; stronger than CF8 but not asductile. The higher nickel and chromiumcontents impart to this alloy considerablybetter resistance to certain corrosivemedia than is available with the CF8 type.

It is used most frequently in applicationsinvolving contact with hot dilute sulfuricacid. This grade is sometimes made withcarbon limited to 0.10 percent maximum(CH10), and with a molybdenum addition(CH10M) to provide further improvementover the resistance of the CF8 and CF8Mgrades.

As cast, the alloy has an essentiallyaustenitic structure containing chromiumcarbides and small amounts of ferritedistributed throughout the matrix. Thecarbides must be put into solution by heattreatment to provide maximum corrosionresistance. If the heat treated material islater exposed to temperatures in the range800 to 1600°F (427 to 871°C), carbideswill be reprecipitated.

Type CH alloys are not hardened by heattreatment, but ductility and strength areimproved.

Castings of the type CH20 alloy have fairmachinability and good weldability.Thermal expansion is about 50 percent greater than carbon steel, but slightly less than the CF alloy types.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), the heat conductivity is lower than for the CF grades, and the electrical resistanceis about 10 percent higher; above about 1600°F (871°C), the thermal and electrical properties of these materialsare nearly equal.

The alloy is slightly magnetic.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CH20 alloy should be heated in the range 2000 to 2100°F (1093

to 1149°C) and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides. Holding time attemperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat allsections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CH20 alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Power Plant, Pulp and Paper.

Castings Digester fittings, pumps and parts, roasting equipment, valves, water strainers.

Corrosives Sulfite liquor, sulfuric acid (hot, dilute).

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CH20 is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, andthe designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCH20. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CH20 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CH20 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings shouldbe quenched from 2000 to 2100°F (1093 to 1149°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Postweld heattreatment may be omitted provided castings will not be exposed to highly corrosive solutions. Lime coatedelectrodes of similar composition (AWS E309-15) are recommended.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CH20 alloy. It is importantin all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface.Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel andcarbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler tools are

recommended.





Cast ASTM: A351, A743 (CH20); A451 (CPH20); SAE 60309.

Wrought AISI 309.

Chemical composition - %

C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Cu N

CK3MCuN min. 19.5 17.5 6 0.5 0.18 max. 0.025 1.20 1 0.045 0.010 20.5 19.5 7 1 0.24

CN3MN min. 20 23.5 6 - 0.18max. 0.03 2 1 0.040 0.010 22 25.5 7 - 0.26

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106

Density, lb/in3 0.291Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.89Melting point, approximate oF 2450

Thermal conductivity Btu/(ft.h. oF) 68- 212 oF 6.8


Minimum tensilerequirementsASTM A743

_______________________________

CK3MCuN CN3MN

Tensile strength, ksi 80 80Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 38 38Elongation, in 2in., % 35 35

Corrosion Resistant Type CK3MCuN (UNS J93254) and CN3MN (UNS J94651)

Description

Types CK3MCuN and CN3MN8 are iron-chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloys. They are commonly referredto as the “6% Mo Superaustenitics”. They have slightly higher strength and ductility levels than CF8M. Theyhave excellent resistance to a wide variety of corrosive media. The primary corrosion environments for thesealloys are chloride containing media. The critical crevice temperature is much higher than the 19 chromium, 10nickel, molybdenum bearing alloys. It has been reported that the toughness of the wrought forms of these alloyscompares favorably with the “300" series alloys.

As cast, the alloy has a predominantly austenitic structure containing chromium carbides, sigma and varyingamounts of ferrite distributed throughout the matrix. The carbides and sigma`must be put into solution by heattreatment to provide maximum corrosion resistance. If the heat treated material is later exposed to temperaturesin the range 800 to 1600°F (427 to 871°C), carbides will be reprecipitated; this takes place quite rapidly around1200°F (649°C). Sigma can also form above 1000°F (538°C) these temperatures. Castings thus "sensitized",

as in welding, must be solution heat treated again to restore full corrosion resistance. These alloys cannot behardened by heat treatment.

The alloys, as normally produced, are fully austenitic although small pools of ferrite have been observed inCK3MCuN in the microstructure.

Heat Treatment

ASTM A744 specifies a minimum solution heat treatment temperature of 2100°Ffollowed by quenching in wateror rapid cooling by other means. It has been observed that the higher the solution treatment temperature thehigher the Critical Pitting Temperature and the lower the intergranular corrosion rate. This treatment shouldensure the complete solution of carbides and sigma phase. Holding time at temperature will vary with thethickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat all sections to a uniformtemperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where the “6 Mo superaustenitc” grades have been employed successfully; they are notcomprehensive, nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aerospace, Beverage, Biopharmaceutical, Brewing, Brine Concentrators, Chemical Processing,Desalination, Distillation, Flue Gas Desulfurization, Food Processing, Heating Furnaces, Marine, Military andNaval, Nuclear Power, Oil and Gas Production, Offshore Platforms, Pharmaceutical, Pulp and Paper, SeawaterHandling Equipment, Semi-conductor, Steam Surface Condensers.

Castings Cryogenic valves and fittings, fittings, flanges, headers, marine fittings, mixing agitators and propellers,pumps, pump sleeves, milk coolers, rotary strainers, sanitary fittings (dairy), scrubber castings, shaft sleeves,spray nozzles, stuffing boxes, valve bodies and trim.

Corrosives Acetic acid, antibiotics and drugs, bleaching compounds, formic acid, fruit juices, hot air, hot water,hydrocarbons, hydrochloric acid, organic liquids and acids, nitric acid, organic salts, oxalic acid, phosphoric acid,sea water, sewage, sodium bisulfate, sodium hydroxide, steam, sulfamic acid, 10% sulfuric acid, vinegar, whiteliquor.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether “6% Mo superaustentic” grades are suitable for the particularcorrosive involved, and the designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possibleon operating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular form are representative for alloys CK3MCuNand CN3MN. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for eitherspecification or design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriatetechnical associations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in these alloys. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Drastic changes in section should be avoided,however, and uniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast;i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CK3MCuN and CN3MN castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylenegas methods. Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possibleimpairment of corrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after weldingcastings should be quenched from a minimum of 2100°F (1121°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CK3MCuN and CN3MNalloys. It is important in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results.Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both highspeed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Because chips are tough and stringy, chip curler toolsare recommended.




Cast ASTM: A743, A744 (CK3MCuN, CN3MN)

Wrought 254 SMO (UNS S31254), AL6XN (UNS N08367)


min. 23 19 max. 0.20 2.001 2.001 0.04 0.04 27 22 bal

1Limits in ASTM A743. Limits in A351 are: Mn 1.50 max., Si 1.75 max.



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 7.9 70 - 212 oF 8.3At 600 oF 9.8 70 - 600 oF 8.9At 1000 oF 11.8 70 - 1000 oF 9.4



Water quench from requirementsabove 2100 oF ASTM A743__________________ ____________

_

Tensile strength, ksi 76.0 65.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 38.0 28.0Elongation, in 2in., % 37 30Brinell hardness (HBW) 190 -Charpy V-notch, ft lbs See Fig. 1 -

Corrosion Resistant Type CK20 (UNS J94202)

Description

Type CK20 is an iron-chromium-nickel alloycontaining slightly more chromium andconsiderably more nickel than the CH20grade. It is used for special serviceconditions at high temperatures, handlingabout the same corrodents as CH20. Thealloy provides good resistance to dilutesulfuric acid and resists many corrodentsmore effectively than the CF8 type. Becauseof its high alloy content, it is usuallyemployed only where specific requirementswarrant the cost.

As cast, the alloy has an austenitic structurecontaining chromium carbides distributedthroughout the matrix. The carbides must beput into solution by heat treatment to providemaximum corrosion resistance. If the heattreated material is later exposed totemperatures in the range 800 to 1600°F(427 to 871°C), carbides will bereprecipitated.

Type CK alloy is not hardened by heattreatment, but ductility and strength areimproved.

Castings of the type CK20 alloy have goodmachining and welding characteristics.Thermal expansion is about 50 percentgreater than carbon steel, but slightly lessthan the CF alloy types.

Below about 1600°F (871°C), the heatconductivity is lower than for the CF grades,and the electrical resistance is about 15percent higher than that of CF8; above about1600°F (871°C), the thermal and electricalproperties of these materials are nearlyequal.

The alloy is virtually non-magnetic.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CK20 alloy should be heated in the range 2000 to 2150°F (1093to 1177°C) and then quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides. Holding time attemperature will vary with the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat allsections to a uniform temperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CK20 alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aircraft, Chemical Processing, Oil Refining, Pulp and Paper.

Castings Digesters, filter press plates and frames, fittings, jet engine parts, mixing kettles, pumps, return bends,tar still fittings, valves.

Corrosives Hot oil products around 1200°F (649°C), sulfite liquor, sulfuric acid (dilute).

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CK20 is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, and thedesigner should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCK20. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CK20 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permits designsinvolving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniform thicknessshould be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloyis 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CK20 castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Preheating is not required, but after welding castings shouldbe quenched from 2000 to 2150°F (1093 to 1177°C) to restore maximum corrosion resistance. Postweld heattreatment may be omitted provided castings will not be exposed to highly corrosive solutions. Lime coatedelectrodes of similar composition (AWS E310-15) are recommended.

Welding procedures utilizing SMAW, and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of CK20 alloy. It is importantin all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surfacefrom rubbing or scraping. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results.Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both highspeed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully.





Cast ASTM: A351, A743 (CK20); A451 (CPK20); AMS 5365A; SAE 60310.

Wrought AISI 310.

Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Mo Cu Fe

min. 19 27.5 2.0 3.0 max. 0.07 1.50 1.50 0.04 0.04 22 30.5 3.0 4.0 bal

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 24Density, lb/in3 0.289Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.896Melting point, approximate oF 2650Magnetic permeability 1.01- 1.1


: in./in./ oF______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 12.1 70 - 212 oF 8.670 - 1000 oF 9.7




Corrosion Resistant Type CN7M (UNS N80020) formerly (UNS J95150)

Description

Type CN7M covers a group of relatedc o m p l e x i r o n - n i c k e l - c h r o m i u m -molybdenum-copper alloys that containmore nickel than chromium. The highnickel content, together with the addedelements molybdenum and copper, givethese alloys especially good resistance tosulfuric acid and many reducing chemicals.Among the alloys included in this typedesignation, the so-called "20" alloy isproduced in greatest quantity. Data for thisgrade are given in the "Summary ofProperties". Whereas the chromiumpredominant alloys have poor or noresistance to hydrochloric acid, type CN7Mhas good resistance to dilute acid and hotchloride salt solutions. The alloy also willresist nitric acid satisfactorily.

In the heat treated condition, type CN7Mhas an austenitic structure. As in the iron-chromium-nickel grades, carbides must beput into solution by heat treatment toprovide maximum corrosion resistance andto eliminate susceptibility to intergranularattack. Castings later exposed totemperatures in the range 800 to 1600°F(427 to 871°C) must be heat treated againto restore full corrosion resistance. TypeCN7M cannot be hardened by heattreatment.

Castings of the CN7M type have excellentmachining and fair welding characteristics.Thermal expansion and other physicalproperties are comparable to the CFgrades. The alloy is virtually non-magnetic.

Heat Treatment

For maximum corrosion resistance, castings of CN7M alloy should be heated to 2050°F (1121°C) minimum, andthen quenched in water, oil or air to ensure complete solution of carbides. Holding time at temperature will varywith the thickness of casting sections involved, but should be sufficiently long to heat all sections to a uniformtemperature throughout.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CN7M alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Food Processing, Metal Cleaning and Plating, Mining, MunitionsManufacturing, Oil Refining, Paint and Pigment, Pharmaceutical, Plastics, Pulp and Paper, Soap and Detergent,Steel Mill, Synthetic Rubber, Textile and Dye.

Castings Filter parts, fittings, heat exchanger parts, industrial mixer components, pickling rolls, pickling hooksand racks, pump parts, steam jets, tanks and towers, valve bodies and parts, ventilating fans.

Corrosives Acetic acid (hot), brines, caustic solutions (strong, hot), hydrochloric acid (dilute), hydrofluoric andhydrofluosilicic acids (dilute), nitric acid (strong, hot), nitric-hydrofluoric pickling acids, sulfates and sulfites,sulfuric acid [all concentrations to 150°F (65.6°C), many to 176°F (80°C)], sulfurous acid, phosphoric acid,plating solutions.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CN7M is suitable for the particular corrosive involved, andthe designer should provide the foundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditionsbefore reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property data presented in tabular and graphical form are representative for alloyCN7M. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Specification and/or design information may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CN7M alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Drastic changes in section should be avoided,however, and uniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast;i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type CN7M castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.Metal-arc is most frequently used. Oxyacetylene welding is not advisable because of possible impairment ofcorrosion resistance caused by carbon pick-up. Castings normally are not preheated, but may be heated to 400to 600°F (204 to 316°C) if the extent of the weld is substantial. This is most important in restrained sectionssince the weld metal is susceptible to cracking. After welding, the castings should be slowly cooled and thenreheated to 2050°F (1121°C) and water quenched. Lime coated electrodes of similar composition (AWS E320-15) are recommended.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed readily on castings of CN7M alloy. It is important inall cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal in order to avoid work-hardening the surface.Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel andcarbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are short and brittle. Characteristic large grains of this alloy maytend to cause uneven machined surfaces.





Cast ASTM: A351, A743, A744 (CN7M).

Wrought None.

Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Fe Mo W

min. 20.0 2 12.5 2.5max. 0.02 1.00 0.80 0.025 0.025 22.5 bal. 6 14.5 3.5

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 29.9Density, lb/in3 0.314Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.99Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 44.8Melting point, approximate oF 2475-2550


: in./in./ oF______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 77 75 - 212 oF 6.970 - 1000 oF 7.7


Minimum tensilerequirementsASTM A494_____________

Tensile strength, ksi 80Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 45Elongation, in 2in., % 30Brinell hardness (HBW) -

Corrosion Resistant Type CX2MW (UNS N26022)

Description

Type CX2MW is a cast nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy widely usedalone or in conjunction with wrought nickel-chromium -molybdenum-tungsten alloys.The alloy has good strength andtoughness at cryogenic temperatures. Itsmicrostructure consists of an austeniticmatrix with some grain boundaryprecipitates.

The alloy is resistant to pitting, crevicecorrosion, stress corrosion cracking, andoxidizing conditions, including wet chlorine,and mixtures containing nitric or oxidizingacids.

Wrought and cast alloys differ in theamount of the minor elements because ofthe different requirements for processingby rolling and processing by casting.However, these differences in chemicalcomposition are minor and do not interferewith wrought-to-cast fabrication.

Heat Treatment

Heat treatment consists of a solutiontreatment at 2200oF minimum followed bywater quenching or rapid cooling by othermeans.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries,cast parts, and corrosive materials areuseful as examples of typical applicationswhere type CX2MW alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are they intendedas guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Cellophane Manufacturing, Chlorination Systems, Flue Gas Scrubbers,Geothermal Wells, Heat Exchangers, HF Furnace Scrubbers, Incineration Scrubbers, Nuclear FuelReprocessing, Pesticide Production, Phosphoric Acid Production, Pickling Systems, Refining, SO2 CoolingTowers, Sulfonation Systems.

Castings Fittings, heat exchanger parts, pump parts, valve bodies and parts.

Corrosives Acetic acid/acetic anhydride, acid etching, hydrofluoric acid, 2%HF/20%HCl at 170oF,salt air. NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercial

operation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CX2MW is suitable. Also, the designer should provide thefoundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditions before reaching a definitedecision to use this alloy.

Information on specification and/or design may be obtained from appropriate technical associations such asASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CX2MW alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Drastic changes in section should be avoided,however, and uniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast;i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 9/32 inch per foot.



Welding CX2MW castings can be repair welded or fabrication welded to matching wrought alloys by all of theusual welding processes. Rod and wire of matching nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten contents areavailable. Post-weld heat treatment may be required after repair welding or fabrication.

Machining Machinability of CX2MW requires heavy cuts at slow cutting speeds because of the tendency ofthe alloy to work harden.


Because the cast chemical composition ranges are not the same as the wrought composition ranges, buyersshould use cast alloy designations for proper identification of castings.

Cast ASTM: A494 (CX2MW (UNS N26022)).

Wrought Hastelloy C-22 (UNS 06022).


min. 14.0 max. 0.40 1.50 3.00 0.03 0.03 17.5 bal. 11.0


Density, lb/in3

Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oFElectrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oFMelting point, approximate oFMagnetic permeability


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 70 - 212 oF70 - 1000 oF



Tensile strength, ksi 70.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 28.0Elongation, in 2in., % 30Brinell hardness (HBW) -

Corrosion Resistant Type CY40 (UNS N06040)

Description

Type CY40 is a cast nickel-chromium alloywidely used alone or in conjunction withwrought nickel-chromium alloys. The alloyhas good strength and toughness fromcryogenic to elevated temperatures. Itsmicrostructure consists of an austeniticmatrix with a uniform distribution of carbideparticles.

The alloy is resistant to oxidizingconditions, and is used to handle hotcorrosives or corrosive vapors underconditions where the austenitic stainlesssteels might be subject to intergranularattack or stress corrosion cracking.

The nickel content of CY40 is high enoughso that its behavior is similar to that ofCZ100 in resistance to hot caustic oralkaline solutions. Where cast-to-wroughtfabrication is required for handling hotconcentrated alkalies, CY40 usually canbe substituted for low carbon CZ100.Generally, sound castings are more easilyproduced with type CY40 than with CZ100.

Wrought and cast alloys differ in theamount of the minor elements because ofthe different requirements for processingby rolling and processing by casting.However, these differences in chemicalcomposition are minor and do not interferewith wrought-to-cast fabrication. Thesomewhat lower mechanical properties forcast products are compensated for byheavier cast sections in cast-to-wroughtfabrication.

In elevated temperature service, CY40 is usually produced with a minimum carbon content of 0.20% to improveelevated temperature properties. Typical elevated temperature properties are shown in the accompanyingtables.

CY40 is less susceptible to intergranular corrosion than the cast stainless steels. The reason for this improvedbehavior is a less pronounced chromium depletion in the grain boundary areas, and the high nickel contentwhich provides a more corrosion resistant matrix than can be provided in the iron-based stainless steels.

Heat Treatment

Because CY40 is less susceptible to intergranular corrosion, following sensitizing treatments, than the austeniticstainless steel, it is used in the as-cast condition for most applications. However, for nuclear applications and

for applications where very severe corrosive conditions are anticipated, CY40 is cast with a low carbon contentand solution treated at 1900°F (1038°C) minimum.

Unless residual stresses pose a problem, post-weld heat treatment is not required.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive materials are useful as examples of typicalapplications where type CY40 alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Power Plant, Nuclear.

Castings Fittings.

Corrosives Hot boiler feed water, hot caustics, hot concentrated alkalines, elevated temperature oxidizingconditions.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CY40 is suitable. Also, the designer should provide thefoundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditions before reaching a definitedecision to use this alloy.

The mechanical property, physical property, and corrosion data presented here are representative for alloy CY-40. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification ordesign purposes. Information on specification and/or design may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in CY40 alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Drastic changes in section should be avoided,however, and uniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast;i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 9/32 inch per foot.



Welding CY40 castings can be repair welded or fabrication welded to matching nickel-chromium wrought alloysby all of the usual welding processes. Rod and wire of matching nickel-chromium contents are available. Post-weld heat treatment is not required after repair welding or fabrication because the heat affected zone is notsensitized by the weld heat.


Machining Machinability of CY40 is somewhat better than that of cast stainless steels. Heavy cuts at slowcutting speeds are recommended because of the tendency of the alloy to work harden.

Recommended machining speeds are shown in the accompanying table.



Cast ASTM: A743 (CY40); A744 (CY40); A494 (CY40).

Wrought An 0.08% max. C alloy would be similar to Inconel 600.

Elevated-Temperature Tensile Propertiesof CY40

Temp oF 0.2% Yield Strength, ksi

Tensile Strength, ksi

Elongation, %

Room 42 70.5 16

900 - 62 20

1200 - 54.5 21

1350 - 45.5 25

1500 - 27 34

100 Hour Rupture Strength of CY-40

Temp oF Rupture Strength,

ksi

1200 24

1350 15

1500 9

1700 5.5

Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Ni Cu Fe

min. max. 1.00 1.50 2.00 0.03 0.03 95 1.25 3.0


Density, lb/in3



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 70 - 212 oF70 - 1000 oF



Tensile strength, ksi 50.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 18.0Elongation, in 2in., % 10Brinell hardness (HBW) -

Corrosion Resistant Type CZ100 (UNS N02100)

Description

Type CZ100 is commercially pure nickelwith a minimum of added elements toprovide the casting and solidificationcharacteristics necessary for theproduction of good castings. Althoughused in a variety of applications, the mostcommon use of type CZ100 is in thehandling of anhydrous caustic and hotconcentrated caustic in causticmanufacture, and in caustic processing.

Type CZ100, in comparison to stainlesssteels, has high thermal and electricalconductivity and a low coefficient ofexpansion. Type CZ100 retains strengthand toughness over a wide range oftemperatures - cryogenic to 1000°F+.The alloy is magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Type CZ100 is used in the as-castcondition. The alloy cannot be hardenedby heat treatment, nor is behavior undercorrosive conditions altered by heattreatment.

Applications

Type CZ100 is most commonly used inhandling hot concentrated, causticsolutions. The 3% maximum limit for ironis based on corrosion testing results inhot concentrated and anhydrous caustic.Type CZ100 is most commonly cast with0.6, 0.7 to 0.9% carbon which is presentin the cast product as graphite spheroids.The graphite does not interfere with corrosion resistance of the alloy in any of its applications. The exceptionwhere a low carbon nickel should be specified is for applications involving cast-to-wrought welded sectionswhere the welding operation results in grain boundary graphitization and consequent loss in strength andductility.

Graphite has no known detrimental effects on the corrosion resistance of CZ100; moreover, the graphite hasa highly beneficial effect on casting quality. Castability is greatly improved because the metal is cleaner, canbe poured at lower temperature, and solidification shrinkage is substantially reduced. The net result is a cleaner,sounder casting.

Although the hardness of cast nickel is relatively low, the material has excellent resistance to erosion by hotcaustic slurries. Nickel in pure alkaline solutions develops a passive layer which is apparently responsible forthe good erosion resistance.

In processing with hot alkaline or caustic solutions where halides may be present, pitting attack can occur.Similarly, the presence of increasing amounts of halide in alkaline or caustic slurries results in measurable ratesof erosion.

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examples oftypical applications where cast nickel (type CZ100) alloy has been employed successfully; they are notcomprehensive, nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Chemical Processing, Mineral Processing, Food Processing.

Castings Filter parts, fittings, heat exchanger parts, industrial mixer components, pump casings and parts,valve bodies and trim.

Corrosives Nickel is useful in handling hot concentrated alkaline or caustic solutions, reducing acids, certainfood products, organic acids under certain conditions, dry chlorine, and anhydrous ammonia. Cast nickel is notapplicable in oxidizing acids and alkaline perchlorite. The high thermal conductivity of cast nickel is a usefulproperty where heat transfer is important.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type CZ100 is suitable. Also, the designer should provide thefoundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditions before reaching a definitedecision to use this alloy.

The mechanical property, physical property, and corrosion data presented here are representative for alloyCZ100. These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specificationor design purposes. Information on specification and/or design may be obtained from appropriate technicalassociations such as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Thin sections are readily cast in type CZ100 and, particularly with carbon in the 0.6%/0.9% range, the castabilityof type CZ100 approaches that of high strength cast irons. Normal pattern shrinkage allowance for type CZ100is 1/8" per foot. Because, in many cases, type CZ100 is specified as an upgraded material from stainless steel,pattern equipment, particularly for larger castings, must be altered for lower pattern shrinkage allowance andrerigged for differences in solidification behavior.



Welding Type CZ100 is readily weldable with nickel electrodes and filler wire. AWS A5.11 Class ENi-1 coverscoated electrodes, and AWS A5.14 Class ERNi-3 covers wire for GMAW and GTAW welding. No preheat isnecessary, nor is postweld heat treatment required. Where cast nickel is to be joined to wrought nickel for hightemperature service, a low carbon (.10 maximum) cast nickel should be specified.


Machining Type CZ-100 with spheroidal graphite has excellent machinability compared to stainless steels.Most machining operations can be performed at a rate that is at least twice that of stainless steels. Speeds andfeeds can be varied over a much wider range than those of stainless steel. The relatively high thermalconductivity of type CZ-100 and the lubricating and chip breaking effect of graphite in the microstructure make

the need for cutting fluids minimal. Excellent surface finish can be obtained.



Cast ASTM: A743 (CZ100); A744 (CZ100); A494 (CZ100).

Wrought ASTM: B-160 Bar & RodB-161 Pipe & TubeB-162 Plate, Sheet & StripB-163 Seamless Tubes

Chemical composition - %M35-1 C Mn Si P S Ni Mo Cu Fe Cbmin. 2.0 26 max. 0.35 1.50 1.25 0.03 0.03 bal. 3.0 33 3.5 0.5

M35-2 C Mn Si P S Ni Mo Cu Fe Cbmin. 2.0 26 max. 0.35 1.50 2.00 0.03 0.03 bal. 3.0 33 3.5 0.5


Density, lb/in3



: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 70 - 212 oF70 - 1000 oF


Representative values Minimum tensileWater quench from requirementsabove 2050 oF ASTM A494__________________ M35-1 M35-2

Tensile strength, ksi 65.0 65.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 25.0 30.0Elongation, in 2in., % 25 25Brinell hardness (HBW) -

Corrosion Resistant Type M-35 (M35-1 UNS N24135, M35-2 N04020)

Description

The nickel-copper alloys represented bytype M-35, grades 1 and 2, and QQ-N-288,grades A through E, contain approximately30% copper, 67% nickel, and smallamounts of iron and manganese areimpurities. Silicon in amounts up to 4.5%is added to improve strength andresistance to wear and galling. With theexception of those grades containing overabout 3.5% silicon, which are age-hardenable, this alloy system has a singlephase, face-centered-cubic microstructure.

This alloy system is widely used in marineenvironments, mineral acids, organic acids,and strong alkalies.

Heat Treatment

M-35, 1 and 2, and QQ-N-288,compositions A and E, are employed in theas-cast condition. Homogenization at 1500to 1700°F (816 to 927°C) may enhancecorrosion resistance where iron is near thespecified maximum in heavy sectioncastings. However, under most corrosiveconditions where the alloy is commonlyapplied, performance is not noticeablyaffected by the minor segregationoccurring in the as-cast alloy.

Beginning at about 3.5% minimum silicon,a silicide aging effect occurs in the highsilicon grade composition D. Aging canoccur during cooling from casting to roomtemperature, and is increasingly evident ascooling rate decreased with increasingsection size. The combination of agingplus massive silicides which appear in themicrostructure above about 3.8% silicongreatly reduces machinability.

Composition D can be softened for machining by solution heat treating at 1650°F (899°C), and air cooling or oilquenching. Maximum softening is attained by oil quenching, but may result in quench cracking in complex,variable section, and heavy section castings. In solution heat treating complex, variable section, and heavysection castings, it is advisable to charge into a furnace below 600°F (316°C), and heat to 1650°F (899°C) ata rate that will limit the maximum temperature difference within the casting to about 100°F (38°C). After soaking,castings that will not permit direct oil quenching should be transferred to a furnace held at 1350°F (732°C),allowed to equalize, then oil quenched.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examples oftypical applications where nickel-copper alloys have been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Marine, Chemical Processing, Food Processing, Metal Cleaning and Plating, Oil Refining, Soap andDetergent.

Castings Filter parts, fittings, pump casings and parts, valve bodies and trim.

Corrosives Boiler water and steam condensate, sea water, unaerated sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid,hydrofluoric acid, unaerated phosphoric acid, organic acids, halogens, alkalies, anhydrous ammonia, neutraland alkaline sales, acid salts.

NOTE: Corrosion rate data obtained in carefully controlled laboratory tests using chemically pure reagents arehelpful in screening alloys for further consideration, but the difference between such tests and commercialoperation should not be overlooked. Concentration, temperature, pressure, contamination, and velocity ofcorrosives all influence the rate of attack, as do surface finish and casting design. Reference should be madeto the extensive alphabetical lists of corrodents published by many alloy foundries and to corrosion data surveyspublished by the NACE to determine whether type M-35 is suitable. Also, the designer should provide thefoundry with as much pertinent information as possible on operating conditions before reaching a definitedecision to use this alloy.

The mechanical and physical property and corrosion data presented here are representative for alloy M-35.These data are neither average nor minimum values, and should not be used for either specification or designpurposes. Information on specification and/or design may be obtained from appropriate technical associationssuch as ASTM, ASME, API, NACE, and SAE.


Section thicknesses from 1/8" upwards can be cast satisfactorily in the nickel-copper alloys. In designing forcastings, uniform sections should be maintained, avoiding drastic changes in section. Isolated or internal heavysections should be avoided if possible. Normal pattern shrinkage allowance for the nickel-copper alloys is 1/8"per foot. Because nickel-copper alloys are frequently specified as an alternative to steel or stainless steel,pattern equipment for heavy section or extensive castings may have to be altered because of the lower patternshrinkage allowance and differences in solidification behavior.



Welding M-35, 1 and 2, and QQ-N-288, composition A and E, are readily weldable using matching nickel-copper content rod and wire. QQ-N-288, composition B, C, and D, are not weldable. Coated electrodes for arcwelding are covered by AWS A5.11 Class E NiCu-2, and wire for GMAW and GTAW welding are covered byAWS A5.14 Class ER NiCu-7.

In general, increasing silicon content reduces weldability of the nickel-copper alloys. Silicon, in addition todeoxidizing nickel-copper, acts as a solid solution hardener to improve strength. Where design considerationsdo not require high strength, the M-35, 1 and 2 grades, should be specified because of their good weldability.Columbium containing QQ-N-288, composition E, in the past, has been designated as "weldable grade nickelcopper"; but with higher purity raw materials, the presence of columbium in castings is not needed to obtain goodweldability.


Machining Nickel-copper alloy M-35, 1 and 2, and compositions A and E can be machined in the cast conditionat the speeds shown in the accompanying table.

When only a limited amount of machining is necessary, nickel-copper composition D can be machined in theas-cast or aged conditions. However, because of the high hardness of composition D in these conditions, itshould be annealed before machining, particularly if extensive machining is done on a production basis.Hardening can be accomplished after machining.

High speed steel, cemented carbide or cast non-ferrous cutting tools may be used.



Cast ASTM: A494

Wrought ASTM: None

STEEL

CASTINGS

HANDBOOK

Supplement 9

High Alloy Data Sheets

Heat Series


2004

Chemical composition - %C Mn Si P S Mo Cr Ni Fe

min. 0.35 0.90 8 max. 0.20 0.65 1.00 0.04 0.045 1.20 12 - bal

Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 29Density, lb/in3 0.279Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.70Melting point, approximate oF 2750Magnetic permeability Ferromagnetic


: in./(in. oF)______________________ ______________________

At 212 oF 15.0 70 - 212 oF 6.1At 600 oF 15.4 70 - 600 oF 6.5At 1000 oF 15.7 70 - 1000 oF 7.1At 1200 oF 15.8 70 - 1200 oF 7.5


Representative values Minimum tensileNormalized 1825 oF requirements

Annealed Tempered 1250 oF ASTM A217_________ ____________ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 95.0 107.0 90.0Yield strength, 0.2% 65.0 81.0 60.0

offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 23 21 18Reduction in area, % - 56 35Brinell hardness (HBW)

180 220 -Charpy V-notch,keyhole, ft.lbs - 32 -


Representative values Tensile Yield Elongation Reduction - short time ksi ksi in 2 in. % of area, %1000 oF 67.0 42.0 - 711100 oF 44.0 32.0 36 58

Creep rupture properties

Representative values1 Limiting creep Stress to rupture - long time stress, ksi 10h 100h 1000h

0.0001%/h1000 oF 16.0 45.0 37.0 27.0 1100 oF 7.2 - - -1200 oF 3.1 - - -

1For constant temperature, for cyclic temperature lower values would apply

Heat Resistant Type HA

Description

Type HA is an iron-chromium-molybdenum allow containing sufficientchromium to provide good resistance tooxidation at temperatures up to about1200°F (699°C). The molybdenumcontent contributes desirable strengthproperties to the alloy at moderatetemperatures. Castings of type HAalloy are widely used in oil refineryservice.

The alloy has a ferritic structure withcarbides in pearlitic areas oragglomerated particles depending onprior heat treatment. Hardening of thealloy occurs on cooling in air fromtemperatures above 1500°F (816°C).In the normalized and temperedcondition, the allow exhibits satisfactorytoughness throughout its usefultemperature range.

Castings of type HA alloy have fairlygood machining and welding propertiesif proper techniques are employed. Thealloy is magnetic and has a lowcoefficient of thermal expansioncomparable to carbon steel.

At room temperature, the thermalconductivity is only about half that ofcarbon steel and the electrical resistivityis seven times higher. With increasingtemperature, these differencesdecrease and, above about 1600°F(871°C), these differences arepractically negligible.

Heat treatment

To obtain maximum softness, type HAcastings should be annealed by heatingto 1625°F (885°C) or slightly higher,and then slowly cooling in the furnace atabout 50°F (10°C) per hour to below1300° F (996°C) and then air cooling tobelow 1300°F (709°C) followed bytempering at about 1250°F (677°C).

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HA alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Glass, Oil Refining

Castings Fan blades, furnace rollers, Lehr rolls, refinery fittings, trunnions

Environment Air, flue gases, petroleum, steam

NOTE: Proper selection of an alloy for a specific high temperature service involves consideration of someor all of the following factors: 1) required life of the part, 2) range frequency and speed of temperaturecycling, 3) atmosphere and contaminants therein, 4) complexity of casting design, and 5) furtherfabrication of the casting. The criteria that should be used as the bases of alloy comparison will dependon the factors enumerated, and the designer will be aided in his choice by providing the foundry with asmuch pertinent information as possible on intended operating conditions before reaching a definitedecision to use this alloy.

The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HA. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.

Design considerations

Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactory in HA alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Drastic changes in section should beavoided, and uniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting ascast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally usedpatternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 1/4 inch per foot.

Fabricating considerations


Welding Type HA castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gasmethods. It is generally considered that metal-arc welding is more satisfactory for high temperatureapplications of this alloy than oxyacetylene welding.

Castings should be heated to 450-550°F (232-288°C) before welding. After welding, castings should beheated to 1200-1300°F (699-709° C), depending on the original draw temperature, held sufficiently long toensure uniform heating throughout the area and section involved, and then air cooled rapidly. Otherwelding procedures that are described under Alloy CA-15 are applicable to Alloy HA.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HA alloy. Thework-hardening rate of this grade is much lower than that of the iron-chromium-nickel types, but it isadvisable in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal. Slow feeds, deep cuts andpowerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported,and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may beused successfully. Chips are stringy.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it mostimportant to have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oil

containing active sulfur and about 8 to 10 percent fatty oil is suggested for use with high speed steel tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids are primarily coolants and are most useful for high speed operation withcarbide tools.


Other castings designations, specifications, and corresponding wrought alloy

The wrought alloy designation is listed only for the convenience of those who want to determinecorresponding wrought and cast grades. Because the cast chemical composition ranges are not the sameas the wrought composition ranges, buyers should use cast alloy designations for proper identification ofcastings.

Cast ASTM: A217(C12), A426(CP9)

Wrought ASTM: A199(T9), A200(T9)


min. 26 max. 0.50 1.00 2.00 0.04 0.04 0.51 30 4 bal 1 Mo not intentionally added.



: in./(in. oF)________________ ____________________________________

At 212 oF 12.6 70 - 1000 oF 6.3 70 - 1800 oF 7.4At 600 oF 15.4 70 - 1200 oF 6.4 70 - 2000 oF 7.7At 1000 oF 15.7 70 - 1400 oF 6.6 1200 - 1600 oF 8.7At 1200 oF 15.8 70 - 1600 oF 7.0 1200 - 1800 oF 9.3



Aged 24h requirementsAs cast at 1400 oF ASTM A297

Furnace cooled ___(a)___ __(b)___(b)____ ____________

Tensile strength, ksi 70.0 110.0 115.0 55.0Yield strength, 0.2% 65.0 75.0 80.0 -

offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 2 19 18 -Brinell hardness 190 223 - -

(HBW)

At elevated temperatures - Creep rupture properties


0.0001%/h(b) (b) (b)

1400 oF 1.30 4.6 3.30 2.30 1600 oF 0.75 2.0 1.70 1.301800 oF 0.36 1.1 0.85 0.62

2For constant temperature, for cyclic temperature lower values wouldapply(a) <1.0% Ni, low N(b) >2.0% Ni, 0.15% min. N

Heat Resistant Type HC (UNS S92605)

Description

Type HC is an iron-chromium allowcontaining about 28 percent chromiumand up to 4 percent nickel. It providesexcellent resistance to oxidation and high-sulfur-containing flue gases attemperatures as high as 2000°F (1093°C).This grade is limited to applications wherestrength is not a consideration, or formoderate load bearing service around1200°F (699°C). It is also used whereappreciable nickel cannot be tolerated, asin very high sulfur atmospheres, or wherenickel tends to crack hydrocarbonsthrough catalytic action.

The alloy has a ferritic structure at alltemperatures and for this reason is nothardened by heat treatment. The ductilityand impact strength are very low at roomtemperature, and the creep strength verylow at elevated temperature, unless somenickel is present. In the HC type alloycontaining over 2 percent nickel,substantial improvement in theseproperties is obtained by increasing thenitrogen content to 0.15 percent or more.

Heating in the range 800 to 1050°F (427to 566°C) will result in a loss of roomtemperature ductility and toughness. Thisloss is the so-called "885°F (475°C)embrittlement." In addition, this alloy issusceptible to sigma phase formationwhen heated for extended periods of timein the range 1100 to about 1600°F (593 to871°C).

Castings of type HC alloy are readilymachinable. They can be weldedsuccessfully if proper technique isemployed. The alloy is magnetic and hasa lower coefficient of thermal expansionthan to carbon steel.

At room temperature, the thermal conductivity is only about half that of carbon steel and the electricalresistivity is about eight times higher. With increasing temperature, these differences decrease and, aboveabout 1600°F (871°C), these differences are practically negligible.

Heat Treatment

Type HC castings are normally supplied in the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HC alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Cement, Glass, Heat Treating, Industrial Furnace, Oil Refining, Ore Processing, Paper,Power, Zinc Refining.

Castings Boiler baffles, electrodes, furnace grate bars, gas outlet dampers, kiln parts, luterings, rabble blades and holders, recuperators, salt pots, soot blower tubes, support skids, tuyers.

Environment Air, combustion gases, flue gases, high sulfur, molten neutral salts.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HC. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HC alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare also feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Some difficulty is encountered inrunning thin sections, however, and designs involving appreciable changes in section should be avoided. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to bemachined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 7/22 inch per foot.



WeldingType HC castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. It isgenerally considered that metal-arc welding is more satisfactory for high temperature applications of thisalloy than oxyacetylene welding.

Castings should be heated to 400-800°F (232-427°C) before welding. After welding, castings should beheated to 1550°F (843° C),held sufficiently long to ensure uniform heating throughout the area and sectioninvolved, and then air cooled rapidly. Welding procedures utilizing SMAW and GTAW techniques aredescribed in this section.

Machining

Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HC alloy. It is important in allcases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening the surface. Slowfeeds, deep cuts and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmlymounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steeland carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curler and breaker toolsare recommended.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it mostimportant to have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oilcontaining active sulfur and about 8 to 10 percent fatty oil is suggested for use with high speed steel tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids are primarily coolants and are most useful for high speed operation withcarbide tools.



The American Iron and Steel Institute wrought alloy designation is listed only for the convenience of thosewho want to determine corresponding wrought and cast grades. Because the cast chemical compositionranges are not the same as the wrought composition ranges, buyers should use cast alloy designations forproper identification of castings.

Cast ASTM: A297(HC), A608(HC30), S A E 70446

Wrought AISI 446


min. 26 4max. 0.50 1.00 2.00 0.04 0.04 0.51 30 7 bal 1 Mo not intentionally added.



: in./(in. oF)_________________ _______________________________________

At 212 oF 12.6 70 - 1000 oF 7.7 70 - 1800 oF 6.1At 1000 oF 17.9 70 - 1200 oF 8.0 70 - 2000 oF 6.5At 1500 oF 20.3 70 - 1400 oF 8.3 1200 - 1600 oF 7.1At 2000 oF 24.2 70 - 1600 oF 8.6 1200 - 1800 oF 7.5


Representative values Minimum tensilerequirements

As cast ASTM A297 ______ _____________

Tensile strength, ksi 85.0 75.0Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 48.0 35.0Elongation, in 2in., % 16 8Brinell hardness (HBW) 190 -


Representative values Tensile Yield Elongation - short time ksi ksi in 2 in. %1400 oF 36.0 - 141600 oF 23.0 - 181800 oF 15.0 - 40



0.0001%/h

1400 oF 3.5 14.0 10.0 7.0 1600 oF 1.9 - 5.0 -1800 oF 0.9 - 2.5 -1600 oF 0.2 - - -


Heat Resistant Type HD (UNS J93005)

Description

Type HD is an iron-chromium-nickel alloyvery similar in general properties to the 28percent chromium HC type, butcontaining about 5 percent nickel. Itshigh chromium content makes this gradesuitable for use in high-sulfuratmospheres, and the addition of nickelprovides somewhat greater strength athigh temperatures for type HD thanexhibited by the other "straight chromium"alloys with which it is frequently grouped.

The alloy has a two-phase, ferrite plusaustenite structure that is non-hardenableby customary heat treating procedure.Long exposure to temperatures in therange 1300 to 1500°F (704 to 816°C),however, may result in considerablehardening of the alloy accompanied bysevere loss of room temperature ductilitythrough formation of the sigma phase.Restoration of ductility may beaccomplished by heating the alloy to auniform temperature of 1800°F (982°C) orhigher, and then cooling rapidly to below1200°F (699°C).

Castings of type HD alloy have goodmachining and welding properties.Electrical resistivity and thermalconductivity are similar to type HC, butthermal expansion coefficients are about20 percent higher. The alloy is magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Type HD castings are normally suppliedin the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consumingindustries, cast parts, and corrosiveenvironments are useful as examples oftypical applications where type HD alloyhas been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive nor are they intended as guides to alloyselection for specific end uses.

Industries Copper, Glass, Heat Treating, Oil Refining, Ore Processing, Steel.

Castings Brazing furnace parts, cracking equipment, furnace blowers, gas burner parts,holding pots, kiln parts, pouring spouts, rabble shoes and arms, recuperator sections, salt pots.

Environment Air, combustion gases, flue gases, high sulfur, molten copper and copper alloys, moltenneutral salts.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HD. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thickness from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HD alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Some difficulty is encountered in runningthin sections, however, and designs involving appreciable changes in section should be avoided. Thisapplies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to bemachined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowance for this alloy is 7/22 inch per foot.



Welding .Type HD castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. It isgenerally considered that metal-arc welding is more satisfactory for high temperature applications of thisalloy than oxyacetylene welding. The welding procedures outlined for Alloy HC are applicable for AlloyHD. Welding procedures utilizing SMAW and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HD alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work shouldbe firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curler and breakertools are recommended.




Cast ASTM: A297(HD), A608(HD30), S A E 70327

Wrought AISI 327



min. 0.20 26 8max. 0.50 2.00 2.00 0.04 0.04 0.51 30 11 bal 1 Mo not intentionally added.



: in./(in. oF)_________________ ____________________________

At 212 oF 8.5 70 - 1000 oF 9.6At 600 oF 10.5 70 - 1200 oF 9.9At 1000 oF 12.4 70 - 1400 oF 10.2At 1200 oF 13.5 70 - 1600 oF 10.5At 1400 oF 14.6 70 - 1800 oF 10.8At 1600 oF 15.9 70 - 2000 oF 11.1At 1800 oF 16.9 1200 - 1600 oF 12.2At 2000 oF 18.2 1200 - 1800 oF 12.5


Representative values Minimum tensileAged 24h requirements

As cast at 1400 oF ASTM A297Furnace cooled

______ _____________ ____________


offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 20 10 9Brinell hardness 200 270 -

(HBW)Charpy keyhole, ft.lbs 10 - -



Representative values2 Limiting creep Stress to rupture, - long time stress, ksi ksi

0.0001%/h 100h

1400 oF 4.0 11.0 1600 oF 1.9 5.31800 oF 0.9 2.51600 oF 0.2 -


Heat Resistant Type HE (UNS J93403)

Description

Type HE is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy containing enough chromium tobe suitable for service up to 2000°F(1093°C) but also having sufficientnickel to make it stronger and moreductile than the "straight chromium"types at room temperature in the as-cast condition. At high temperatures,the alloy has excellent corrosionresistance, good ductility andmoderate strength. It is the strongestgrade having good resistance to very-high-sulfur-content gases (300 to 500grains sulfur per 100 cubic feet of gas)at high temperatures. For this reason,type HE castings are used extensivelyin ore-roasting equipment.

In the as-cast condition the alloy has atwo-phase, austenite plus ferritestructure containing carbides. TypeHE castings cannot be hardened byheat treatment, but, like the HD grade,long exposure to temperatures around1500°F (816°C) will promote formationof the sigma phase with consequentembrittlement of the alloy at roomtemperature. Ductility of this gradecan be improved somewhat byquenching the alloy from about 2000°F(1093°C).

Castings of type HE alloy have goodmachining and welding properties. Atroom temperature, thermal expansionis about 50 percent greater than forcarbon steel or the iron-chromium HCtype. Also, at room temperature,thermal conductivity is much lowerthan for types HD or HC, but electricalresistivity is about the same. The alloyis weakly magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Type HE castings are normally supplied in the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examples

of typical applications where type HE alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensivenor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries

Oil Refining, Power, Smelting, Steel.

Castings

Billet skids, burner nozzles, dampers, furnace chains and conveyors, furnace door frames, oil burnerparts, rabble arms and blades, recuperators, rotating shafts, soot blower elements, steam generator parts,tube supports.

Environment Air, flue gases, high sulfur, steam.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HE. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HE alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkageallowance for this alloy is 9/22 inch per foot.



Welding Type HE castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gasmethods. Metal-arc welding is generally preferred for high temperature applications of this alloy. Limecoated electrodes of similar composition (AWS E312-15) are suggested for arc welding. Neither preweldnor postweld heat treating is required.

Additional details of welding procedures described for Alloy HH are applicable for Alloy HE. Weldingprocedures utilizing SMAW, GMAW and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HEalloy. It is important in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening the surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful, rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chipcurler and breaker tools are recommended.





Cast ASTM: A297(HE), A608(HE30), S A E 70312

Wrought AISI 312



Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 28.0Density, lb/in3 0.280Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.12Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.80Melting point, approximate oF 2550Magnetic permeability 1.00


: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 8.3 68 - 200 oF 8.96 68 - 1400 oF 10.30At 600 oF 10.5 68 - 400 oF 9.26 68 - 1600 oF 10.46At 1000 oF 12.3 68 - 600 oF 9.51 68 - 1800 oF 10.61At 1200 oF 13.3 68 - 800 oF 9.74 68 - 2000 oF 10.74At 1400 oF 14.6 68 - 1000oF 9.94 1200 - 1400 oF 11.00At 1600 oF 15.9 68 - 1200oF 10.13 1200 - 1600 oF 11.50


Representative values Minimum tensileAged 24h requirements

As cast at 1400 oF ASTM A297Furnace cooled

______ _____________ ____________


offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 38 25 25Brinell hardness (HBW) 165 190 -


Representative values Tensile Yield Elongation - short time ksi ksi in 2 in. %

1200 oF 60.0 31.5 101400 oF 38.0 25.0 161600 oF 21.0 15.5 16


Representative Limiting creep stress, ksi Stress to rupture in values2 1% total creep in hours - long time 0.0001%/h 100,000 h 100 1000 10,000 100,000

1200 oF 18.0 11.3 33.0 25.0 16.5 11.03 1400 oF 6.8 4.4 13.5 9.1 6.1 4.03

1600 oF 3.9 0.9 7.2 4.4 2.7 1.73

2 For constant temperature, for cyclic temperature lower values would apply3 Extrapolated

Heat Resistant Type HF (UNS J92603)

Description

Type HF is an iron-chromium-nickel alloy similar to the well-known type CF corrosionresistant composition (19 Cr. 9Ni), but containing somewhatmore chromium and nickel, andsubstantially more carbon. Theincreased chromium contentconfers added resistance tooxidation at elevatedtemperature, and the highernickel and carbon levels ensurean austenitic structure;accordingly, this grade issuitable for applicationsrequiring high strength andcorrosion resistance in therange 1200 to 1600°F (649 to871°C). It is used extensively inoil refinery and heat treatingfurnaces.

As cast, the alloy has anaustenitic matrix containinginterdendritic eutectic carbidesand occasionally an unidentifiedlamellar constituent. Aging atservice temperatures is usuallyaccompanied by precipitation offinely dispersed carbidesresulting in higher roomtemperature strength and someloss of ductility. Improperlybalanced alloys may be partiallyferritic as cast, and suchmaterials are susceptible toembrittlement from sigmaphase formation after longexposure at 1400 to 1500°F(760 to 816°C).

Castings of type HF alloy havegood welding and machiningproperties. At roomtemperature, thermal expansionis about 40 percent greater thancarbon steel or iron-chromiumalloy types HA, HC and HD,and heat conductivity is 25 to60 percent less. The alloy has

about five times the electrical resistance of carbon steel. It is normally non-magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HF alloy are normally supplied in the as-cast condition. The alloy cannot be hardened byheat treatment, but, if service conditions involve repeated heating and cooling, improved performance maybe obtained by heating castings at 1900°F (1038°C) for six hours followed by furnace cooling prior toplacing in service.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HF alloy has been employed successfully; they are nor comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aluminum, Cement, Glass, Heat Treating, Industrial Furnace, Oil Refining, Steel.

Castings Arc furnace electrode arms, annealing boxes and trays, baskets, brazing channels, burnertips, burnishing rolls, conveyor belts and chains, fan housings, furnace rails, gas burner rings, hardeningretorts, hearth plates, Lehr rolls, pier caps, soaking pit dampers, tempering baskets, wear plates.

Environment Air, combustion gases, flue gases oxidizing and reducing, steam.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HF. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thickness from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HF alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arefeasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkageallowance for this alloy is 1/22 inch per foot.



Welding Type HF castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Metal-arc welding is generally preferred for high temperature applications of this alloy. Neither preweldnor postweld heat treating is required.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HF alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work shouldbe firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curler and breakertools are recommended.





Cast ASTM: A297(HF), A608(HF30), S A E 70308, MIL-S-17509(SHIPS)

Wrought AISI 302B



Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 27.0Density, lb/in3 0.279Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.12Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.75 - 0.85Melting point, approximate oF 2500Magnetic permeability 1.00 - 1.9


: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 8.2 70 - 1000 oF 9.5 70 - 1800 oF 10.5At 600 oF 10.1 70 - 1200 oF 9.7 70 - 2000 oF 10.7At 1000 oF 12.0 70 - 1400 oF 9.9 1200 - 1600 oF 11.4At 1200 oF 13.0 70 - 1600 oF 10.2 1200 - 1800 oF 11.7At 1400 oF 14.1At 1600 oF 15.3At 1800 oF 16.32

At 2000 oF 17.52

2 Estimated

Type I - Partially ferritic


Representative values Minimum tensile Aged 24h requirementsAs cast at 1400 oF ASTM Furnace A297______ cooled___ _____________





1200 oF - - -1400 oF 33.0 17.0 181600 oF 18.5 13.5 301800 oF 9.0 6.3 45


Representative Limiting creep Stress to rupture in values3 stress, ksi hours - long time (rate 0.0001%/h) 10 100 1,000

1400 oF 3.0 - 14.0 6.51600 oF 1.7 6.4 3.81800 oF 1.1 4.7 3.1 2.12000 oF 0.3 - 1.5 -

For constant temperature, for cyclic temperature lower values would apply

Heat Resistant Type HH (UNS J93503)

Description

Type HH is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy containing the minimum quantitiesof chromium and nickel in proportions tosupply a useful combination ofproperties for elevated temperatureservice. The chromium range is highenough to ensure good scalingresistance up to 2000°F (1093°C) (andsometimes higher) in air or normalcombustion gases. Sufficient nickel ispresent, aided by carbon, nitrogen andmanganese, to maintain austenite asthe major phase; but the alloy isborderline in character and itsmicrostructure is very sensitive tocomposition balance. For high ductilitynear 1800°F (982°C) a structureexhibiting both austenite and ferrite isappropriate. Such an alloy is relativelyweak, however, and if high strength isneeded, and lower ductility can betolerated, a composition balanced to bewholly austenitic is desirable.Fortunately, two distinct grades ofmaterial can be obtained within thestated chemical composition range ofthe type HH alloy. These grades aredefined as Type I and Type II in ASTMSpecification A447. The various usefulproperties obtainable in the type HHalloy make it suitable for a wide rangeof high temperature applications and,for this reason, it is used in greaterquantity than any other heat resistantgrade.

The alloy is basically austenitic andholds considerable carbon in solidsolution, but carbides, ferrite (soft,ductile and magnetic) and sigma (hard,brittle and non-magnetic) also may bepresent in the micro-structure. Theamounts of the various structuralconstituents present depend on thechemical composition and the thermalhistory of the sample underconsideration. Near 1600°F (871°C)the partially ferritic alloys tend toembrittle from development of thesigma phase, while around 1400°F

Type II - Wholly austenitic


Representative values Minimum tensile Aged 24h requirements

As cast at 1400 oF ASTM Furnace A297 cooled

______ ________ ____________

Tensile strength, ksi 80.0 92.0 75.0 80.0Yield strength, 0.2% 40.0 45.0 35.0 -

offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 15 8 10 4Brinell hardness (HBW) 180 200 - -Impact, Charpy keyhole (see Fig. 1)



1200 oF 60.5 32.2 141400 oF 37.4 19.8 161600 oF 21.5 16.0 181800 oF 10.9 7.3 312000 oF 5.5 - -

Creep rupture propertiesRepresentative values3 - long time

Limiting stress, 1% creep Stress to rupture in ksi, creep in, ksi stress, ksi

hoursrate 0.0001%/h 100,000 100 1,000 10,000 100,000

1200 oF 18.0 9.5 35.0 22.00 14.00 9.004

1400 oF 6.3 2.0 14.0 8.00 4.80 2.804

1600 oF 3.9 1.1 6.8 3.80 2.15 1.204

1800 oF 2.1 - 3.2 1.65 0.864 0.444

2000 oF 0.8 - 1.4 0.68 0.344 0.154


(760°C) carbide precipitation may cause a comparable loss of ductility. Such possible embrittlement suggeststhat 1700 to 2000°C (927 to 1093°C) is the best service temperature range, but this is not critical for steadytemperature conditions in the absence of unusual thermal or mechanical stresses.

A serious cause of embrittlement isabsorption of carbon from the serviceenvironment. Accordingly, the HHtype alloy is seldom used forcarburizing applications. High siliconcontent (over 1.5 percent) will fortifythe alloy against carburization undermild conditions but will promote ferriteformation and possible sigmaembrittlement. Thus, although the HHtype alloy can give satisfactoryservice in carburizing atmospheres,types HT, HU, HW and HX areconsidered superior and are generallypreferred for such application,particularly where thermal shock isinvolved.

The partially ferritic (Type I) HH alloyis frequently considered best adaptedto operating conditions which aresubject to changes in temperaturelevel and applied stress. A plasticextension in the weaker, ductile ferriteunder changing load tends to occurmore readily than in the strongeraustenitic phase, thereby reducingu n i t s t r e s s e s a n d s t r essconcentrations and permitting rapidadjustment to suddenly appliedoverloads without cracking. Whereload and temperature conditions arecomparatively constant, the whollyaustenitic (Type II) HH alloy providesthe highest creep strength andpermits use of maximum designstress. The stable austenitic alloy is also favored for cyclic temperature service that might induce sigma phaseformation in the partially ferritic type.

Castings of type HH alloy have good weldability and fair machining characteristics. At room temperature,thermal expansion is about 40 percent greater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types HC or HDand almost 10 percent more than the nickel-predominant types such as HT or HW. Also, at roomtemperature, electrical resistance is about five times that of carbon steel.

The alloy varies from non-magnetic to weakly magnetic. The magnetic permeability increases with theamount of the ferrite phase present, but decreases if the ferrite is converted to sigma phase. Thus, thisproperty can be used to indicate constitution and, under the proper conditions, to estimate hightemperature strength.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HH alloy are normally supplied in the as-cast condition. The alloy cannot be hardened by

heat treatment. For alloys of medium carbon content (about 0.30%) in applications involving thermalfatigue from rapid heating and cooling, improved performance sometimes may be obtained by heatingcastings at 1900°F (1038°C) for 12 hours followed by furnace cooling prior to placing in service.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HH alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Cement, Chemical, Furnace, Construction, Glass, Heat Treating, Oil Refining, OreRefining, Steel.

Castings Annealing trays, billet skids, burner nozzles, carburizing boxes, convection tube supports,dampers exhaust manifolds, flue gas stacks, grate supports, hardening trays, kiln nose ring segments,muffles, normalizing discs, pier caps, quenching trays, rabble arms and blades, radiant tubes andsupports, refractory supports, retorts, roller hearths and rails, stoker parts, tube hangers.

Environment Air, ammonia, carburizing gas, combustion gases, flue gases oxidizing and reducing, highsulfur gases, molten cyanide, steam, tar.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HH. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HH alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare also feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloypermits designs involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, anduniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e.,including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allow for this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type HH castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Metal-arc welding is generally preferred for high temperature applications of this alloy. Neither preweldnor postweld heat treating is required.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HHalloy. It is important in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening the surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully.





Cast ASTM: A297(HH), A447, A608(HH33), SAE 70309

Wrought AISI 309





: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 8.2 70 - 1000 oF 9.9At 600 oF 10.1 70 - 1200 oF 10.0At 1000 oF 12.0 70 - 1400 oF 10.1At 1200 oF 13.0 70 - 1600 oF 10.3At 1400 oF 14.1 70 - 1800 oF 10.5At 1600 oF 15.3 70 - 2000 oF 10.8At 1800 oF 16.3 1200 - 1600 oF 11.0At 2000 oF 17.5 1200 - 1800 oF 12.0


Representative values Minimum tensile Aged 24h requirementsAs cast at 1400 oF ASTM Furnace A297______ cooled___ _____





1200 oF 38.0 - 61400 oF 26.0 - 12


Representative Limiting creep Stress to rupture values3 stress, ksi in hours - long time (rate 0.0001%/h) 100 1,000

1400 oF 6.60 13.0 8.501600 oF 3.60 7.5 4.801800 oF 1.90 4.1 2.602000 oF 0.80 1.9 1.252150 oF

2 For constant temperature, for cyclic temperature lower values would apply

Heat Resistant Type HI (UNS J94003)

Description

Type HI is an iron-chromium-nickel alloysimilar to type HH, but containing morenickel and chromium. The increasedchromium content makes this grade moreresistant to oxidation than the HH type andthe additional nickel serves to maintaingood strength of high temperature. Exhibiting adequate strength, ductility andcorrosion resistance, this alloy has beenused extensively for retorts operating withan internal vacuum at continuoustemperature of 2150°F.

The alloy has a predominantly austeniticstructure containing carbides and,depending on the exact compositionbalance, may or may not contain smallamounts of ferrite. Aging at 1400 to1600°F (760 to 871°C) is accompanied byprecipitation of finely dispersed carbideswhich tend at room temperature toincrease mechanical strength and todecrease ductility. Following service attemperatures to increase the roomtemperature mechanical strength and todecrease the ductility above 2000°F(1093°C), however, such carbides remainin solution and room temperature ductilityis not impaired.

Castings of type HI alloy have goodweldability and fair machiningcharacteristics. At room temperature,thermal expansion is about 50 percentgreater than carbon steel or iron-chromiumalloy types HC and HD, and heatconductivity is about 40 percent less. Thealloy is virtually non-magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HI alloy are normallysupplied in the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries,cast parts, and corrosive environments areuseful as examples of typical applicationswhere type HI alloy has been employed

successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specificend uses.

Industries Heat Treating, Magnesium Reducing, Steel.

Castings Billet skids, brazing fixtures, conveyor rollers, furnace rails, hearth plates, leadpots, pier caps, retorts, tube spacers.

Environment Air, flue gases oxidizing and reducing, molten lead.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HI. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HI alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arealso feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowfor this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding The welding procedures outlined for Alloy HH are applicable for Alloy HI. Weldingprocedures utilizing SMAW, GMAW and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HI alloy. It is important in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardeningthe surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Workshould be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Bothhigh speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully.





Cast ASTM: A297(HI), A608(HI35)

Wrought None




Equiaxed grains 27.0Columnar grains 20.0

See Fig. 1 for variation with temperaturePoisson’s ratio (See Fig. 1 for variation with temperature) 0.30Density, lb/in3 0.280Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.12Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 0.90Melting point, approximate oF 2550Magnetic permeability 1.02


: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 7.9 70 - 1000 oF 9.4 70 - 1800 oF 10.2At 600 oF 9.8 70 - 1200 oF 9.6 70 - 2000 oF 10.4At 1000 oF 11.8 70 - 1400 oF 9.8 1200 - 1800 oF 11.4At 1200 oF 12.9 70 - 1600 oF 10.0 1200 - 2000 oF 11.7At 1400 oF 14.2At 1600 oF 15.72

At 1800 oF 17.12

At 2000 oF 18.62

2 Estimated


Representative values Minimum tensile Aged 24h requirementsAs cast at 1400 oF ASTM Furnace A297______ cooled___ ___________


offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 17 10 10Brinell hardness (HBW) 170 190 -Charpy keyhole, ft lbs 21.5


Representative values Tensile Yield Elongation - short time________ ksi ksi in 2 in. %

1400 oF 37.5 24.4 121600 oF 23.3 14.7 161800 oF 12.4 8.7 421900 oF 9.1 6.8 542000 oF 5.6 5.0 55Creep rupture propertiesRepresentative values3 - long time

Limiting stress, 1% creep Stress to rupture in ksi, creep in, ksi stress, ksi

hoursrate 0.0001%/h 100,000 100 1,000 10,000 100,000

1400 oF 10.20 6.304 15.55 12.00 8.80 6.204

1600 oF 6.00 2.504 9.20 6.00 3.80 2.504

1800 oF 2.50 0.904 4.75 2.80 1.70 1.004

1900 oF 1.40 0.394 3.20 1.90 1.104 0.664

2000 oF 0.65 0.234 2.20 1.25 0.724 0.424


Heat Resistant Type HK (UNS J94224)

Description

Type HK is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy somewhat similar to a whollyaustenitic type HH in generalcharacteristics and mechanicalproperties. Although not quite asresistant to oxidizing gases as typesHC, HE, OR HI, the HK alloy haschromium content high enough toensure good resistance to corrosionby hot gases, in both oxidizing orreducing conditions. The high nickelcontent helps to make the HK gradeone of the strongest heat resistantcasting alloys at temperatures above1900°F (1038°C). Accordingly, HKtype castings are widely used forstressed parts in structuralapplications up to 2100°F (1149°C).

As normally produced, the HK alloytype is stable austenitic over its entiretemperature range of application. Theas-cast microstructure consists of anaustenite matrix containing massivecarbides as scattered islands ornetworks. After aging at servicetemperature, the alloy exhibits adispersion of fine, granular carbideswithin the austenite grains, withsubsequent agglomeration if thetemperature is high enough. Thesefine, dispersed carbides contribute tothe creep strength of the alloy. Alamellar constituent tentativelyidentified as an austenite, carbonitrideeutectoid resembling pearlite also isfrequently observed in HK alloys butits exact nature is in doubt. Exceptwhen present in excessive amounts,however, it is not associated with lossof hot strength. Unbalancedcompositions are possible within thestated chemical ranges of this grade,and in this event some ferrite may bepresent in the austenite matrix. Suchferrite will transform to the brittlesigma phase if the alloy is held formore than short times around 1500°F(816°C) with consequent weakeningat this temperature and embrittlement

at room temperature. Formation of sigma phase in HK type alloy can occur directly from austenite in therange 1400 to 1600°F (760 to 871°C) particularly at the lower carbon level (0.20-0.30 percent), and for thisreason a considerable scatter in properties at intermediate temperatures is observed for this grade. Silicon is helpful in conferring resistance of the alloy to carburization, but is normally held to 2.00 percentmaximum because higher amounts promote sigma formation.

Minimum creep rate and average rupture life are influenced strongly by variations in the carbon content ofthe HK alloy. Under the same conditions of temperature and load, alloys with higher carbon content havereduced creep rates and longer lives than those with lower carbon contents. Room temperatureproperties after aging at elevated temperatures are affected also: the higher the carbon the lower theresidual ductility. For these reasons, within the chemical composition required by ASTM SpecificationA297 for the general HK alloy type shown in the Summary of Properties, three grades with narrowercarbon ranges are recognized. These are the HK-30, HK-40 and HK-50 grades, in which the numberfollowing the alloy type designation indicates the midpoint of a +0.05 percent carbon range. In addition tothe carbon limitation, a nitrogen range of 0.05 to 0.15 percent is specified for grades HK-40 and HK-50 inASTM Specification A567. Nitrogen and molybdenum are not specified for grades HK-30 and HK-40 inASTM Specification A351 but the manganese and silicon limits are lowered to 1.50 and 1.75 maximum,respectively, the chromium range is lowered to 23 to 27 percent and the nickel range is narrowed to 19 to22 percent for each grade. An extended discussion of the influence of chemical composition variations onthe mechanical properties of the HK type alloys is given in ALLOY CASTING BULLETIN No. 17, October1961. Of the three grades, the HK-40 alloy of Specification A351 has become the most widely used. Ithas found extensive application in the petroleum and petro-chemical industries for process equipmentoperating at high temperatures.

Castings of type HK alloy have good weldability and machining characteristics. Thermal expansion isabout 40 percent greater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types HC and HD, and heat conductivityis about 40 percent less. At room temperature, electrical resistance is about six times that of carbon steel,and the alloy is virtually non-magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HK alloy are normally supplied in the as-cast condition. The alloy cannot be hardened byheat treatment.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HK alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aircraft, Cement, Fertilizer, Heat Treating, Ore Refining, Petrochemical, Petroleum, Steel.

Castings Billet skids, brazing fixtures, calcining tubes, cement kiln nose segments,conveyor rolls, furnace door arches and lintels, heat treating trays and fixtures, pier caps, rabble arms andblades, radiant tubes, reformer tubes, retorts, rotating shafts, skid rails, sprockets, stack dampers.

Environment Air, ammonia, carburizing gases, combustion gases, flue gases oxidizing and reducing,hydrogen, molten neutral salts.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HK. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HK alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare also feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloypermits designs involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, anduniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e.,including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allow for this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type HK castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Metal-arc welding is generally preferred for high temperature applications of this alloy. Neither preweldnor postweld heat treating is required.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HK alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work shouldbe firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully.





Cast ASTM: A297(HK), A351(HK30, HK40), A567(HK40, HK50), A608(HK30, HK40), SAE70310, AMS 5365

Wrought AISI 310





: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 8.2 70 - 1000 oF 9.2 70 - 1800 oF 9.9At 600 oF 10.2 70 - 1200 oF 9.4 70 - 2000 oF 10.1At 1000 oF 12.2 70 - 1400 oF 9.6 1200 - 1600 oF 10.5At 1200 oF 13.4 70 - 1600 oF 9.7 1200 - 1800 oF 10.7At 1400 oF 14.7At 1600 oF 16.3At 1800 oF 17.7At 2000 oF 19.32 Estimated


Representative values Minimum tensile requirementsAs cast ASTM A297__________________ ___________




1400 oF 50.0 - -1600 oF 30.4 - -1800 oF 18.7 - -


Limiting stress, Stress to rupture,ksi, creep stress, ksi,hoursrate 0.0001%/h 100 1,000 10,000

1400 oF 7.0 15.0 12.00 8.801600 oF 4.3 9.2 6.00 3.801800 oF 2.2 5.2 2.80 1.70


Heat Resistant Type HL (UNS J94604)

Description

Type HL is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy similar to type HK, but its higherchromium content gives this gradegreater resistance to corrosion by hotgases, particularly those containingappreciable amounts of sulfur. Becauseessentially equivalent high temperaturestrength can be obtained with either theHK or HL grades, the improvedcorrosion resistance of the HL alloymakes it especially useful for severeservice where excessive scaling mustbe avoided.

The as-cast and aged microstructures oftype HL alloy, as well as its physicalproperties and fabricating characteristicsare about the same as those of the HKgrade.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HL alloy are normallysupplied in the as-cast condition. Thealloy cannot be hardened by heattreatment.

Applications

The following lists of consumingindustries, cast parts, and corrosiveenvironments are useful as examples oftypical applications where type HL alloyhas been employed successfully; theyare not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection forspecific end uses.

Industries Steel, Vitreous Enamel.

Castings C a r r i e r f i n g e r s ,enameling furnace fixtures, furnaceskids for slabs and bars, radiant tubes,stack dampers.

Environment Air, flue gases.

NOTE: Proper selection of an alloy fora specific high temperature serviceinvolves consideration of some or all of

the following factors: 1) required life of the part, 2) range frequency and speed of temperature cycling, 3)atmosphere and contaminants therein, 4) complexity of casting design, and 5) further fabrication of thecasting. The criteria that should be used as the bases of alloy comparison will depend on the factorsenumerated, and the designer will be aided in his choice by providing the foundry with as much pertinentinformation as possible on intended operating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HL. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HL alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare also feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloypermits designs involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, anduniform thickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e.,including finish allowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers'shrinkage allow for this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding The welding procedures outlined for Alloy HK are applicable for Alloy HL. Welding procedures utilizing SMAW, GMAW and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HLalloy. It is important in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening the surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully.




Cast ASTM: A297(HL), A608(HL30, HL40), SAE 70310A

Wrought None





: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________


At 2000 oF 17.02

2 Estimated


Representative values Minimum tensile requirements

As cast ASTM A297 ______ ___________




1600 oF 20.250 14.50 371800 oF 11.950 9.675 511900 oF 8.500 5.500 532000 oF 6.165 4.925 55


Limiting 1% creep Stress to rupture in stress,ksi, in, ksi stress, ksicreep rate hours0.0001%/h 100,000 100 1,000 10,000 100,000

1600 oF 6.30 3.004 11.0 7.40 4.80 3.204

1800 oF 2.40 1.104 5.6 3.40 2.10 1.304

1900 oF 1.60 0.454 4.6 2.10 0.964 0.444

2000 oF 1.04 0.174 2.9 1.25 0.524 0.224


Heat Resistant Type HN (UNS J94213)

Description

Type HN is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy containing sufficient chromium forgood high temperature corrosionresistance and with a nickel content inexcess of the chromium content. Thealloy has properties somewhat similarto the much more widely used type HTalloy but with better ductility. It is usedfor highly stressed components in the1800-2000°F (982 to 1093°C)temperature range. In severalspecialized applications, notablybrazing fixtures, it has givensatisfactory service at temperatures of2000 to 2100°F (1093 to 1149°C).

The alloy has an austenitic structure atall temperatures, and lies well withinthe stable austenite field. In the as-cast condition carbide areas arepresent and additional fine carbidesprecipitate on aging. The alloy is notsusceptible to sigma phase formation,nor is increased carbon contentespecially detrimental to ductility.

Castings of type HN alloy have goodmachining and welding properties ifproper techniques are employed.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HN alloy are normallysupplied in the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consumingindustries, cast parts, and corrosiveenvironments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HNalloy has been employed successfully;they are not comprehensive, nor arethey intended as guides to alloyselection for specific end uses.

Industries Aircraft, Automotive,Petroleum, Petrochemical, Power.

Castings Brazing fixtures, chain,

furnace beams and parts, pier caps, radiant tubes and tube supports, sill plate brackets, torch nozzles, trays,tubes.

Environment Air, flue gases oxidizing and reducing.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HN. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtainedfrom an appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HN alloy. Somewhat lighter sectionsare feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowfor this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding The welding procedures outlined for Alloy HK are applicable for Alloy HN. Weldingprocedures utilizing SMAW, GMAW and GTAW techniques are described in this section.

Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HNalloy. It is important in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening the surface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should be firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speed steel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chipcurlers and breaker tools are recommended.




Cast ASTM: A297(HN), A608(HN40)

Wrought None



Physical propertiesModulus of elasticity, psi x 106 27.0Poisson’s ratio 0.3Density, lb/in3 0.284Sp. Heat, Btu/lb.oF, at 70 oF 0.11Electrical resistivity, :S.m, at 70 oF 1.022

Melting point, approximate oF 2450Magnetic permeability 1.02 - 1.25


: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 7.5 70 - 1000 oF 9.22 70 - 1800 oF 10.62

At 600 oF 9.22 70 - 1200 oF 9.5 70 - 2000 oF 11.42

At 1000 oF 11.02 70 - 1400 oF 9.82 1200 - 1800 oF 11.92

At 1200 oF 12.12 70 - 1600 oF 10.02 1200 - 2000 oF 12.22

At 1400 oF 13.22 70 - 1800 oF 10.32 1600 - 2000 oF 13.12

At 1600 oF 14.52

At 1800 oF 15.72

At 2000 oF 17.02

2 Estimated


Representative values Minimum tensile requirements

As cast ASTM A297 _______ ___________

Tensile strength, ksi 71.0 62.5Yield strength, 0.2% offset, ksi 40.0 34.0Elongation, in 2in., % 11.5 4.5



1400 oF 43.0 29.0 151600 oF 26.0 17.5 271800 oF 14.5 11.0 462000 oF 7.5 6.2 69


Representative values3 - long time

Limiting 1% creep Stress to rupture in stress,ksi, in, ksi stress, ksicreep rate hours0.0001%/h 100,000 100 1,000 10,000 100,000

1600 oF 5.8 4.9 10.0 7.5 5.10 3.304

1800 oF 2.8 2.1 5.9 3.6 2.20 1.104

2000 oF 1.0 0.4 2.8 1.5 0.60 0.254


Heat Resistant Type HP (UNS J95705)

Description

Type HP is an iron-chromium-nickel alloythat is related to the HN and HT typesbut is higher in alloy content than eitherof those grades. It has the samechromium but more nickel than the HNtype, and the same nickel but morechromium than the HT alloy. Thiscombination of elements makes the HPcomposition resistant to both oxidizingand carburizing atmospheres at hightemperatures. The alloy has good creep-rupture properties in the 1800 to 2000°F(982 to 1093°C) temperature rangecomparable to, or better than, the HK-40and HN alloy types. The HP alloys havemany modifications, to the extent thatunmodified grades form a very smallproportion of “HP” alloys supplied topurchasers. There are essentially twogroups of alloy modifications. The firstrelies on the addition of such elementsas Nb and W to improve creep ruptureproperties and the second makes afurther addition of microalloys such as Ti.These microalloyed grades have evengreater rupture properties than the firststage of modification. Within this groupof alloy types the Si levels may beincreased for applications in carburizingenvironments. The addition of Si usuallycauses a drop in the creep ruptureproperties when compared to the gradesnot used in carburizing applications.

Because of its high nickel content, thealloy is not susceptible to sigma phaseformation. The microstructure consists ofmassive primary carbides in an austeniticmatrix together with fine carbides whichare precipitated within the austenitegrains after aging at elevatedtemperature.

Castings of type HP alloy have goodmachining and welding properties similarto the HT type.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HP alloy are normallysupplied in the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examples oftypical applications where type HP alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive, nor arethey intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Heat Treating, Petrochemical, Petroleum.

Castings Ethylene pyrolysis heaters, heat treat fixtures, radiant tubes, refinery tubes.

Environment Air, carburizing atmospheres, flue gases oxidizing and reducing.

NOTE: Proper selection of an alloy for a specific high temperature service involves consideration of someor all of the following factors: 1) required life of the part, 2) range and speed of temperature cycling, 3)atmosphere and contaminants therein, 4) complexity of casting design, and 5) further fabrication of thecasting. The criteria that should be used as the bases of alloy comparison will depend on the factorsenumerated, and the designer will be aided in his choice by providing the foundry with as much pertinentinformation as possible on intended operating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use thisalloy.

The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HP. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtained froman appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HP alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arealso feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowfor this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type HP castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert-gas arc, and oxyacetylene gasmethods. Electric arc processes are most widely used. Neither preweld nor postweld heat treating isrequired.The welding procedures outlined for Alloy HK are applicable for Alloy HP.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HP alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts, and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work shouldbe firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curlers and breakertools are recommended.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it mostimportant to have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oilcontaining active sulfur and about 8 to 10 percent fatty oil is suggested for use with high speed steel tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids are primarily coolants and are most useful for high speed operation with carbide

tools.



Cast ASTM: 297(HP)

Wrought None





: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 7.0 68 - 200 oF 7.90 68 - 1800 oF 9.33At 600 oF 8.9 68 - 400 oF 8.14 68 - 2000 oF 9.56At 1000 oF 10.8 68 - 600 oF 8.37 68 - 1800 oF 9.80At 1200 oF 11.9 68 - 800 oF 8.61 68 - 2000 oF 10.04At 1400 oF 12.9 68 - 1000 oF 8.85 1200 - 1600 oF 10.75At 1600 oF 14.0 68 - 1200 oF 9.09 1200 - 1800 oF 11.00At 1800 oF 15.32

At 2000 oF 16.32

2 Estimated



Tensile strength, ksi 70.0 75.0 65.0Yield strength, 0.2% 40.0 45.0 -

offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 10 5 4Brinell hardness (HBW) 180 200 -Charpy keyhole ft.lbs 4 - -



1200 oF 42.4 28.0 51400 oF 35.0 26.0 101600 oF 18.8 15.0 261800 oF 11.0 8.0 282000 oF 6.0 - -Creep rupture propertiesRepresentative values3 - long time

Limiting stress, Stress to rupture in ksi, creep stress, ksi

hoursrate 0.0001%/h 100 1,000 10,000 100,000

1400 oF 8.00 16.0 12.0 8.4 5.604

1600 oF 4.50 8.9 5.8 3.7 2.404

1800 oF 2.00 4.4 2.7 1.7 1.054

1900 oF 0.50 2.1 1.3 - -2000 oF 0.15 - - - -3 For constant temperature, for cyclic temperature lower values would apply4 Extrapolated

Heat Resistant Type HT (UNS J94605)

Description

Type HT is an iron-chromium-nickel alloycontaining about equal amounts of ironand alloying elements. The high nickelcontent makes this grade useful inresisting the thermal shock of rapidheating and cooling. In addition the alloyis resistant at high temperature tooxidation and carburization, and has goodstrength at heat treating temperatures.Except in high sulfur gases, it performssatisfactorily up to 2100°F (1149°C) inoxidizing atmospheres and up to 2000°F(1093°C) in reducing atmospheresprovided limiting creep stress values arenot exceeded. This grade is widely usedfor general heat resistant applications inhighly stressed parts.

The alloy has an austenitic structurecontaining varying amounts of carbidesdepending on the carbon content andthermal history. In the as-cast conditionlarge carbide areas are present at thegrain boundaries, but fine carbidesprecipitate within the grains afterexposure at service temperatures withsubsequent decrease in roomtemperature ductility. Increased carboncontent does not significantly affect thehigh temperature ductility of the alloy; thischaracteristic makes it especially usefulfor carburizing fixtures or containers.Additional protection against carburizationis obtained with silicon contents aboveabout 1.6%, but at some sacrifice of hotstrength.

Castings of type HT alloy have goodmachining and welding properties ifproper techniques are employed.Thermal expansion is about one-thirdgreater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types HC or HD, andabout ten percent less than iron-chromium-nickel alloy types HF and HH.Electrical resistance is over six times thatof carbon steel and is characterized by alow temperature coefficient of resistivity(0.00017 per °F, 70-930°F) (0.000306 per°C, 21-499°C). The composition of type

HT is such that the magnetic transformation of austenite occurs near room temperature. Minor shifts inconstituents after service at high temperature or exposure to carburizing atmospheres may change as-castmagnetic permeability values considerably.

Heat treatment

Castings of type HT alloy are normally supplied in the as-cast condition. The alloy cannot be hardened byheat treatment, but for applications involving thermal fatigue from repeated rapid heating and cooling,improved performance may be obtained by heating castings at 1900°F (1038°C) for 12 hours followed byfurnace cooling prior to placing in service.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HT alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Aluminum, Cement, Glass, Industrial Furnace, Heat Treating, Magnesium, Steel, VitreousEnamel.

Castings Air ducts, brazing trays, carburizing containers, chain, cyanide pots, dampers, dippers,door frames, enameling bars and supports, fan blades, feed screws, gear spacers, glass molds, glass rolls,hearth plates, heat treating fixtures and trays, idler drums, kiln nose rings, lead pots, malleablizing baskets,muffles, oil burner nozzles, point bars, radiant tubes, resistor guides, retorts, roller rails, rolling mill guides,salt pots, tube supports.

Environment Air carburizing gas, flue gases oxidizing and reducing, molten metals, salts.

NOTE: Proper selection of an alloy for a specific high temperature service involves consideration of someor all of the following factors: 1) required life of the part, 2) range frequency and speed of temperaturecycling, 3) atmosphere and contaminants therein, 4) complexity of casting design, and 5) further fabricationof the casting. The criteria that should be used as the bases of alloy comparison will depend on the factorsenumerated, and the designer will be aided in his choice by providing the foundry with as much pertinentinformation as possible on intended operating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use thisalloy.

The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HT. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtained froman appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HT alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arealso feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowfor this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type HT castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert gas-arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods.

Electric arc processes are most widely used, but satisfactory welds are also made with the oxyacetyleneflame. The optimum balance between weld soundness and ductility is obtained if the Si to C ratio in theweld deposit is about the same as in the cast alloy, i.e. about 2:1.

Neither preweld nor postweld heat treating is required.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HT alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work shouldbe firmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curlers and breakertools are recommended.

Good lubrication and cooling are essential. The low thermal conductivity of the alloy makes it mostimportant to have the cutting fluid flood both the tool and the work. Sulfo-chlorinated petroleum oilcontaining active sulfur and about 8 to 10 percent fatty oil is suggested for use with high speed steel tools. Water-soluble cutting fluids are primarily coolants and are most useful for high speed operation with carbidetools.




Cast ASTM: A297(HT), A608(HT50), SAE 70330

Wrought AISI 330





: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________


At 2000 oF 16.32

2 Estimated




offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 9 5 4Brinell hardness (HBW) 170 190 -Charpy keyhole ft.lbs 4 - -



1400 oF 40.0 - -1600 oF 19.6 - 201800 oF 10.0 6.2 28



hoursrate 0.0001%/h 100 1,000 10,000

1400 oF 8.5 15.0 - -1600 oF 5.0 8.0 5.2 3.31800 oF 2.2 4.5 2.9 1.82000 oF 0.6 - - -


Heat Resistant Type HU (UNS J95405)

Description

Type HU is an iron-chromium-nickel alloysimilar to type HT, but its higher chromiumand nickel contents give this grade greaterresistance to corrosion by either oxidizingor reducing hot gases, particularly thosecontaining appreciable amounts of sulfur. High temperature strength, resistance tothermal fatigue, and resistance tocarburization of the alloy are essentiallythe same as shown by the HT type;hence, its improved corrosion resistancemakes the HU type especially suited forsevere service conditions involving highstress and rapid thermal cycling.

The as-cast and aged microstructures oftype HU alloy, as well as its physicalproperties and fabricating characteristicsare about the same as those of the HTgrade.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HU alloy are normallysupplied in the as-cast condition. Thealloy cannot be hardened by heattreatment, but for applications involvingthermal fatigue from repeated rapidheating and cooling, improvedperformance may be obtained by heatingcastings at 1900°F (1038°C) for 12 hoursfollowed by furnace cooling prior toplacing in service.

Applications

The following lists of consumingindustries, cast parts, and corrosiveenvironments are useful as examples oftypical applications where type HU alloyhas been employed successfully; they arenot comprehensive, nor are they intendedas guides to alloy selection for specificend uses.

Industries Aluminum, Heat Treating,Steel.

Castings Articulated trays, burnertubes, carburizing retorts, conveyor

screws and chains, cyanide pots, dipping baskets, furnace rolls, lead pots, muffles, pouring spouts, radianttubes, resistor guides.

Environment Air, carburizing gases, combustion gases, flue gases oxidizing and reducing, moltencyanide, molten lead.

NOTE: Proper selection of an alloy for a specific high temperature service involves consideration of some orall of the following factors: 1) required life of the part, 2) range frequency and speed of temperature cycling,3) atmosphere and contaminants therein, 4) complexity of casting design, and 5) further fabrication of thecasting. The criteria that should be used as the bases of alloy comparison will depend on the factorsenumerated, and the designer will be aided in his choice by providing the foundry with as much pertinentinformation as possible on intended operating conditions before reaching a definite decision to use this alloy.

The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HU. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be used foreither specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtained from anappropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HU alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arealso feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowfor this alloy is 5/16 inch per foot.



Welding Type HU castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert gas-arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Electric arc processes are most widely used, but satisfactory welds are also made with the oxyacetyleneflame. The optimum balance between weld soundness and ductility is obtained if the Si to C ratio in theweld deposit is about the same as in the cast alloy, i.e. about 2:1.

Neither preweld nor postweld heat treating is required.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HT alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should befirmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curlers and breakertools are recommended.




Cast ASTM: A297(HU), A608(HU50), SAE 70331

Wrought None





: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 7.2 68 - 200 oF 7.00 68 - 1800 oF 8.47At 600 oF 9.0 68 - 400 oF 7.22 68 - 2000 oF 8.74At 1000 oF 11.1 68 - 600 oF 7.45 68 - 1800 oF 9.01At 1200 oF 12.2 68 - 800 oF 7.70 68 - 2000 oF 9.28At 1400 oF 13.3 68 - 1000 oF 7.95 1200 - 1600 oF 10.00At 1600 oF 14.5 68 - 1200 oF 8.20 1200 - 1800 oF 10.33At 1800 oF 15.72

At 2000 oF 17.02

2 Estimated




offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 4 4 -Brinell hardness (HBW) 185 205 -



1400 oF 32.0 23.0 -1600 oF 19.0 15.0 -1800 oF 10.0 8.0 40


Representative values3 - long time


hoursrate 0.0001%/h 10 100 1,000

1400 oF 6.0 16.0 10.0 7.81600 oF 3.0 8.2 6.0 4.51800 oF 1.4 4.3 3.6 2.6


Heat Resistant Type HW

Description

Type HW is an iron-chromium-nickel alloyin which nickel is the predominantelement. The high nickel contentcontributes toward the excellentresistance of the alloy to carburizationand also makes this grade especiallyuseful in applications where wide andrapid temperature fluctuations areencountered. In addition, the alloy isresistant at high temperature to oxidationand, although not as strong as the HTtype, has good strength at heat treatingtemperatures. It performs satisfactorilyup to about 2050°F (1121°C) in stronglyoxidizing atmospheres and up to 1900°F(1038°C) in oxidizing or reducingproducts of combustion provided thatsulfur is not present in the gas. Thegenerally adherent nature of its oxidescale makes the HW type alloy suitablefor enameling furnace service whereeven small flecks of dislodged scalecould ruin the work in process. Thisgrade is widely used for intricate heattreating fixtures that are quenched withthe load, and for many other applicationsinvolving thermal shock and steeptemperature gradients under highlystressed conditions.

The alloy has an austenitic structurecontaining varying amounts of carbidesdepending on the carbon content andthermal history. In the as-cast conditionthe microstructure consists of acontinuous interdendritic network ofmassive and elongated eutectic carbides. After aging at service temperatures, theaustenitic matrix becomes uniformlypeppered with small carbide particlesexcept in the immediate vicinity of theeutectic carbides. This change isstructure is accompanied by an increasein room temperature strength withoutchange in ductility. The alloy has goodhigh temperature ductility that is notappreciably affected by increased carboncontent resulting from carburizingservice.

Castings of type HW alloy have good machining and welding properties if proper techniques are employed. Thermal expansion is about 20 percent greater than carbon steel or iron-chromium alloy types HC or HD,but about ten percent less than the iron-chromium-nickel alloy type HT. Electrical resistance is roughlyseven times that of carbon steel and is characterized by a very low temperature coefficient of resistivity(0.000095 per °F, 70-212°F) (0.000171 per °C, 21-100°C) so that from room temperature to 1800°F (982°C)there is an increase of less than 10 percent in resistance. Thus, the alloy is useful for cast electric heatingelements. At room temperature the HW type alloy is magnetic both as-cast and after aging at elevatedtemperature.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HW alloy are normally supplied in the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consuming industries, cast parts, and corrosive environments are useful as examplesof typical applications where type HW alloy has been employed successfully; they are not comprehensive,nor are they intended as guides to alloy selection for specific end uses.

Industries Heat Treating, Vitreous Enamel.

Castings Cyanide pots, electric heating elements, enameling tools, gas retorts, hardeningfixtures, hearth plates, lead pots, muffles.

Environment Air, carburizing gases, combustion gases, flue gases, molten cyanide, molten lead.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HW. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be usedfor either specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtained froman appropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HW alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arealso feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowfor this alloy is 9/32 inch per foot.



Welding Type HW castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert gas-arc, and oxyacetylene gas methods. Electric arc processes are most widely used, but satisfactory welds are also made with the oxyacetyleneflame. Bare Inconel wire and stainless flux should be used for gas welding, and the flame should beadjusted to very rich in acetylene. Neither preweld nor postweld heating is required.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HW alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should befirmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curlers and breakertools are recommended.




Cast ASTM: A297(HW), A608(HW50), SAE 70334

Wrought None





: in./(in. oF)________________ ______________________________________

At 212 oF 7.22 70 - 200 oF 7.8 70 - 1800 oF 9.2At 600 oF 9.02 70 - 400 oF 8.1 70 - 2000 oF 9.5At 1000 oF 11.12 70 - 600 oF 8.5 1200 - 1600 oF 10.7At 1200 oF 12.22 70 - 800 oF 8.8 1200 - 1800 oF 11.3At 1400 oF 13.32

At 1600 oF 14.52

At 1800 oF 15.72

At 2000 oF 17.02

2 Estimated




offset, ksiElongation, in 2in., % 9 9 -Brinell hardness (HBW) 176 185 -



1200 oF 45.0 20.0 81600 oF 20.5 17.5 481800 oF 10.7 8.0 40



hoursrate 0.0001%/h 10 100 1,000

1400 oF 6.4 18.0 13.0 -1600 oF 3.2 10.0 6.7 4.01800 oF 1.6 5.4 3.5 2.22000 oF 0.6 2.5 - 0.93 For constant temperature, for cyclic temperature lower values would apply

Heat Resistant Type HX

Description

Type HX is an iron-chromium-nickelalloy similar to type HW, but containingmore nickel and chromium. Theincreased chromium content conferssubstantially improved resistance to hotgas corrosion, even in the presence ofsome sulfur, which permits this grade tobe employed for severe serviceapplications at temperatures up to2100°F (1149°C). High temperaturestrength, resistance to thermal fatigue,and resistance to carburization of thealloy are essentially the same as shownby the HW type; hence, it is suitable forthe same general applications insituations where corrosion must beminimized.

The as-cast and aged microstructuresof type HX alloy, as well as it physicalproperties and fabricatingcharacteristics are about the same asthose of the HW grade. A minordifferences that the HX type is onlyslightly magnetic.

Heat Treatment

Castings of type HX alloy are normallysupplied in the as-cast condition.

Applications

The following lists of consumingindustries, cast parts, and corrosiveenvironments are useful as examples oftypical applications where type HX alloyhas been employed successfully; theyare not comprehensive, nor are theyintended as guides to alloy selection forspecific end uses.

Industries Heat Treating, Steel,Vitreous Enamel.

Castings Autoclaves,brazing furnace rails and doors, calcinertubes, carburizing boxes, cyanide pots,enameling tools, heating elements,hearth plates, heat treating trays and

fixtures, lead pots, muffles, retorts, roller hearths, salt bath electrodes, salt pots, shaker hearths.

Environment Air, carburizing gases, combustion gases, flue gases, hydrogen, molten cyanide, moltenlead, molten neutral salts.


The mechanical property and physical property data presented here in tabular and graphical form arerepresentative for alloy HX. These data are neither average nor minimum values and should not be used foreither specification or design purposes. Information on specification and/or design can be obtained from anappropriate technical association such as: ASTM, ASME, API, SAE and NACE.


Section thicknesses from 3/16 inch up can be cast satisfactorily in HX alloy. Somewhat lighter sections arealso feasible depending on casting design and pattern equipment. Good castability of this alloy permitsdesigns involving intricate shapes. Drastic changes in section should be avoided, however, and uniformthickness should be maintained as far as possible. This applies to the casting as cast; i.e., including finishallowance of 1/8 inch or more on surfaces to be machined. Normally used patternmakers' shrinkage allowfor this alloy is 9/32 inch per foot.



Welding Type HX castings can be welded by metal-arc, inert gas-arc, and oxyacetylene gasmethods. Electric arc processes are most widely used, but satisfactory welds are also made with theoxyacetylene flame. Bare Inconel wire and stainless flux should be used for gas welding, and the flameshould be adjusted to very rich in acetylene. Neither preweld nor postweld heating is required.


Machining Most machining operations can be performed satisfactorily on castings of HW alloy. It isimportant in all cases that the tool be kept continually entering into the metal to avoid work-hardening thesurface. Slow feeds, deep cuts and powerful rigid machines are necessary for best results. Work should befirmly mounted and supported, and tool mountings should provide maximum stiffness. Both high speedsteel and carbide tools may be used successfully. Chips are tough and stringy; chip curlers and breakertools are recommended.




Cast ASTM: A297(HX), A608(HX50), SAE 70335

Wrought None

Steel Castings Handbook

Documents

preface supplement

general requirements

alloy cast steels

aisi classification

minimum section thickness

regular intervals

parting line